Professional Documents
Culture Documents
1/19
28/4/2014
1.9: Dates
1.10: Notes
1.11: Facsimiles and Reproductions
3: Describing Carriers
3.0: Purpose and Scope
2/19
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Table%20of%20Contents.htm
3/19
28/4/2014
4/19
28/4/2014
7: Describing Content
7.0: Purpose and Scope
5/19
28/4/2014
6/19
28/4/2014
9: Identifying Persons
9.0: Purpose and Scope
9.1: General Guidelines on Identifying Persons
9.2: Name of the Person
9.3: Date Associated with the Person
9.4: Title of the Person
9.5: Fuller Form of Name
9.6: Other Designation Associated with the Person
9.7: Gender
9.8: Place of Birth
9.9: Place of Death
9.10: Country Associated with the Person
9.11: Place of Residence, Etc.
9.12: Address of the Person
9.13: Affiliation
9.14: Language of the Person
9.15: Field of Activity of the Person
9.16: Profession or Occupation
9.17: Biographical Information
9.18: Identifier for the Person
9.19: Constructing Access Points to Represent Persons
7/19
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Table%20of%20Contents.htm
8/19
28/4/2014
9/19
28/4/2014
10/19
28/4/2014
21.4: Distributor
21.5: Manufacturer
21.6: Other Person, Family, or Corporate Body Associated
with a Manifestation
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Table%20of%20Contents.htm
11/19
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Table%20of%20Contents.htm
12/19
28/4/2014
Appendices
A: Capitalization
A.0: Scope
A.1: General Guideline
A.2: Names of Persons, Families, Corporate Bodies, and
Places
A.3: Titles of Works
A.4: Titles of Manifestations
A.5: Edition Statement
A.6: Numbering of Serials
A.7: Numbering within Series and Subseries
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Table%20of%20Contents.htm
13/19
28/4/2014
A.8: Notes
A.9: Details of Elements
A.10: General Guideline for English Language
Capitalization
A.11: Personal Names
A.12: Names of Peoples, Etc.
A.13: Place Names
A.14: Names of Structures, Streets, Etc.
A.15: Derivatives of Proper Names
A.16: Names of Corporate Bodies
A.17: Religious Names and Terms
A.18: Names of Documents
A.19: Names of Historical and Cultural Events and Periods
A.20: Decorations, Medals, Etc.
A.21: Names of Calendar Divisions
A.22: Names of Holidays
A.23: Scientific Names of Plants and Animals
A.24: Geologic Terms
A.25: Astronomical Terms
A.26: Soil Names
A.27: Trade Names
A.28: Single and Multiple Letters Used as Words or Parts
of Compounds
A.29: Hyphenated Compounds
A.30: Hyphenated Prefixes
A.31: General Guideline on Capitalization for Languages
Other Than English
A.32: Capitalization of Transliterated Names and Titles
A.33: Bosnian
A.34: Bulgarian
A.35: Croatian
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Table%20of%20Contents.htm
14/19
28/4/2014
15/19
28/4/2014
C: Initial Articles
C.0: Scope
16/19
28/4/2014
17/19
28/4/2014
Glossary
Index
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Table%20of%20Contents.htm
18/19
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Table%20of%20Contents.htm
19/19
28/4/2014
Introduction
0
INTRODUCTION
0.0
Based on the user tasks defined in IFLA Study Group on the Functional Requirements for
Bibliographic Records, Functional Requirements for Bibliographic Records: Final Report
(Mnchen: K.G. Saur, 1998), 82. Available online at:
h ttp ://a rch i ve .i fl a .o rg /VII/s1 3 /frb r/frb r.p d f
.
Based on the user tasks defined in IFLA Working Group on Functional Requirements and
Numbering of Authority Records (FRANAR), Functional Requirements for Authority Data: A
Conceptual Model, edited by Glenn E. Patton (Mnchen: K.G. Saur, 2009).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
1/23
28/4/2014
0.1
Introduction
Key Features
RDA provides a flexible and extensible framework for the description of resources
produced and disseminated using digital technologies while also serving the needs
of agencies organizing resources produced in non-digital formats.
RDA is designed to take advantage of the efficiencies and flexibility in data capture,
storage, retrieval, and display made possible with new database technologies. RDA
is also designed to be compatible with the legacy technologies still used in many
resource discovery applications.3
In RDA, there is a clear line of separation between the guidelines and instructions on
recording data and those on the presentation of data. This separation has been
established in order to optimize flexibility in the storage and display of the data
produced using RDA. Guidelines and instructions on recording data are covered in
chapters 1
through 37
; those on the presentation of data are covered in
appendices D
and E
.
3
0.2
For an outline of how RDA data might be stored in a relational or object oriented database
structure or in the legacy database structures still used in many library applications, see RDA
Database Implementation Scenarios, h ttp ://w w w .rd a -j sc.o rg /d o cs/5 e d i to r2 re v.p d f
Charles A. Cutter, Rules for a Dictionary Catalog, 4th ed., rewritten (Washington, D.C.:
Government Printing Office, 1904).
International Conference on Cataloguing Principles, Report (London: International Federation of
Library Associations, 1963), 9196.
Seymour Lubetzky, Principles of Cataloging: Final Report: Phase I: Descriptive Cataloging (Los
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
2/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
7
8
9
MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic Data, 1999 ed. (Washington: Library of Congress, 1999).
1 0 MARC 21 Format for Authority Data, 1999 ed. (Washington: Library of Congress, 1999).
1 1 Dublin Core Metadata Element Set, version 1.1 ([Dublin, Ohio]: Dublin Core Metadata Initiative,
2006), h ttp ://d u b l i n co re .o rg /d o cu m e n ts/d ce s/
.
1 2 RDA/ONIX Framework for Resource Categorization, version 1.0 (Released August 1, 2006),
h ttp ://w w w .rd a -j sc.o rg /d o cs/5 ch a i r1 0 .p d f
.
0.3
General
A key element in the design of RDA is its alignment with the conceptual
models for bibliographic and authority data developed by the
International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions (IFLA):
Functional Requirements for Bibliographic Records (FRBR )1 3
Functional Requirements for Authority Data (FRAD).1 4
The FRBR and FRAD models provide RDA with an underlying
framework that has the scope needed to support:
a)
b)
c)
0.3.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
3/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
0.3.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
4/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
0.4
General
RDA guidelines and instructions have been designed in accordance with
the objectives and principles set out at 0.4.2
0.4.3
.
The IFLA Statement of International Cataloguing Principles 1 7 informs
the cataloguing principles used throughout RDA.
While the statement of objectives and principles serves to provide
overall guidance for the development of RDA, trade-offs sometimes
have to be made between one principle and another.
1 7 Statement of International Cataloguing Principles (2009),
h ttp ://w w w .i fl a .o rg /fi l e s/ca ta l o g u i n g /i cp /i cp _2 0 0 9 -e n .p d f
0.4.2
Objectives
0.4.2.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
5/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
0.4.2.2
Cost Efficiency
The data should meet functional requirements for the
support of user tasks in a cost-efficient manner.
0.4.2.3
Flexibility
The data should function independently of the format,
medium, or system used to store or communicate the
data. They should be amenable to use in a variety of
environments.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
6/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
0.4.2.4
Continuity
The data should be amenable to integration into existing
databases (particularly those developed using AACR and
related standards).
0.4.3
Principles
0.4.3.1
Differentiation
The data describing a resource should differentiate that
resource from other resources.
The data describing an entity associated with a resource
should differentiate that entity from other entities, and from
other identities used by the same entity.
0.4.3.2
Sufficiency
The data describing a resource should be sufficient to
meet the needs of the user with respect to selection of an
appropriate resource.
0.4.3.3
Relationships
The data describing a resource should indicate significant
relationships between the resource described and other
resources.
The data describing an entity associated with a resource
should reflect all significant bibliographic relationships
between that entity and other such entities.
0.4.3.4
Representation
The data describing a resource should reflect the
resources representation of itself.
The name or form of name chosen as the preferred name
for a person, family, or corporate body should be:
a)
b)
7/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
b)
c)
0.4.3.5
Accuracy
The data describing a resource should provide
supplementary information to correct or clarify ambiguous,
unintelligible, or misleading representations made on
sources of information forming part of the resource itself.
0.4.3.6
Attribution
The data recording relationships between a resource and
a person, family, or corporate body associated with that
resource should reflect attributions of responsibility,
whether these attributions are accurate or not. Attributions
of responsibility can be found either in the resource itself
or in reference sources.
0.4.3.7
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
8/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
0.4.3.8
Uniformity
The appendices on capitalization, abbreviations, order of
elements, punctuation, etc., should serve to promote
uniformity in the presentation of data describing a resource
or an entity associated with a resource.
0.5
Structure
RDA is divided into ten sections: sections 14 cover elements corresponding to the
entity attributes defined in FRBR and FRAD; sections 510 cover elements
corresponding to the relationships defined in FRBR and FRAD.1 8
The initial chapter in each section sets out the functional objectives and principles
underlying the guidelines and instructions in that section, and specifies core
elements to support those functional objectives.
Subsequent chapters within each section cover attributes or relationships that
support a specific user task as follows:1 9
Attributes
Section 1 covers the attributes of manifestations and items that are
most commonly used to identify a resource (chapter 2
), to select
a resource appropriate to the users requirements with respect to
format and encoding (chapter 3
), and to obtain a resource
(chapter 4
).
Section 2 covers the attributes of works and expressions that are most
commonly used to identify a work or expression (chapter 6
), and
to select a work or expression appropriate to the users requirements
with respect to content (chapter 7
).
Section 3 covers the attributes of persons (chapter 9
(chapter 10
), and corporate bodies (chapter 11
most commonly used to identify those entities.
), families
) that are
9/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
Section 8 covers the relationships that are used to find related works
(chapter 25
), related expressions (chapter 26
), related
manifestations (chapter 27
), and related items (chapter 28
).
Section 9 covers the relationships that are used to find related persons
(chapter 30
), related families (chapter 31
), and related
corporate bodies (chapter 32
).
Section 10 covers the relationships that are used to find related
concepts (chapter 34
*1 9 ), objects (chapter 35
*1 9 ), events
(chapter 36
*1 9 ), and places (chapter 37*
).
Supplementary guidelines and instructions are provided in appendices as follows:2 0
Appendix A
provides guidelines on capitalization for English and a
selected number of other languages. The appendix includes guidelines that
apply to elements that require transcription and to elements that are
recorded.
Appendix B
provides instructions on the use of abbreviations when
recording specified elements and on using symbols instead of
abbreviations, when appropriate. It includes lists of abbreviations in English
and a selected number of other languages.
Appendix C
lists articles to be omitted when applying the alternative
instructions for titles for works and names of persons, corporate bodies, and
places. The initial articles are listed by language.
Appendix D
provides mappings of RDA data elements used to
describe a resource to a selected number of related metadata schemes for
encoding or presentation of resource description data (e.g., ISBD, MARC
21).
Appendix E
provides mappings of RDA data elements used to
describe an entity associated with a resource to a selected number of
related metadata schemes for encoding or presentation of access point and
authority data (e.g., AACR2, MARC 21).
Appendix F
provides instructions on choosing and recording names
of persons in a number of specific languages, supplementing the general
guidelines and instructions in chapter 9
.
Appendix G
provides information on titles of nobility, terms of rank,
etc., used in a number of specific jurisdictions.
Appendix H
calendar.
Appendix I
lists terms used as designators to indicate the nature of a
relationship between a resource and a person, family, or corporate body
associated with that resource. The relationship designators define the
relationship more specifically than the relationship element by itself. The
appendix provides definitions for terms used as relationship designators and
instructions on their use.
Appendix J
lists terms used as designators to indicate the nature of a
relationship between works, expressions, manifestations, and items. The
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
10/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
0.6
Core Elements
0.6.1
General
Certain elements in RDA are identified as core elements.
The RDA core elements for describing resources were selected
according to the FRBR assessment of the value of each attribute and
relationship in supporting the following user tasks:2 1
identify and select a manifestation
identify works and expressions embodied in a manifestation
identify the creator or creators of a work.
The RDA core elements for describing entities associated with
resources were selected according to the FRAD assessment of the
value of each attribute and relationship in supporting the following user
tasks:2 2
find a person, family, or corporate body associated with a resource
identify a person, family, or corporate body.
The elements identified in RDA as core elements are listed at 0.6.2
0.6.9
.
As a minimum, a resource description for a work, expression,
manifestation, or item should include all the core elements that are
applicable and readily ascertainable. The description should also include
any additional elements that are required in a particular case to
differentiate the resource from one or more other resources with similar
identifying information.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
11/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
b)
0.6.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
12/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
13/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
Carrier type
Extent
Extent (only if the resource is complete or if the total extent
is known)
0.6.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
14/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
0.6.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
15/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
0.6.5
0.6.6
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
16/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
0.6.7
0.6.8
0.6.9
0.7
Access Points
RDA provides instructions on the construction of authorized and variant access
points representing works, expressions, persons, families, and corporate bodies.
RDA also provides instructions on the use of authorized access points to record the
following types of relationships:
primary relationship between a manifestation and a work or expression
embodied in the manifestation
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
17/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
0.8
the optional addition of data that supplement what is called for in the
immediately preceding instruction
or
b)
the optional omission of specific data called for in the immediately preceding
instruction.
b)
0.9
Exceptions
RDA includes a number of instructions that are labelled as exceptions.
An exception is an instruction that takes precedence over the immediately
preceding instruction and applies to a specific type of resource, condition, etc.
0.10 Examples
The examples in RDA illustrate the application of the specific instruction at which
they appear. They illustrate only the data that are addressed by that instruction.
If data in another element is directly relevant to the element being illustrated, the
related element is generally referred to in an explanatory note. For example, at an
instruction on recording other title information, the example illustrates other title
information and includes an explanatory note indicating the form recorded as the title
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
18/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
proper:
EXAMPLE
Applesoft command editor
T itle pr oper : A.C.E.
ISBD punctuation is also shown in explanatory notes that include two or more data
elements. For example, at an instruction on constructing the authorized access
point to represent an arrangement, transcription, etc., of a musical work, the note is
displayed with ISBD punctuation:
EXAMPLE
Berlioz, Hector, 18031869. Corsaire; arranged
Res our c e des c r ibed: The corsaire : overture for concert band / transcribed by Gunther
Schuller. O r iginally for or c hes tr a
Examples illustrating the construction of authorized and variant access points use
the punctuation specified in AACR2 (see appendix E
).
EXAMPLE
Smith, John, 18321911
Catholic Church. Pope (19782005 : John Paul II)
19/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
EXAMPLE
Parody of: Tolkien, J. R. R. (John Ronald Reuel), 18921973. Lord of the rings
0.11 Internationalization
0.11.1 General
RDA is designed for use in an international context.
RDA includes the following guidelines to support use in an international
context:
language and script (see 0.11.2
numerals (see 0.11.3
dates (see 0.11.4
)
)
).
0.11.3 Numerals
When the instructions for an element specify transcription, numerals are
transcribed in the form in which they appear on the source of information
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
20/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
from which the data are taken. When recording numerals, allowance is
made for recording the data in the form preferred by the agency creating
the data, either as a substitute for or in addition to recording the data on
the source.
Numerals appearing in certain other specified elements are also
generally recorded in the form in which they appear on the source of
information from which the data are taken. However, allowance is made
for substituting or adding equivalent numerals in a script preferred by the
agency creating the data.
0.11.4 Dates
When the instructions for an element specify transcription, dates are
transcribed in the form in which they appear on the source of information
from which the data are taken. When recording dates, allowance is
made for recording the data in the form preferred by the agency creating
the data, either as a substitute for or in addition to the data in the original
form.
Dates appearing in certain other specified elements are also generally
recorded in the form in which they appear on the source of information
from which the data are taken. However, allowance is made for
substituting equivalent numerals in a script preferred by the agency
creating the data. Allowance is also made for adding dates in the
Gregorian or Julian calendar if the data on the source of information are
not in that form.
Information on recording dates in the Christian calendar is provided in
appendix H
.
21/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
15924).
For certain elements, the RDA instructions include a vocabulary encoding scheme
that is internal to RDA (i.e., a controlled list of terms defined specifically for use with
RDA). For those elements, data may be encoded using a substitute vocabulary
encoding scheme, provided the encoding scheme is identified.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
22/23
28/4/2014
Introduction
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/0%20--%20Introduction.htm
23/23
28/4/2014
1
GENERAL GUIDELINES ON
RECORDING ATTRIBUTES OF
MANIFESTATIONS AND ITEMS
1.0
Scope
This chapter provides background information to support the application of
guidelines and instructions in chapters 2
4
on recording attributes of
manifestations and items. It includes:
a)
b)
c)
the core elements for the description of manifestations and items (see 1.3
)
d)
ii)
iii)
1.1
)
)
)
)
ii)
iii)
).
Terminology
1.1.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
1/23
28/4/2014
1.1.2
Resource
The term resource is used in chapters 2
manifestation or item (see 1.1.5
).
to refer to a
b)
c)
1.1.3
Mode of Issuance
Mode of issuance is a categorization reflecting whether a resource
is issued in one or more parts, the way it is updated, and its intended
termination.
Some guidelines and instructions in chapters 2
4
refer
specifically to resources with a particular mode of issuance.
The term single unit refers to a resource that is issued either as a
single physical unit (e.g., as a single-volume monograph) or, in the case
of an intangible resource, as a single logical unit (e.g., as a PDF file
mounted on the web).
The term multipart monograph refers to a resource issued in two or
more parts (either simultaneously or successively) that is complete or
intended to be completed within a finite number of parts (e.g., a
dictionary in two volumes, three audiocassettes issued as a set).
The term serial refers to a resource issued in successive parts,
usually having numbering, that has no predetermined conclusion (e.g., a
periodical, a monographic series, a newspaper).
The term integrating resource refers to a resource that is added to
or changed by means of updates that do not remain discrete but are
integrated into the whole (e.g., a loose-leaf manual that is updated by
means of replacement pages, a website that is updated continuously).
Guidelines and instructions in chapters 2
that apply to
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
2/23
28/4/2014
b)
1.1.4
reproductions of serials.
4
).
refer to
1.1.5
1.2
find manifestations and items that correspond to the user's stated search
criteria
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
3/23
28/4/2014
b)
identify the resource described (i.e., confirm that the resource described
corresponds to the resource sought, or distinguish between two or more
resources with the same or similar characteristics)
c)
d)
To ensure that the data created using RDA meet those functional objectives, the
guidelines and instructions in chapters 1
4
were designed according to
the following principles:
Differentiation. The data should serve to differentiate the resource described from
other resources.
Sufficiency. The data should be sufficient to meet the needs of the user with
respect to selection of an appropriate resource.
Representation. The data should reflect the resources representation of itself.
Accuracy. The data should provide supplementary information to correct or clarify
ambiguous, unintelligible, or misleading representations made on sources of
information forming part of the resource itself.
Common usage. Data that is not transcribed from the resource itself should
reflect common usage.
In RDA, transcription of data from the source ensures that, where applicable, the
data reflects the resources representation of itself. Transcription can also function
as a means of differentiating one resource from another.
1.3
Core Elements
When recording data identifying and describing a manifestation or item, include as a
minimum all of the following elements that are applicable and readily ascertainable.
Title
Title proper
Statement of responsibility
Statement of responsibility relating to title proper (if more than one, only
the first recorded is required)
Edition statement
Designation of edition
Designation of a named revision of an edition
Numbering of serials
Numeric and/or alphabetic designation of first issue or part of sequence
(for first or only sequence)
Chronological designation of first issue or part of sequence (for first or
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
4/23
28/4/2014
only sequence)
Numeric and/or alphabetic designation of last issue or part of sequence
(for last or only sequence)
Chronological designation of last issue or part of sequence (for last or
only sequence)
Production statement
Date of production (for a resource in an unpublished form)
Publication statement
Place of publication (if more than one, only the first recorded is required)
Publishers name (if more than one, only the first recorded is required)
Date of publication
Distribution statement
Place of distribution (for a published resource, if place of publication not
identified; if more than one, only the first recorded is required)
Distributors name (for a published resource, if publisher not identified; if
more than one, only the first recorded is required)
Date of distribution (for a published resource, if date of publication not
identified)
Manufacture statement
Place of manufacture (for a published resource, if neither place of
publication nor place of distribution identified; if more than one, only the
first recorded is required)
Manufacturer's name (for a published resource, if neither publisher nor
distributor identified; if more than one, only the first recorded is required)
Date of manufacture (for a published resource, if neither date of
publication, date of distribution, nor copyright date identified)
Copyright date
Copyright date (if neither date of publication nor date of distribution
identified)
Series statement
Title proper of series
Numbering within series
Title proper of subseries
Numbering within subseries
Identifier for the manifestation
Identifier for the manifestation (if more than one, prefer an internationally
recognized identifier if applicable)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
5/23
28/4/2014
Carrier type
Carrier type
Extent
Extent (only if the resource is complete or if the total extent is known)
Include any additional elements that are required in a particular case to differentiate
the manifestation or item from one or more other manifestations or items with
similar identifying information.
1.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
6/23
28/4/2014
Numbering of serials
Numeric and/or alphabetic designation of first issue or part of sequence
Chronological designation of first issue or part of sequence
Numeric and/or alphabetic designation of last issue or part of sequence
Chronological designation of last issue or part of sequence
Alternative numeric and/or alphabetic designation of first issue or part of
sequence
Alternative chronological designation of first issue or part of sequence
Alternative numeric and/or alphabetic designation of last issue or part of
sequence
Alternative chronological designation of last issue or part of sequence
Production statement
Place of production
Parallel place of production
Producers name
Parallel producers name
Date of production
Publication statement
Place of publication
Parallel place of publication
Publishers name
Parallel publishers name
Date of publication
Distribution statement
Place of distribution
Parallel place of distribution
Distributors name
Parallel distributors name
Date of distribution
Manufacture statement
Place of manufacture
Parallel place of manufacture
Manufacturer's name
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
7/23
28/4/2014
Record all other elements (including notes) in a language and script, or languages
and scripts, preferred by the agency creating the data.
Exception
Names, titles, or quotations in notes. Record a name, title, or quotation
incorporated into a note in the language and script in which it appears on the
source from which it is taken.
Alternative
Record a name, title, or quotation incorporated into a note in a
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
8/23
28/4/2014
transliterated form.
1.5
Type of Description
1.5.1
1.5.2
a)
b)
c)
)
)
).
Comprehensive Description
A comprehensive description is used to describe the resource as a
whole. It can be used to describe any of the following types of
resources:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
1.5.3
a)
b)
c)
)
).
Analytical Description
An analytical description is used to describe a part of a larger resource.
It can be used to describe any of the following types of parts:
a)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
9/23
28/4/2014
c)
d)
e)
1.5.4
a)
b)
c)
)
).
Hierarchical Description
A hierarchical description is used to describe a resource consisting of
two or more parts. It combines both a comprehensive description of the
whole and analytical descriptions of one or more of the parts. If parts of
the resource are further subdivided into their own parts, analytical
descriptions can be created for those further subdivisions.
For guidelines on presenting a hierarchical description according to
ISBD specifications for multilevel descriptions, see appendix D
(D.1.3
).
For instructions on recording relationships between works, expressions,
manifestations, and items, see chapters 24
28
.
1.6
Multipart Monographs
1.6.1.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
10/23
28/4/2014
1.6.1.2
).
1.6.2
Serials
1.6.2.1
1.6.2.2
).
1.6.2.3
1.6.2.4
1.6.2.5
1.6.3
Integrating Resources
1.6.3.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
11/23
28/4/2014
1.6.3.2
1.6.3.3
1.6.3.4
1.7
Transcription
1.7.1
).
12/23
28/4/2014
b)
1.7.2
Capitalization
Apply the instructions on capitalization in appendix A
1.7.3
Punctuation
Transcribe punctuation as it appears on the source except for the
following situations:
a)
b)
Vanderbilt University
Appear s on s our c e with punc tuation s epar ating it fr om the plac e of
public ation: Vanderbilt University, Nashville
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
13/23
28/4/2014
1.7.4
Diacritical Marks
Transcribe diacritical marks such as accents as they appear on the
source of information.
Optional Addition
Add diacritical marks that are not present on the source of
information in accordance with standard usage for the language of
the data.
EXAMPLE
Les misrables
Sour c e of infor mation r eads : LES MISERABLES
1.7.5
Symbols
Replace symbols and other characters, etc., that cannot be reproduced
by the facilities available, with a description of the symbol. Indicate that
this description was taken from a source outside the resource itself (see
2.2.4
).
EXAMPLE
Robust H [proportional to] stabilization of stochastic hybrid systems with
Wiener process
Sy mbol for pr opor tional to appear s on s our c e of infor mation
).
1.7.6
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
14/23
28/4/2014
If such letters or initials have full stops between them, omit any internal
spaces.
EXAMPLE
T.U.E.I. occasional papers in industrial relations
The most of S.J. Perelman
edited by P.C. Wason and P.N. Johnson-Laird
W.W. Norton & Company
Publis her 's name
1.7.7
1.7.8
Abbreviations
Apply the instructions on the use of abbreviations in transcribed
elements in appendix B
(B.4
).
1.7.9
Inaccuracies
When instructed to transcribe an element as it appears on the source,
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
15/23
28/4/2014
1.8
General Guidelines
When recording numbers expressed as numerals or words, apply the
following guidelines:
form of numerals (see 1.8.2
)
).
16/23
28/4/2014
Date of production
Date of publication
Date of distribution
Date of manufacture
Copyright date
Numbering within series
Numbering within subseries
Year degree granted
Alternative
Early printed resources. For early printed resources, transcribe
numbers expressed as numerals or as words in the form in which
they appear on the source of information in the following elements:
numbering of serials
date of production
date of publication
date of distribution
date of manufacture.
When recording numbers expressed as numerals or as words in a
transcribed element, transcribe them in the form in which they appear on
the source of information. Apply the general guidelines on transcription
(see 1.7
), as applicable.
EXAMPLE
Fifty key literary theorists
T itle pr oper
1.8.2
Form of Numerals
Record numerals in the form preferred by the agency creating the data,
unless the substitution would make the numbering less clear.
EXAMPLE
tome 3
Number ing within s er ies on s our c e of infor mation r eads : tome III
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
17/23
28/4/2014
Alternatives
Record numerals in the form in which they appear on the source of
information.
EXAMPLE
tome III
Number ing within s er ies
EXAMPLE
tome III [3]
Number ing within s er ies on s our c e of infor mation r eads : tome III
1.8.3
1.8.4
Inclusive Numbers
When recording inclusive dates and other inclusive numbers, record
both the first and last number in full.
EXAMPLE
19671972
Sour c e of infor mation r eads : 196772
1.8.5
Ordinal Numbers
When recording ordinal numbers (expressed either as numerals or as
words), record them as numerals and indicate that they are ordinal
numbers following standard usage for the language:
English language source. When recording ordinal numbers from
an English-language source, record them as numerals in the form
1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.
Chinese, Japanese, or Korean language source. When
recording ordinal numerals from a source in Chinese, Japanese, or
Korean, record them as numerals accompanied by the character
indicating that the numeral is ordinal.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
18/23
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
8
8th in Chines e
1o , 1a , 2o , 2a , 3o , 3a , etc.
Italian
If the usage of a language cannot be ascertained, use the form 1., 2., 3.,
etc.
1
1.9
A useful source for the form of ordinal numerals in European languages is: C.G.
Allen, A Manual of European Languages for Librarians, 2nd ed. (London; New
Providence, NJ: Bowker-Saur, 1999).
Dates
1.9.1
General Guidelines
When recording dates appearing on the source of information, apply the
guidelines at 1.8
.
Apply the instructions at 1.9.2
any of the following elements:
a)
2.7.6.7
b)
c)
d)
).
1.9.2
Supplied Dates
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
19/23
28/4/2014
1.9.2.1
1.9.2.2
1.9.2.3
Probable Year
If the probable year is known, record the year followed by
a question mark.
EXAMPLE
[1969?]
1.9.2.4
1.9.2.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
20/23
28/4/2014
1.10 Notes
1.10.1 General Guidelines on Notes
When the instructions in chapters 2
apply the following general guidelines:
capitalization (see 1.10.2
).
1.10.2 Capitalization
Apply the instructions on the capitalization of notes in appendix A
(A.8
).
Alternatives
The agency creating the data may establish in-house guidelines for
capitalization, punctuation, numerals, symbols, abbreviations, etc.,
or choose a published style manual, etc., (e.g., The Chicago
Manual of Style) as its preferred guide. In such situations, use
those guidelines or that style manual instead of appendix A
.
Do not modify the capitalization of information used in a note if it is
derived from a digital source using an automated scanning,
copying, or downloading process (e.g., by harvesting embedded
metadata or automatically generating metadata).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
21/23
28/4/2014
1.10.3 Quotations
Record quotations from the resource or from other sources in quotation
marks. Follow the quotation by an indication of its source, unless that
source is the preferred source of information for the identification of the
resource (see 2.2.2
).
EXAMPLE
Published for the Royal Institute of Public Administration
A textbook for 6th form studentsPreface
Generally considered to be by William LanglandOxford companion
to English literature
1.10.4 References
Refer to passages in the resource, or in other sources, if:
a)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
22/23
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/1%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
23/23
28/4/2014
2
IDENTIFYING MANIFESTATIONS
AND ITEMS
2.0
b)
Not all of the elements covered in this chapter will be applicable to the description of
a particular resource. For those elements that are applicable, the description of the
resource should include at least those that are identified as core elements (see 1.3
). If the core elements are not sufficient to differentiate the resource from
others with similar identifying information, include additional elements, as
necessary, from:
or
or
2.1
this chapter
chapter 3
(Describing Carriers)
chapter 4
General Guidelines
Choose an appropriate source of information as the basis for
identification of the resource.
Choose a source of information that is appropriate to:
a)
and
b)
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20an
1/208
28/4/2014
2.1.2
).
Comprehensive Description
2.1.2.1
General Guidelines
When preparing a comprehensive description, choose a
source of information appropriate to the mode of issuance:
or
or
2.1.2.2
)
).
2.1.2.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20an
2/208
28/4/2014
b)
c)
d)
e)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20an
3/208
28/4/2014
and/or
date of manufacture (2.10.6.2
2.1.2.4
).
Integrating Resource
When preparing a comprehensive description for an
integrating resource (e.g., an updating website), choose a
source of information identifying the current iteration of the
resource as a whole.
If there is no source of information identifying the current
iteration of the integrating resource as a whole, treat the
sources of information identifying its individual contents as
a collective source of information for the whole.
Make a note identifying the latest iteration consulted in
making the description (see 2.20.13.4
).
For sources of information for the date of production,
publication, distribution, and/or manufacture of the first
iteration of an integrating resource, see:
date of production (2.7.6.2
2.1.3
).
Analytical Description
2.1.3.1
General Guidelines
When preparing an analytical description, choose a source
of information appropriate to the mode of issuance of the
part or parts being described:
or
or
2.1.3.2
)
).
Single Part
When preparing an analytical description for a single part
of a resource (e.g., an article in a journal, one volume of a
multivolume history, a separately titled issue of a
professional journal) that is not an integrating resource
(see 2.1.3.4
), choose a source of information
identifying the particular part being described.
2.1.3.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20an
4/208
28/4/2014
2.1.3.4
Integrating Resource
When preparing an analytical description for a part or parts
issued as an integrating resource (e.g., one volume of a
multivolume set issued as an updating loose-leaf, one
section of a website with multiple updating sections),
choose a source or sources of information identifying the
current iteration of the particular part or parts being
described.
2.2
Sources of Information
2.2.1
Application
Apply the instructions at 2.2.2
2.2.4
when choosing a
source of information. Apply for all elements covered in chapter 2 unless
the instructions on sources of information for the element specify
otherwise.
2.2.2
General Guidelines
Use as the preferred source of information a source
forming part of the resource itself that is appropriate to:
a)
and
b)
b)
5/208
28/4/2014
2.2.2.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20an
6/208
28/4/2014
b)
c)
d)
Exception
Early printed resources. If an early printed
resource (or a reproduction of it) lacks a title page,
title sheet, or title card (or an image of it), use as the
preferred source of information the first of the
following sources that has a title:
a)
b)
c)
2.2.2.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20an
7/208
28/4/2014
2.2.2.3.1
Tangible Resources
Use as the preferred source of information
the first of the following with a title:
a)
b)
c)
2.2.2.3.2
Online Resources
Use as the preferred source of information
the first of the following with a title:
a)
textual content
b)
2.2.2.4
Other Resources
For a resource that is not covered at 2.2.2.2
2.2.2.3
, apply the following guidelines for tangible
or online resources to choose the preferred source of
information. If a source of information only lists the titles of
the individual contents and another source forming part of
the resource has a formally-presented collective title, use
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20an
8/208
28/4/2014
2.2.2.4.1
Tangible Resources
Use as the preferred source of information
the first of the following with a title:
a)
b)
c)
2.2.2.4.2
Online Resources
Use as the preferred source of information
the first of the following with a title:
a)
textual content
b)
2.2.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20an
9/208
28/4/2014
2.2.3.1
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
2.2.3.2
2.2.3.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
10/208
28/4/2014
2.2.4
b)
c)
a container that is not issued with the resource itself (e.g., a box
or case made by the owner)
d)
11/208
28/4/2014
Designation of edition
Parallel designation of edition
Statement of responsibility relating to the edition
Parallel statement of responsibility relating to the edition
Designation of a named revision of an edition
Parallel designation of a named revision of an edition
Statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an
edition
Parallel statement of responsibility relating to a named
revision of an edition
Numbering of serials
Numeric and/or alphabetic designation of first issue or part of
sequence
Chronological designation of first issue or part of sequence
Numeric and/or alphabetic designation of last issue or part of
sequence
Chronological designation of last issue or part of sequence
Alternative numeric and/or alphabetic designation of first
issue or part of sequence
Alternative chronological designation of first issue or part of
sequence
Alternative numeric and/or alphabetic designation of last
issue or part of sequence
Alternative chronological designation of last issue or part of
sequence
Production statement
Place of production
Parallel place of production
Producer's name
Parallel producer's name
Date of production
Publication statement
Place of publication
Parallel place of publication
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
12/208
28/4/2014
Publisher's name
Parallel publisher's name
Date of publication
Distribution statement
Place of distribution
Parallel place of distribution
Distributor's name
Parallel distributor's name
Date of distribution
Manufacture statement
Place of manufacture
Parallel place of manufacture
Manufacturer's name
Parallel manufacturer's name
Date of manufacture
Series statement
Title proper of series
Parallel title proper of series
Other title information of series
Parallel other title information of series
Statement of responsibility relating to series
Parallel statement of responsibility relating to series
ISSN of series
Numbering within series
Title proper of subseries
Parallel title proper of subseries
Other title information of subseries
Parallel other title information of subseries
Statement of responsibility relating to subseries
Parallel statement of responsibility relating to subseries
ISSN of subseries
Numbering within subseries
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
13/208
28/4/2014
Exception
Do not indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself if the resource is of a type that does not
normally carry identifying information (e.g., a photograph, a
naturally occurring object, a collection).
ATTRIBUTES OF THE MANIFESTATION
2.3
Title
C OR E EL EMEN T
The title proper is a core element. Other titles are optional.
2.3.1
Scope
A title is a word, character, or group of words and/or
characters that names a resource or a work contained in
it.
It is possible for more than one title to appear:
or
or
or
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
)
)
)
)
)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
14/208
28/4/2014
2.3.1.2
g)
h)
i)
)
).
Sources of Information
For guidance on choosing sources of information for titles,
see the instructions for specific types of titles as follows:
2.3.1.3
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2.3.1.4
Recording Titles
Transcribe a title as it appears on the source of
information (see 1.7
).
EXAMPLE
StarOffice
The 1919/1920 Breasted Expedition to the Far East
Sechs Partiten fr Flte
Drawing a blank, or, How I tried to solve a mystery, end
a feud, and land the girl of my dreams
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
15/208
28/4/2014
Optional Omission
Abridge a long title only if it can be abridged without
loss of essential information. Use a mark of omission
() to indicate such an omission. Never omit any of
the first five words.
EXAMPLE
BWV 29, Ratswahl-Kantate, fr Soli SATB, Chor
SATB und Orchester
Abr idged other title infor mation. Sour c e of
infor mation r eads : Wir danken dir, Gott, wir danken
dir, BWV 29, Ratswahl-Kantate, fr Soli SATB, Chor
SATB und Orchester: 3 Trombe, Timpani, 2 Oboi,
Violino solo, Organo obligato, 2 Violini, Viola e Basso
continuo
16/208
28/4/2014
Exceptions
Introductory words. For instructions on
introductory words not intended to be part of the title,
see 2.3.1.6
.
Inaccuracies. For a serial or an integrating
resource, correct obvious typographic errors in the
title proper. Make a note recording the title as it
appears on the source of information (see 2.20.2.4
). In case of doubt about whether the spelling of
a word is incorrect, transcribe the spelling as found.
Record as a variant title (see 2.3.6
) the title of a
serial or an integrating resource as it appears on the
source of information, if considered important for
access.
EXAMPLE
Housing starts
Sour c e of infor mation on v . 1, no. 1 r eads :
Housing sarts
17/208
28/4/2014
annual report
Sour c e of infor mation r eads : 1st annual report
2.3.1.5
If:
the title includes a name that would normally be
treated either as part of a statement of
responsibility or as the name of a publisher,
distributor, etc.
and
the name is an integral part of the title (e.g.,
connected by a case ending)
then:
record the name as part of the title.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
18/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Marlowe's plays
Eileen Ford's a more beautiful you in 21 days
Ernst Gnther lser Balzac
La route Shell
Larousse's French-English dictionary
a selection of the bitter definitions of Ambrose Bierce
O ther title infor mation
2.3.1.6
Optional Addition
Variant title. If considered important for identification
or access, record the form in which the title appears
on the source of information as a variant title (see
2.3.6
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
19/208
28/4/2014
2.3.1.7
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
20/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Journal of polymer science. Part A, General papers
Progress in nuclear energy. Series II, Reactors
Der Ring des Nibelungen. Zweiter Tag, Siegfried
b)
2.3.2
Title Proper
C OR E EL EMEN T
2.3.2.1
Scope
The title proper is the chief name of a resource (i.e., the
title normally used when citing the resource).
An alternative title is treated as part of the title proper.
The title proper does not include:
parallel titles proper (see 2.3.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
21/208
28/4/2014
).
2.3.2.2
Sources of Information
Take the title proper from the preferred source of
information as specified at 2.2.2
2.2.3
.
If there is no title provided within the resource itself, take
the title proper from one of the sources specified at 2.2.4
.
Make a note on the source of the title proper, if required
(see 2.20.2.3
).
2.3.2.3
b)
or
c)
2.3.2.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
22/208
28/4/2014
If:
the content of the resource is written, spoken, or
sung
and
the source of information for the title proper has a
title in more than one language or script
then:
choose as the title proper the title in the language or
script of the main content of the resource.
If:
the content is not written, spoken, or sung,
or
there is no main content in a single language
then:
choose the title proper on the basis of the
sequence, layout, or typography of the titles on the
source of information.
2.3.2.5
Exception
Serials and integrating resources. If the title of a
serial or integrating resource appears on the source
of information for the title proper in full as well as in
the form of an acronym or initialism, choose the full
form as the title proper.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
23/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Linguistics and language behavior abstracts
T itle appear s on s our c e of infor mation in full
and as LLBA
or
b)
2.3.2.6
).
Optional Addition
Record the titles of the individual contents as titles of
related works (see 25.1
).
If:
the type of description chosen for the resource is
an analytical description
and
the resource has a source of information for the title
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
24/208
28/4/2014
Miss Mapp
Sour c e of infor mation als o has the c ollec tiv e title for
the lar ger wor k : All about Lucia
2.3.2.7
25/208
28/4/2014
2.3.2.8
2.3.2.8.1
).
b)
medium of performance
ii)
key
iii)
date of composition
iv) number
treat all the elements together (in the order
in which they appear on the source of
information) as the title proper.
EXAMPLE
Rhapsody
Songs & dances
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
26/208
28/4/2014
Sinfonia mazedonia
O ther title infor mation: Nr. 4 fr
grosses Orchester
2.3.2.8.2
Scale
If the title proper of a cartographic
resource includes a statement of the
scale, include that statement as part of the
title proper.
EXAMPLE
Topographic 1:500,000 low flying
chart
New "half-inch" cycling road maps
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
27/208
28/4/2014
2.3.2.9
Alternative
Devise a collective title by applying the instructions at
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
28/208
28/4/2014
2.3.2.11
. If considered important for
identification or access, record the titles of individual
parts as the titles proper of related manifestations
(see 27.1
).
or
b)
).
b)
c)
29/208
28/4/2014
Alternative
Devise a title in a language and script preferred by the
agency preparing the description.
If the resource is a type that would normally have
identifying information (e.g., a published book), make a
note to indicate that the title has been devised (see
2.20.2.3
).
Apply these additional instructions for special types of
resources, as applicable:
music (see 2.3.2.11.1
)
)
2.3.2.11.1
2.3.2.11.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
30/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Gravity anomaly map of Canada
Relief model of California showing
vegetation
Lunar globe
Ontario county and district maps
colour series
Nautical chart of the coast of Maine
from Cape Elizabeth to Monhegan
Island
Street maps of the incorporated
cities and towns of Maryland
2.3.2.11.3
Alternative
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
31/208
28/4/2014
2.3.2.11.4
2.3.2.12.1
).
Multipart Monographs
If there is a change in the title proper on a
subsequent part of a multipart monograph,
and the change is considered important
for identification or access, record the
subsequent title as a later title proper (see
2.3.8
).
2.3.2.12.2
Serials
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
32/208
28/4/2014
2.3.2.12.3
Integrating Resources
Change the title proper to reflect the
current iteration of an integrating resource
if there is a change of title proper on a
subsequent iteration.
Record the earlier title as an earlier title
proper (see 2.3.7
) if the change is
considered important for identification or
access.
).
2.3.2.13.1
Major Changes
In general, consider the following to be
major changes in a title proper:
a)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
33/208
28/4/2014
2.3.2.13.2
Minor Changes
In general, consider the following to be
minor changes in a title proper:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
34/208
28/4/2014
f)
g)
h)
i)
2.3.3
Scope
A parallel title proper is the title proper in another
language and/or script.
An alternative title in another language and/or script is
treated as part of the parallel title proper.
Treat an original title in a language different from that of the
title proper as a parallel title proper if it is presented as the
equivalent of the title proper.
2.3.3.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel titles proper from any source within the
resource. If the title proper is taken from outside the
resource, take parallel titles proper from the same source.
2.3.3.3
35/208
28/4/2014
If:
an original title is in a language different from that of
the title proper
and
the title is presented as an equivalent to the title
proper
then:
record it as a parallel title proper.
EXAMPLE
20 poemas de amor y una cancin desesperada
T itle pr oper : Twenty love poems and a song of despair
bout de souffle
T itle pr oper : Breathless
2.3.3.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
36/208
28/4/2014
2.3.3.5
2.3.3.5.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Variant title. Record an added or
changed parallel title proper as a variant
title (see 2.3.6
), if considered
important for identification or access.
If a parallel title proper is deleted on a
subsequent part, make a note on the
deletion if considered important for
identification or access (see 2.20.2.4
).
2.3.3.5.2
Serials
Variant title. Record an added or
changed parallel title proper as a variant
title (see 2.3.6
), if considered
important for identification or access.
If a parallel title proper is deleted on a
subsequent issue or part, make a note on
the deletion if considered important for
identification or access (see 2.20.2.4
).
2.3.3.5.3
Integrating Resources
Record an added or changed parallel title
proper to reflect the current iteration.
Variant title. Record the earlier parallel
title proper as a variant title (see 2.3.6
), if considered important for
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
37/208
28/4/2014
identification or access.
If a parallel title proper is deleted on a
subsequent iteration, delete the parallel
title proper to reflect the current iteration.
Variant title. Record a deleted parallel
title proper as a variant title (see 2.3.6
), if considered important for
identification or access.
2.3.4
Scope
Other title information is information that appears in
conjunction with, and is subordinate to, the title proper of a
resource.
Other title information can include any phrase appearing
with a title proper that is indicative of:
or
2.3.4.2
)
).
Sources of Information
Take other title information from the same source as the
title proper (see 2.3.2.2
).
2.3.4.3
38/208
28/4/2014
LLBA
T itle pr oper : Linguistics and language behavior abstracts
Exception
Serials and integrating resources. Record
information about the currency of the contents or the
frequency of updating as frequency (see 2.14
).
If there is more than one element of other title information,
record the elements in the order indicated by the
sequence, layout, or typography of the elements on the
source of information.
EXAMPLE
acute care of at-risk newborns
a resource and learning tool for health care
professionals
T itle pr oper : ACoRN
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
39/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
L'anima del filosofo
Sour c e of infor mation has or iginal title in addition to
title pr oper : Orfeo ed Euridice
2.3.4.4
2.3.4.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
40/208
28/4/2014
2.3.4.6
2.3.4.7
2.3.4.7.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Variant title. Record added or changed
other title information as a variant title (see
2.3.6
), if considered important for
identification or access.
If other title information that was recorded
is then deleted on a subsequent part,
make a note on the deletion (see
2.20.2.4
).
2.3.4.7.2
Serials
Variant title. Record added or changed
other title information as a variant title (see
2.3.6
), if considered important for
identification or access.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
41/208
28/4/2014
2.3.4.7.3
Integrating Resources
Record added other title information to
reflect the current iteration of an
integrating resource if the addition is
considered important for identification or
access.
Change other title information to reflect the
current iteration of an integrating resource,
if the changes are considered important
for identification or access.
If the changed other title information is not
considered important for identification or
access, delete the other title information.
Variant title. Record earlier other title
information as a variant title (see 2.3.6
), if considered important for
identification or access.
If other title information that was recorded
is then deleted on a subsequent iteration,
delete the recorded other title information
to reflect the current iteration.
Variant title. Record deleted other title
information as a variant title (see 2.3.6
), if considered important for
identification or access.
2.3.5
Scope
Parallel other title information is other title
information in a language and/or script that differs from
that recorded in the other title information element.
2.3.5.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel other title information from the same source
as the corresponding parallel title proper (see 2.3.3.2
).
If there is no corresponding parallel title proper, take
parallel other title information from the same source as the
title proper (see 2.3.2.2
).
2.3.5.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
42/208
28/4/2014
If:
there are no parallel titles proper
and
other title information appears in one or more
languages or scripts that are different from that of
the title proper
then:
record the other title information that appears first
as other title information (see 2.3.4.4
).
Record the other title information in other
languages as parallel other title information.
EXAMPLE
pour piano soliste et ensemble de bois
T itle pr oper in Englis h. No par allel title pr oper .
O ther title infor mation in Englis h r ec or ded as other
title infor mation
2.3.5.4
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
43/208
28/4/2014
2.3.5.4.1
Multipart Monographs
Variant title. Record added or changed
parallel other title information as a variant
title (see 2.3.6
) if considered
important for identification or access.
If parallel other title information that was
recorded is then deleted on a subsequent
part, make a note on the deletion (see
2.20.2.4
).
2.3.5.4.2
Serials
Variant title. Record added or changed
parallel other title information as a variant
title (see 2.3.6
) if considered
important for identification or access.
If parallel other title information that was
recorded is then deleted on a subsequent
issue or part, make a note on the deletion
(see 2.20.2.4
).
2.3.5.4.3
Integrating Resources
Record added parallel other title
information to reflect the current iteration
of an integrating resource, if considered
important for identification or access.
Change parallel other title information to
reflect the current iteration of an
integrating resource, if considered
important for identification or access.
Variant title. Record earlier parallel other
title information as a variant title (see
2.3.6
), if considered important for
identification or access.
If the changed parallel other title
information is not considered important for
identification or access, delete the parallel
other title information.
If parallel other title information that was
recorded is then deleted on a subsequent
iteration, delete the recorded parallel other
title information to reflect the current
iteration.
Variant title. Record deleted parallel
other title information as a variant title (see
2.3.6
), if considered important for
identification or access.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
44/208
28/4/2014
2.3.6
Variant Title
2.3.6.1
Scope
A variant title is a title associated with a resource that
differs from a title recorded as the title proper, a parallel
title proper, other title information, parallel other title
information, earlier title proper, later title proper, key title, or
abbreviated title.
Variant titles include the following:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
2.3.6.2
Sources of Information
Take variant titles from any source.
2.3.6.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
45/208
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
46/208
28/4/2014
2.3.6.4
2.3.7
Scope
An earlier title proper is a title proper appearing on an
earlier iteration of an integrating resource that differs from
that on the current iteration.
2.3.7.2
Sources of Information
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
47/208
28/4/2014
2.3.7.3
Environmental liability
Ear lier title pr oper appear ing on iter ations fr om
1990 2001. Cur r ent title pr oper : Managing
environmental liability
Euroinfo international
Ear lier title pr oper v iewed May 10, 1998. Cur r ent
title pr oper : Infobel world telephone directories
2.3.8
Scope
A later title proper is a title proper appearing on a later
issue or part of a multipart monograph or serial that differs
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
48/208
28/4/2014
2.3.8.2
Sources of Information
Take later titles proper from sources in later issues or
parts of a multipart monograph or serial, using the source
specified for the title proper at 2.3.2.2
.
2.3.8.3
).
or
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
49/208
28/4/2014
2.3.9
Key Title
2.3.9.1
Scope
A key title is the unique name assigned to a resource
by an ISSN registration agency.
2.3.9.2
Sources of Information
Take the key title from the following sources (in order of
preference):
2.3.9.3
a)
b)
c)
50/208
28/4/2014
2.4
Statement of Responsibility
C OR E EL EMEN T
Statement of responsibility relating to title proper is a core element (if more than one, only the first
recorded is required). Other statements of responsibility are optional.
2.4.1
Scope
A statement of responsibility is a statement relating
to the identification and/or function of any persons,
families, or corporate bodies responsible for the creation
of, or contributing to the realization of, the intellectual or
artistic content of a resource.
A statement of responsibility sometimes includes words or
phrases that are neither names nor linking words.
Statements of responsibility may occur in association
with:
a title proper (see 2.4.2
2.4.3
)
2.5.5
2.12.7
2.12.15
51/208
28/4/2014
2.7.5
2.8.5
2.9.5
2.4.1.2
Sources of Information
For guidance on choosing sources of information for
statements of responsibility, see the instructions for
specific types of statements of responsibility as follows:
2.4.1.3
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
52/208
28/4/2014
2.4.1.4
Optional Omission
Abridge a statement of responsibility only if this can
be done without loss of essential information. Do not
use a mark of omission () to indicate such an
omission. Always record the first name appearing in
the statement. When omitting names from a
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
53/208
28/4/2014
Exception
Serials. Record a statement of responsibility
identifying an editor of a serial only if the name of the
editor is considered an important means of identifying
the serial (e.g., if a particular person edited the serial
for all or most of its existence; if the person's name is
likely to be better known than the title of the serial).
EXAMPLE
editor: Wyndham Lewis
founded, edited, and published by Jean-Paul
Sartre
compiled and edited by Richard L. Coulton with
the assistance of voluntary aid
2.4.1.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
54/208
28/4/2014
Bridgeman
prepared for the Ethical Union by Mass-Observation
Jane Austen and another lady
developed by Dale Kahn with Laurie Fenster
Duke Ellington and his orchestra
compiled and edited by Richard L. Coulton with the
assistance of voluntary aid
L.H. Booth, P. Fisher, V. Heppelthwaite, and C.T. Eason
Ellen Goodman, Patricia OBrien
Optional Omission
If a single statement of responsibility names more
than three persons, families, or corporate bodies
performing the same function (or with the same
degree of responsibility), omit any but the first of each
group of such persons, families, or bodies. Indicate
the omission by summarizing what has been omitted
in a language and script preferred by the agency
preparing the description. Indicate that the summary
was taken from a source outside the resource itself
(see 2.2.4
).
EXAMPLE
Roger Colbourne [and six others]
Sour c e of infor mation r eads : Roger Colbourne,
Suzanne Bassett, Tony Billing, Helen McCormick, John
McLennan, Andrew Nelson and Hugh Robertson
55/208
28/4/2014
2.4.1.6
2.4.1.7
Clarification of Role
Add a word or short phrase if necessary to clarify the role
of a person, family, or corporate body named in a
statement of responsibility.
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
56/208
28/4/2014
).
EXAMPLE
[collected by] Chet Williams
T itle pr oper : Baijun ballads
but
Charles Dickens
T itle pr oper : Bleak House
2.4.1.8
2.4.1.9
57/208
28/4/2014
2.4.1.10.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Make a note (see 2.20.3.6.1
) if:
2.4.1.10.2
Serials
Make a note (see 2.20.3.6.2
) if:
2.4.1.10.3
Integrating Resources
Revise the statement of responsibility to
reflect the current iteration of an
integrating resource if a statement of
responsibility is added or changed on a
subsequent iteration.
Make a note giving the earlier statement
of responsibility (see 2.20.3.6.3
) if
the earlier statement is considered
important for identification or access.
If a statement of responsibility is deleted
on a subsequent iteration, delete the
statement of responsibility to reflect the
current iteration. Make a note on the
deletion if considered important for
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
58/208
28/4/2014
2.4.2
2.4.2.1
Scope
A statement of responsibility relating to title
proper is a statement associated with the title proper of
a resource that relates to the identification and/or function
of any persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible
for the creation of, or contributing to the realization of, the
intellectual or artistic content of the resource.
2.4.2.2
Sources of Information
Take statements of responsibility relating to title proper
from the following sources (in order of preference):
2.4.2.3
a)
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
59/208
28/4/2014
by John Malo
T itle pr oper : Malo's complete guide to canoeing and canoecamping. Name of c r eator appear s s epar ately on the
s our c e of infor mation as well as in the title pr oper
2.4.2.4
2.4.3
Scope
A parallel statement of responsibility relating to
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
60/208
28/4/2014
2.4.3.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel statements of responsibility relating to title
proper from the same source as the corresponding
parallel title proper (see 2.3.3.2
).
If there is no corresponding parallel title proper, take
parallel statements of responsibility relating to title proper
from the same source as the title proper (see 2.3.2.2
).
2.4.3.3
2.5
Edition Statement
C OR E EL EMEN T
Designation of edition and designation of a named revision of an edition are core elements. Other
sub-elements of edition statements are optional.
2.5.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
61/208
28/4/2014
2.5.1.1
Scope
An edition statement is a statement identifying the
edition to which a resource belongs.
An edition statement sometimes includes a designation of
a named revision of an edition.
An edition statement sometimes includes a statement or
statements of responsibility relating to the edition and/or to
a named revision of an edition.
For resources in an unpublished form, statements
indicating the version of the work contained in the
resource are treated as edition statements. Some
examples of a resource in an unpublished form are
manuscript drafts or videorecordings that have not been
commercially released or broadcast.
2.5.1.2
Sources of Information
For guidance on choosing sources of information for
edition statements, see the instructions for specific subelements of an edition statement as follows:
2.5.1.3
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
62/208
28/4/2014
2.5.1.4
Optional Addition
If a resource lacks an edition statement but is known
to contain significant changes from other editions,
supply an edition statement, if considered important
for identification or access. Indicate that the
information was taken from a source outside the
resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
EXAMPLE
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
63/208
28/4/2014
2.5.1.5
2.5.1.6
2.5.1.6.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Make a note (see 2.20.4.5.1
) if:
2.5.1.6.2
Serials
Make a note (see 2.20.4.5.2
) if:
64/208
28/4/2014
2.5.1.6.3
Integrating Resources
Change the edition statement to reflect the
current iteration if:
an edition statement is added,
deleted, or changed on a subsequent
iteration of an integrating resource
and
the change does not require a new
description (see 1.6.3.4
).
If the earlier edition statement is
considered important for identification or
access, make a note giving the earlier
statement (see 2.20.4.5.3
).
2.5.2
Designation of Edition
C OR E EL EMEN T
2.5.2.1
Scope
A designation of edition is a word, character, or group
of words and/or characters, identifying the edition to which
a resource belongs.
Note that in some languages the same term or terms can
be used to indicate both edition and printing. A statement
detailing the number of copies printed is not a designation
of edition.
In case of doubt about whether a statement is a
designation of edition, consider the presence of these
words or statements as evidence that it is a designation of
edition:
a)
b)
a statement indicating:
i)
a difference in content
ii)
iii)
a difference in language
65/208
28/4/2014
music.
2.5.2.2
Sources of Information
Take designations of edition from the following sources (in
order of preference):
2.5.2.3
a)
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
66/208
28/4/2014
2.5.2.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
67/208
28/4/2014
4th edition
T itle pr oper in Englis h. Des ignation of edition
appear s in Englis h and F r enc h
2.5.2.5
2.5.2.6
68/208
28/4/2014
2.5.3
Scope
A parallel designation of edition is a designation of
edition in a language and/or script that differs from that
recorded in the designation of edition element.
2.5.3.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel designations of edition from the following
sources (in order of preference):
2.5.3.3
a)
b)
c)
d. canadienne
Des ignation of edition: Canadian ed.
69/208
28/4/2014
2.5.4
Scope
A statement of responsibility relating to the
edition is a statement relating to the identification of any
persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for the
edition being described but not to all editions.
2.5.4.2
Sources of Information
Take statements of responsibility relating to the edition
from the same source as the designation of edition (see
2.5.2.2
).
2.5.4.3
70/208
28/4/2014
by the composer
Des ignation of edition: Piano/vocal score
If:
there is doubt about whether a statement of
responsibility applies to all editions or only to some
or
there is no designation of edition
then:
record the statement of responsibility as a
statement of responsibility relating to title proper
(see 2.4.2
).
When describing the first edition, record all statements of
responsibility as statements of responsibility relating to title
proper (see 2.4.2
).
2.5.4.4
2.5.5
Scope
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
71/208
28/4/2014
2.5.5.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel statements of responsibility relating to the
edition from the same source as the corresponding
parallel designation of edition (see 2.5.3.2
).
If there is no corresponding parallel designation of edition,
take parallel statements of responsibility relating to the
edition from the same source as the designation of edition
(see 2.5.2.2
).
2.5.5.3
2.5.6
2.5.6.1
Scope
A designation of a named revision of an edition is
a word, character, or group of words and/or characters,
identifying a particular revision of a named edition.
2.5.6.2
Sources of Information
Take designations of a named revision of an edition from
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
72/208
28/4/2014
2.5.6.3
a)
b)
c)
Roads revised
Des ignation of edition: 4th ed.
OSIRIS IV version
Des ignation of edition: ICPSR ed.
2.5.6.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
73/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
3rd corr. impression
T itle pr oper in Englis h. Des ignation of named
r ev is ion of edition als o appear s in F r enc h
2.5.7
Scope
A parallel designation of a named revision of an
edition is a designation of a named revision of an edition
in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded
in the designation of a named revision of an edition
element.
2.5.7.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel designations of a named revision of an
edition from the following sources (in order of preference):
2.5.7.3
a)
b)
c)
2.5.8
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
74/208
28/4/2014
2.5.8.1
Scope
A statement of responsibility relating to a named
revision of an edition is a statement relating to the
identification of any persons, families, or corporate bodies
responsible for a named revision of an edition.
2.5.8.2
Sources of Information
Take statements of responsibility relating to a named
revision of an edition from the same source as the
designation of a named revision of an edition (see 2.5.6.2
).
2.5.8.3
2.5.8.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
75/208
28/4/2014
2.5.9
Scope
A parallel statement of responsibility relating to a
named revision of an edition is a statement of
responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition in a
language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the
statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of
an edition element.
2.5.9.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel statements of responsibility relating to a
named revision of an edition from the same source as the
corresponding parallel designation of a named revision of
an edition (see 2.5.7.2
).
If there is no corresponding parallel designation of a
named revision of an edition, take parallel statements of
responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition
from the same source as the designation of a named
revision of an edition (see 2.5.6.2
).
2.5.9.3
2.6
Numbering of Serials
C OR E EL EMEN T
Core elements are numeric and/or alphabetic designation of first issue or part of sequence,
chronological designation of first issue or part of sequence, numeric and/or alphabetic designation of
last issue or part of sequence, and chronological designation of last issue or part of sequence. Other
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
76/208
28/4/2014
numbering is optional.
2.6.1
Scope
Numbering of serials is the identification of each of the
issues or parts of a serial.
Numbering of serials may include:
a)
b)
a chronological designation.
2.6.1.2
. For
.
Sources of Information
For guidance on choosing sources of information for
numbering of serials, see the instructions for specific subelements of numbering of serials as follows:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
77/208
28/4/2014
2.6.9.2
2.6.1.3
2.6.1.4
EXAMPLE
July/August 2005
1
Vol. 1, no. 1
summer 1978
4th issue
Exception
Substitute a slash for a hyphen, as necessary, for
clarity.
EXAMPLE
1961/1962
Des ignation appear s on is s ue as 19612
1999/2000
Des ignation appear s on is s ue as 19992000
Record the numbering for the first issue or part (see 2.6.2
2.6.3
).
When describing a serial that has ceased publication,
record the numbering for the last issue or part (see 2.6.4
2.6.5
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
78/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Vol. 3, no. 6
Numer ic des ignation of fir s t is s ue
Aug./Sept. 1970
Chr onologic al des ignation of fir s t is s ue
volume 5, number 3
Numer ic des ignation of las t is s ue
Mar. 1972
Chr onologic al des ignation of las t is s ue
November 1943
Chr onologic al des ignation of fir s t is s ue of fir s t
s equenc e
June 1953
Chr onologic al des ignation of las t is s ue of fir s t
s equenc e
number 1
Numer ic des ignation of fir s t is s ue of new s equenc e
July 1974
Chr onologic al des ignation of fir s t is s ue of new
s equenc e
79/208
28/4/2014
and
the variations are considered important for
identification.
If a serial has more than one concurrent system of
numbering, record the second or subsequent systems as
alternative numbering (see 2.6.5
2.6.9
).
Record them in the order in which they are presented.
EXAMPLE
Vol. 3, no. 7
F ir s t s y s tem of numer ic des ignation of fir s t is s ue of
s equenc e
No. 31
Alter nate s y s tem of numer ic des ignation of fir s t
is s ue of s equenc e
2.6.2
2.6.2.1
Scope
Numeric and/or alphabetic designation of first
issue or part of sequence is numbering (see 2.6.1.1
) presented in numeric and/or alphabetic form on the
first issue or part of a sequence of numbering for a serial.
2.6.2.2
Sources of Information
Take the numeric and/or alphabetic designation of the first
issue or part of a sequence from the following sources (in
order of preference):
2.6.2.3
a)
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
80/208
28/4/2014
1998-1
Des ignation appear s on is s ue as : 1-1998
81/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
new series, v. 1, no. 1
If:
the first issue or part of a sequence has no numeric
and/or alphabetic designations
and
subsequent issues or parts define a numeric and/or
alphabetic designation pattern for the sequence
then:
supply a numeric and/or alphabetic designation for
the first issue or part of the sequence based on the
pattern. Indicate that the information was taken
from a source outside the resource itself (see
2.2.4
).
EXAMPLE
[Part 1]
Subs equent is s ues number ed: Part 2, Part 3, etc .
If:
the identification of the resource is based on an
issue or part other than the first of a sequence
and
a numeric and/or alphabetic designation for the first
issue or part of the sequence can be readily
ascertained
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
82/208
28/4/2014
then:
supply a numeric and/or alphabetic designation for
the first issue or part. Indicate that the information
was taken from a source outside the resource
itself (see 2.2.4
).
Alternative
Make a note on the numbering of the first issue or
part of the sequence (see 2.20.5.3
).
2.6.2.4
2.6.3
2.6.3.1
Scope
Chronological designation of first issue or part of
sequence is numbering (see 2.6.1.1
) presented
in the form of a date (e.g., a year; year and month; month,
day, and year) on the first issue or part of a sequence of
numbering for a serial.
For a designation consisting of a year and a number that is
a division of the year, see 2.6.2.3
.
2.6.3.2
Sources of Information
Take the chronological designation of the first issue or part
of a sequence from the following sources (in order of
preference):
a)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
83/208
28/4/2014
2.6.3.3
b)
c)
Optional Addition
If the chronological designation includes dates not of
the Gregorian or Julian calendar, add the
corresponding dates of the Gregorian or Julian
calendar. Indicate that the information was taken from
a source outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
If:
the first issue or part of a sequence has no
chronological designation
and
subsequent issues or parts define a chronological
designation pattern for the sequence
then:
supply a chronological designation for the first issue
or part based on the pattern. Indicate that the
information was taken from a source outside the
resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
EXAMPLE
[novembre 2006]
Des ignation appear s on is s ue as : Vol. 01, no 01;
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
84/208
28/4/2014
If:
the identification of the resource is based on an
issue or part other than the first of a sequence
and
a chronological designation for the first issue or part
of the sequence can be readily ascertained
then:
supply a chronological designation for the first issue
or part. Indicate that the information was taken
from a source outside the resource itself (see
2.2.4
).
Alternative
Make a note on the numbering of the first issue or
part of the sequence (see 2.20.5.3
).
2.6.3.4
2.6.4
2.6.4.1
Scope
Numeric and/or alphabetic designation of last
issue or part of sequence is numbering (see 2.6.1.1
) presented in numeric and/or alphabetic form on the
last issue or part of a sequence of numbering for a serial.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
85/208
28/4/2014
2.6.4.2
Sources of Information
Take the numeric and/or alphabetic designation of the last
issue or part of a sequence from the following sources (in
order of preference):
2.6.4.3
a)
b)
c)
86/208
28/4/2014
If:
the identification of the resource is based on an
issue or part other than the last of a sequence
and
a numeric and/or alphabetic designation for the last
issue or part of the sequence can be readily
ascertained
then:
supply a numeric and/or alphabetic designation for
the last issue or part. Indicate that the information
was taken from a source outside the resource
itself (see 2.2.4
).
Alternative
Make a note on the numbering of the last issue or
part of the sequence (see 2.20.5.3
).
2.6.4.4
2.6.5
2.6.5.1
Scope
Chronological designation of last issue or part of
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
87/208
28/4/2014
2.6.5.2
Sources of Information
Take the chronological designation of the last issue or part
of a sequence from the following sources (in order of
preference):
2.6.5.3
a)
b)
c)
Optional Addition
If the chronological designation includes dates not of
the Gregorian or Julian calendar, add the
corresponding dates of the Gregorian or Julian
calendar. Indicate that the information was taken from
a source outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
If:
the last issue or part of a sequence has no
chronological designation
and
previous issues or parts define a chronological
designation pattern for the sequence
then:
supply a chronological designation for the last issue
or part based on the pattern. Indicate that the
information was taken from a source outside the
resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
88/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
[2005]
No c hr onologic al des ignation on las t is s ue of
s equenc e. Des ignation on pr ev ious is s ue: 2004
If:
the identification of the resource is based on an
issue or part other than the last of a sequence
and
a chronological designation for the last issue or part
of the sequence can be readily ascertained
then:
supply a chronological designation for the last issue
or part. Indicate that the information was taken
from a source outside the resource itself (see
2.2.4
).
Alternative
Make a note on the numbering of the last issue or
part of the sequence (see 2.20.5.3
).
2.6.5.4
2.6.6
Scope
Alternative numeric and/or alphabetic designation
of first issue or part of sequence is a second or
subsequent system of numbering (see 2.6.1.1
)
presented in numeric and/or alphabetic form on the first
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
89/208
28/4/2014
2.6.6.2
Sources of Information
Take the alternative numeric and/or alphabetic designation
of the first issue or part of a sequence from the following
sources (in order of preference):
2.6.6.3
a)
b)
c)
2.6.6.4
2.6.7
Scope
Alternative chronological designation of first issue
or part of sequence is a second or subsequent
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
90/208
28/4/2014
2.6.7.2
Sources of Information
Take the alternative chronological designation of the first
issue or part of a sequence from the following sources (in
order of preference):
2.6.7.3
a)
b)
c)
2.6.7.4
2.6.8
Scope
Alternative numeric and/or alphabetic designation
of last issue or part of sequence is a second or
subsequent system of numbering (see 2.6.1.1
)
presented in numeric and/or alphabetic form on the last
issue or part of a sequence of numbering for a serial.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
91/208
28/4/2014
2.6.8.2
Sources of Information
Take the alternative numeric and/or alphabetic designation
of the last issue or part of a sequence from the following
sources (in order of preference):
2.6.8.3
a)
b)
c)
2.6.8.4
2.6.9
Scope
Alternative chronological designation of last issue
or part of sequence is a second or subsequent
system of numbering (see 2.6.1.1
) presented in the
form of a date (e.g., a year; year and month; month, day,
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
92/208
28/4/2014
2.6.9.2
Sources of Information
Take the alternative chronological designation of the last
issue or part of a sequence from the following sources (in
order of preference):
2.6.9.3
a)
b)
c)
2.6.9.4
2.7
Production Statement
C OR E EL EMEN T
Date of production is a core element for resources issued in an unpublished form. Other subelements of production statements are optional.
2.7.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
93/208
28/4/2014
2.7.1.1
Scope
A production statement is a statement identifying the
place or places of production, producer or producers, and
date or dates of production of a resource in an unpublished
form.
Production statements include statements relating to the
inscription, fabrication, construction, etc., of a resource in
an unpublished form.
2.7.1.2
Sources of Information
For guidance on choosing sources of information for
production statements, see the instructions for specific
sub-elements of a production statement as follows:
2.7.1.3
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
.
.
2.7.1.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
94/208
28/4/2014
2.7.1.5
2.7.1.5.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Make a note (see 2.20.6.4.1
) if:
) if:
2.7.1.5.2
Serials
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
95/208
28/4/2014
) if:
) if:
2.7.1.5.3
Integrating Resources
Change the place of production to reflect
the current iteration of an integrating
resource. Make a note on the earlier place
if considered important for identification or
access (see 2.20.6.4.3
).
Change the producer's name to reflect the
current iteration of an integrating resource.
Make a note on any earlier name if
considered important for identification or
access (see 2.20.6.4.3
).
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note (see 2.20.6.4.3
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
96/208
28/4/2014
2.7.2
Place of Production
2.7.2.1
Scope
A place of production is a place associated with the
inscription, fabrication, construction, etc., of a resource in
an unpublished form.
2.7.2.2
Sources of Information
Take places of production from the following sources (in
order of preference):
2.7.2.3
a)
b)
c)
2.7.2.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
97/208
28/4/2014
If:
there are two or more producers
and
there are two or more places associated with one
or more of the producers
then:
record the place names associated with each
producer in the order indicated by the sequence,
layout, or typography of the place names on the
source of information.
2.7.2.5
2.7.2.6
b)
c)
d)
2.7.2.6.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
98/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
[Salem, Massachusetts]
2.7.2.6.2
2.7.2.6.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20a
99/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
[Denmark]
2.7.2.6.4
2.7.2.7
2.7.3
Scope
A parallel place of production is a place of production
in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded
in the place of production element.
2.7.3.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel places of production from the following
sources (in order of preference):
2.7.3.3
a)
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
100/208
28/4/2014
sources of information.
2.7.4
Producer's Name
2.7.4.1
Scope
A producer's name is the name of a person, family, or
corporate body responsible for inscribing, fabricating,
constructing, etc., a resource in an unpublished form.
2.7.4.2
Sources of Information
Take producers' names from the following sources (in
order of preference):
2.7.4.3
a)
b)
c)
2.7.4.4
Statement of Function
Record words or phrases indicating the function
performed by a person, family, or corporate body as they
appear on the source of information.
Optional Addition
If the function of a person, family, or corporate body
recorded in the producer's name sub-element is not
explicit or clear, add a term indicating the function.
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
2.7.4.5
2.7.4.6
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
101/208
28/4/2014
2.7.4.7
No Producer Identified
Record producer not identified if:
no producer is named within the resource itself
and
the producer cannot be identified from other sources
(see 2.2.4
).
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
2.7.4.8
2.7.5
Scope
A parallel producer's name is a producer's name in a
language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the
producer's name element.
2.7.5.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel producers' names from the following sources
(in order of preference):
2.7.5.3
a)
b)
c)
2.7.6
Date of Production
C OR E EL EMEN T
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
102/208
28/4/2014
2.7.6.1
Scope
A date of production is a date associated with the
inscription, fabrication, construction, etc., of a resource in
an unpublished form.
For an archival resource, the date of production is:
or
or
2.7.6.2
Sources of Information
Take dates of production from any source.
2.7.6.3
Optional Addition
If the date as it appears in the resource is not of the
Gregorian or Julian calendar, add the corresponding
date or dates of the Gregorian or Julian calendar.
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
If the date as it appears in the resource is known to be
fictitious or incorrect, make a note giving the actual date
(see 2.20.6.3
).
2.7.6.4
Chronograms
If the date of production as it appears on the source of
information is in the form of a chronogram, transcribe the
chronogram as it appears.
Optional Addition
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
103/208
28/4/2014
2.7.6.5
If:
production of the resource has ceased or is
complete
and
the first and last issues, parts, or iterations are
available
then:
record the dates of production of the first and last
issues, parts, or iterations, separated by a hyphen.
EXAMPLE
19822001
If:
production of the resource has ceased or is
complete
and
the last issue, part, or iteration is available, but not
the first
then:
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
104/208
28/4/2014
2.7.6.6
2.7.6.7
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
105/208
28/4/2014
or
Optional Addition
If the majority of the items in the resource have dates
of production that differ significantly from the inclusive
dates, record the inclusive dates followed by the
predominant or bulk dates. Precede the bulk dates
with an explanatory term, such as bulk.
EXAMPLE
17851960, bulk 19161958
2.8
Publication Statement
C OR E EL EMEN T
Place of publication, publisher's name, and date of publication are core elements for published
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
106/208
28/4/2014
2.8.1
Scope
A publication statement is a statement identifying the
place or places of publication, publisher or publishers, and
date or dates of publication of a resource.
Publication statements include statements relating to the
publication, release, or issuing of a resource.
Consider all online resources to be published.
For statements relating to the production of resources in
an unpublished form, see 2.7
.
2.8.1.2
Sources of Information
For guidance on choosing sources of information for
publication statements, see the instructions for specific
sub-elements of a publication statement as follows:
2.8.1.3
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
.
.
2.8.1.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
107/208
28/4/2014
2.8.1.5
).
2.8.1.5.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Make a note (see 2.20.7.5.1
) if:
) if:
2.8.1.5.2
Serials
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
108/208
28/4/2014
) if:
) if:
2.8.1.5.3
Integrating Resources
Change the place of publication to reflect
the current iteration of an integrating
resource. Make a note on the earlier place
if considered important for identification or
access (see 2.20.7.5.3
).
Change the publisher's name to reflect the
current iteration of an integrating resource.
Make a note on any earlier name if
considered important for identification or
access (see 2.20.7.5.3
).
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note (see 2.20.7.5.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
109/208
28/4/2014
).
2.8.2
Place of Publication
C OR E EL EMEN T
If more than one place of publication appears on the source of information, only the
first recorded is required.
2.8.2.1
Scope
A place of publication is a place associated with the
publication, release, or issuing of a resource.
2.8.2.2
Sources of Information
Take places of publication from the following sources (in
order of preference):
2.8.2.3
a)
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
110/208
28/4/2014
Mpls
Santiago
Aldershot, Hampshire, England
Burlington, VT, USA
Optional Additions
Include the full address as part of the local place
name, if considered important for identification or
access.
EXAMPLE
6 Ludgate Hill, London
2.8.2.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
111/208
28/4/2014
London
New York
Sydney
Sour c e of infor mation r eads : New York, London,
Sydney. London giv en pr ominenc e by ty pogr aphy
If:
there are two or more publishers
and
there are two or more places associated with one
or more of the publishers
then:
record the place names associated with each
publisher in the order indicated by the sequence,
layout, or typography of the place names on the
source of information.
2.8.2.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
112/208
28/4/2014
2.8.2.6
b)
c)
d)
2.8.2.6.1
2.8.2.6.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
113/208
28/4/2014
If:
the name of the larger jurisdiction is
supplied
and
the place of publication is known to
be within that jurisdiction
and
the locality within that jurisdiction is
uncertain
then:
add a question mark following the
name of the probable local place.
EXAMPLE
[Lake Placid?, New York]
If:
the name of the larger jurisdiction is
supplied
and
it is not known if the place of
publication is in that larger
jurisdiction
then:
add a question mark following the
name of the larger jurisdiction.
EXAMPLE
[Sofia, Bulgaria?]
2.8.2.6.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
114/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
[Canada]
2.8.2.6.4
2.8.2.7
2.8.3
Scope
A parallel place of publication is a place of
publication in a language and/or script that differs from that
recorded in the place of publication element.
2.8.3.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel places of publication from the following
sources (in order of preference):
2.8.3.3
a)
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
115/208
28/4/2014
Genve
Plac e of public ation: Genf
2.8.4
Publisher's Name
C OR E EL EMEN T
If more than one publisher's name appears on the source of information, only the first
recorded is required.
2.8.4.1
Scope
A publisher's name is the name of a person, family, or
corporate body responsible for publishing, releasing, or
issuing a resource.
For early printed resources, printers and booksellers are
treated as publishers.
2.8.4.2
Sources of Information
Take publishers' names from the following sources (in
order of preference):
2.8.4.3
a)
b)
c)
Universal Edition
University of Toronto Press
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
116/208
28/4/2014
Penguin Books
McGraw-Hill
Grolier
Bridge Records, Inc.
H.M.S.O.
John Lane, the Bodley Head
Institut gographique international
A. Hbert
Supraphon
Tactus
Educational Productions
Public Works and Government Services Canada
2.8.4.4
Statement of Function
Record words or phrases indicating the function (other
than solely publishing) performed by a person, family, or
corporate body as they appear on the source of
information.
EXAMPLE
SAGE Publications on behalf of McGill University
Sour c e of infor mation r eads : Published by SAGE
Publications on behalf of McGill University
Optional Addition
If the function of a person, family, or corporate body
recorded in the publisher's name sub-element is not
explicit or clear, add a term indicating the function.
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
117/208
28/4/2014
2.8.4.5
2.8.4.6
2.8.4.7
No Publisher Identified
Record publisher not identified if:
no publisher is named within the resource itself
and
the publisher cannot be identified from other sources
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
118/208
28/4/2014
(see 2.2.4
).
2.8.4.8
2.8.5
Scope
A parallel publisher's name is a publisher's name in a
language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the
publisher's name element.
2.8.5.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel publishers' names from the following
sources (in order of preference):
2.8.5.3
a)
b)
c)
2.8.6
Date of Publication
C OR E EL EMEN T
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
119/208
28/4/2014
2.8.6.1
Scope
A date of publication is a date associated with the
publication, release, or issuing of a resource.
2.8.6.2
Sources of Information
Take dates of publication from the following sources (in
order of preference):
a)
b)
c)
2.8.6.3
Optional Addition
If the date as it appears in the resource is not of the
Gregorian or Julian calendar, add the corresponding
date or dates of the Gregorian or Julian calendar.
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
EXAMPLE
4308 [1975]
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
120/208
28/4/2014
Minguo 28 [1939]
5730 [1969 or 1970]
Heisei 1 [1989]
anno 18 [1939]
2.8.6.4
Chronograms
If the date of publication as it appears on the source of
information is in the form of a chronogram, transcribe the
chronogram as it appears.
EXAMPLE
Ipso anno tertIo saeCVLarI typographIae DIVIno
aVXILIo a gerManIs InVentae
Optional Addition
Add the date in numerals (in a script and calendar
preferred by the agency preparing the description).
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
EXAMPLE
Ipso anno tertIo saeCVLarI typographIae DIVIno
aVXILIo a gerManIs InVentae [1740]
Alternative
In place of the chronogram, supply the date in
numerals (in a script and calendar preferred by the
agency preparing the description). Indicate that the
information was taken from a source outside the
resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
EXAMPLE
[1740]
121/208
28/4/2014
2.8.6.5
).
If:
publication of the resource has ceased or is
complete
and
the first and last issues, parts, or iterations are
available
then:
record the dates of publication of the first and last
issues, parts, or iterations, separated by a hyphen.
EXAMPLE
19681973
If:
publication of the resource has ceased or is
complete
and
the last issue, part, or iteration is available, but not
the first
then:
record the publication date of the last issue, part, or
iteration, preceded by a hyphen.
EXAMPLE
1997
122/208
28/4/2014
1997[2000]
Las t par t not av ailable but infor mation about ending
date k nown
[19881991]
F ir s t and las t is s ues not av ailable but infor mation
about beginning and ending dates k nown
2.8.6.6
123/208
28/4/2014
2.9
Distribution Statement
C OR E EL EMEN T
Place of distribution is a core element for a resource in a published form if the place of publication is
not identified. Distributor's name is a core element for a resource in a published form if the publisher
is not identified. Date of distribution is a core element for a resource in a published form if the date of
publication is not identified. Other sub-elements of distribution statements are optional.
2.9.1
Scope
A distribution statement is a statement identifying the
place or places of distribution, distributor or distributors,
and date or dates of distribution of a resource in a
published form.
2.9.1.2
Sources of Information
For guidance on choosing sources of information for
distribution statements, see the instructions for specific
sub-elements of a distribution statement as follows:
2.9.1.3
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
.
.
2.9.1.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
124/208
28/4/2014
2.9.1.5
2.9.1.5.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Make a note (see 2.20.8.4.1
) if:
) if:
125/208
28/4/2014
2.9.1.5.2
Serials
Make a note (see 2.20.8.4.2
) if:
) if:
2.9.1.5.3
Integrating Resources
Change the place of distribution to reflect
the current iteration of an integrating
resource. Make a note on the earlier place
if considered important for identification or
access (see 2.20.8.4.3
).
Change the distributor's name to reflect
the current iteration of an integrating
resource. Make a note on any earlier
name if considered important for
identification or access (see 2.20.8.4.3
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
126/208
28/4/2014
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note (see 2.20.8.4.3
).
2.9.2
Place of Distribution
C OR E EL EMEN T
Place of distribution is a core element for a resource in a published form if the place of
publication is not identified. If more than one place of distribution appears on the
source of information, only the first recorded is required.
2.9.2.1
Scope
A place of distribution is a place associated with the
distribution of a resource in a published form.
2.9.2.2
Sources of Information
Take places of distribution from the following sources (in
order of preference):
2.9.2.3
a)
b)
c)
Optional Additions
Include the full address as part of the local place
name, if considered important for identification or
access.
Supply the name of the larger jurisdiction (state,
province, etc., and/or country) as part of the local
place name if considered important for identification
or access. Indicate that the information was taken
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
127/208
28/4/2014
2.9.2.4
If:
there are two or more distributors
and
there are two or more places associated with one
or more of the distributors
then:
record the place names associated with each
distributor in the order indicated by the sequence,
layout, or typography of the place names on the
source of information.
2.9.2.5
2.9.2.6
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
128/208
28/4/2014
b)
c)
d)
2.9.2.6.1
2.9.2.6.2
If:
the name of the larger jurisdiction is
supplied
and
the place of distribution is known to
be within that jurisdiction
and
the locality within that jurisdiction is
uncertain
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
129/208
28/4/2014
then:
add a question mark following the
name of the probable local place.
If:
the name of the larger jurisdiction is
supplied
and
it is not known if the place of
distribution is in that larger
jurisdiction
then:
add a question mark following the
name of the larger jurisdiction.
2.9.2.6.3
2.9.2.6.4
2.9.2.7
2.9.3
Scope
A parallel place of distribution is a place of
distribution in a language and/or script that differs from that
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
130/208
28/4/2014
2.9.3.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel places of distribution from the following
sources (in order of preference):
2.9.3.3
a)
b)
c)
2.9.4
Distributor's Name
C OR E EL EMEN T
A distributor's name is a core element for a resource in a published form if the
publisher's name is not identified. If more than one distributor's name appears on the
source of information, only the first recorded is required.
2.9.4.1
Scope
A distributor's name is the name of a person, family,
or corporate body responsible for distributing a resource in
a published form.
2.9.4.2
Sources of Information
Take distributors' names from the following sources (in
order of preference):
2.9.4.3
a)
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
131/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Hachette
Columbia University Press
Diffusion Interlivres
2.9.4.4
Statement of Function
Record words or phrases indicating the function
performed by a person, family, or corporate body as they
appear on the source of information.
EXAMPLE
Distributed by New York Graphic Society
Sold by Longman
Distributed by Independent Publishers Group
Distribution by: MapArt Publishing Corporation
Distributed by Coach House Records Ltd.
Optional Addition
If the function of a person, family, or corporate body
recorded in the distributor's name sub-element is not
explicit or clear, add a term indicating the function.
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
EXAMPLE
Guild Sound and Vision [distributor]
Voluntary Committee on Overseas Aid &
Development [distributor]
2.9.4.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
132/208
28/4/2014
2.9.4.6
2.9.4.7
No Distributor Identified
Record distributor not identified if:
no distributor is named within the resource itself
and
the distributor cannot be identified from other sources
(see 2.2.4
).
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
2.9.4.8
2.9.5
Scope
A parallel distributor's name is a distributor's name in
a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in
the distributor's name element.
2.9.5.2
Sources of Information
Take parallel distributors' names from the following
sources (in order of preference):
a)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
133/208
28/4/2014
)
c)
2.9.5.3
2.9.6
Date of Distribution
C OR E EL EMEN T
Date of distribution is a core element for a resource in a published form if the date of
publication is not identified.
2.9.6.1
Scope
A date of distribution is a date associated with the
distribution of a resource in a published form.
2.9.6.2
Sources of Information
Take dates of distribution from the following sources (in
order of preference):
a)
b)
c)
2.9.6.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
134/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
1973
Date of public ation: 1971
Optional Addition
If the date as it appears in the resource is not of the
Gregorian or Julian calendar, add the corresponding
date or dates of the Gregorian or Julian calendar.
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
If the date as it appears in the resource is known to be
fictitious or incorrect, make a note giving the actual date
(see 2.20.8.3
).
2.9.6.4
Chronograms
If the date of distribution as it appears on the source of
information is in the form of a chronogram, transcribe the
chronogram as it appears.
Optional Addition
Add the date in numerals (in a script and calendar
preferred by the agency preparing the description).
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
Alternative
In place of the chronogram, supply the date in
numerals (in a script and calendar preferred by the
agency preparing the description). Indicate that the
information was taken from a source outside the
resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
Make a note giving the chronogram, if considered
important for identification (see 2.20.8.3
).
2.9.6.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
135/208
28/4/2014
available
then:
record the dates of distribution of the first and last
issues, parts, or iterations, separated by a hyphen.
If:
distribution of the resource has ceased or is
complete
and
the last issue, part, or iteration is available, but not
the first
then:
record the distribution date of the last issue, part, or
iteration, preceded by a hyphen.
For an integrating resource, supply the date of the last
update, if considered important for identification.
If the date of distribution is the same for all issues, parts,
or iterations, record only that date as the single date.
If the first and/or last issue, part, or iteration is not
available, supply an approximate date or dates by applying
the instructions at 1.9.2
.
If the date or dates cannot be approximated for a multipart
monograph, serial, or integrating resource, do not record a
date of distribution.
2.9.6.6
136/208
28/4/2014
2.10.1.1 Scope
A manufacture statement is a statement identifying
the place or places of manufacture, manufacturer or
manufacturers, and date or dates of manufacture of a
resource in a published form.
Manufacture statements include statements relating to the
printing, duplicating, casting, etc., of a resource in a
published form.
b)
c)
d)
e)
137/208
28/4/2014
and
it is considered important for identification or
access by the agency preparing the description.
Transcribe places of manufacture and manufacturers'
names as they appear on the source of information (see
1.7
).
Optional Omission
Omit levels in a corporate hierarchy that are not
required to identify the manufacturer. Do not use a
mark of omission () to indicate such an omission.
Record dates of manufacture as they appear on the
source of information. Apply the general guidelines on
transcription for words that are not numbers (see 1.7
). Apply the general guidelines on numbers expressed as
numerals or as words (see 1.8
).
2.10.1.5.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Make a note (see 2.20.9.4.1
) if:
) if:
138/208
28/4/2014
2.10.1.5.2
Serials
Make a note (see 2.20.9.4.2
) if:
) if:
139/208
28/4/2014
2.10.1.5.3
Integrating Resources
Change the place of manufacture to
reflect the current iteration of an
integrating resource. Make a note on the
earlier place if considered important for
identification or access (see 2.20.9.4.3
).
Change the manufacturer's name to
reflect the current iteration of an
integrating resource. Make a note on any
earlier name if considered important for
identification or access (see 2.20.9.4.3
).
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note (see 2.20.9.4.3
).
2.10.2.1 Scope
A place of manufacture is a place associated with the
printing, duplicating, casting, etc., of a resource in a
published form.
b)
c)
140/208
28/4/2014
Optional Additions
Include the full address as part of the local place
name, if considered important for identification or
access.
Supply the name of the larger jurisdiction (state,
province, etc., and/or country) as part of the local
place name if considered important for identification
or access. Indicate that the information was taken
from a source outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
Include any preposition appearing with the place name that
is required to make sense of the statement.
If the place name as transcribed is known to be fictitious,
or requires clarification, make a note giving the actual
place name, etc. (see 2.20.9.3
).
141/208
28/4/2014
b)
c)
d)
2.10.2.6.1
2.10.2.6.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
142/208
28/4/2014
2.10.2.6.3
2.10.2.6.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
143/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
[Italy?]
b)
c)
2.10.4.1 Scope
A manufacturer's name is the name of a person,
family, or corporate body responsible for printing,
duplicating, casting, etc., a resource in a published form.
144/208
28/4/2014
order of preference):
a)
b)
c)
Optional Addition
If the function of a person, family, or corporate body
recorded in the manufacturer's name sub-element is
not explicit or clear, add a term indicating the function.
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
145/208
28/4/2014
source of information.
b)
c)
146/208
28/4/2014
sources of information.
2.10.6.1 Scope
A date of manufacture is a date associated with the
printing, duplicating, casting, etc., of a resource in a
published form.
Optional Addition
If the date as it appears in the resource is not of the
Gregorian or Julian calendar, add the corresponding
date or dates of the Gregorian or Julian calendar.
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
If the date as it appears in the resource is known to be
fictitious or incorrect, make a note giving the actual date
(see 2.20.9.3
).
2.10.6.4 Chronograms
If the date of manufacture as it appears on the source of
information is in the form of a chronogram, transcribe the
chronogram as it appears.
Optional Addition
Add the date in numerals (in a script and calendar
preferred by the agency preparing the description).
Indicate that the information was taken from a source
outside the resource itself (see 2.2.4
).
Alternative
In place of the chronogram, supply the date in
numerals (in a script and calendar preferred by the
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
147/208
28/4/2014
If:
manufacture of the resource has ceased or is
complete
and
the first and last issues, parts, or iterations are
available
then:
record the dates of manufacture of the first and last
issues, parts, or iterations, separated by a hyphen.
EXAMPLE
19822001
If:
manufacture of the resource has ceased or is
complete
and
the last issue, part, or iteration is available, but not
the first
then:
record the manufacture date of the last issue, part,
or iteration, preceded by a hyphen.
EXAMPLE
2002
148/208
28/4/2014
Copyright date is a core element if neither the date of publication nor the date of distribution is
identified.
149/208
28/4/2014
150/208
28/4/2014
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)
.
.
.
o)
p)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
151/208
28/4/2014
no. 33
Number ing within fir s t s er ies
no. 3
Number ing within s ec ond s er ies
If:
parts of the resource belong to different series
and
the relationship between parts of the resource and
different series cannot be stated clearly in the
series statement
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
152/208
28/4/2014
then:
make a note giving details of the series (see
2.20.11.3
).
).
2.12.1.6.1
) if:
2.12.1.6.2
Integrating Resources
Change the series statement to reflect the
current iteration of an integrating resource
if a series statement is added, deleted, or
changed on a subsequent iteration.
Make a note if the change is considered
important for identification or access (see
2.20.11.5.2
).
2.12.2.1 Scope
The title proper of series is the chief name of a series
(i.e., the title normally used when citing the series).
An alternative series title is treated as part of the title
proper of series.
153/208
28/4/2014
b)
c)
154/208
28/4/2014
Consortium
The twenty-sixth L. Ray Buckendale lecture
Cuaderno nmero G del instituto
Exception
If:
the resource being described consists of two
or more issues or parts
and
numbering that is an integral part of the title
proper of the series differs from issue to issue
or part to part
then:
omit the numbering from the title proper of the
series. Use a mark of omission () to
indicate such an omission. Record the
numbering as numbering within the series
(see 2.12.9
).
EXAMPLE
Publication of the Indiana University Research
Center in Anthropology, Folklore, and Linguistics
155/208
28/4/2014
Statistiques de la Suisse
T itle pr oper of s er ies : Statistische Quellenwerke der
Schweiz
156/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
a collection of facsimile reprints
T itle pr oper of s er ies : English linguistics, 15001750
157/208
28/4/2014
Thomas Mann
T itle pr oper of s er ies : Smtliche Werke
Maurice Le Lannou
T itle pr oper of s er ies : Nouvelle collection
158/208
28/4/2014
2.12.7.1 Scope
A parallel statement of responsibility relating to
series is a statement of responsibility relating to series
in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded
in the statement of responsibility relating to series element.
b)
c)
159/208
28/4/2014
information.
EXAMPLE
ISSN 0317-3127
Optional Omission
If the ISSN of a subseries appears on the source of
information (see 2.12.16.2
), omit the ISSN of
the main series.
2.12.9.1 Scope
Numbering within series is a designation of the
sequencing of a part or parts within a series.
Numbering within series can include a numeral, a letter,
any other character, or the combination of these.
Numbering is often accompanied by a caption (volume,
number, etc.) and/or a chronological designation.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
160/208
28/4/2014
Exception
If necessary for clarity, substitute a slash for a
hyphen.
For a term that is part of the series numbering, apply the
instructions on capitalization appropriate to the language of
the term (see appendix A
).
Capitalize other words and alphabetic devices used as
part of a numbering system according to the usage in the
resource.
EXAMPLE
set 1
reel A-4
imleabhar 11
Bd. 8
May 1996
album 15
A
Par ts in this s er ies ar e number ed A, B, C, D, etc .
NSRDS-NBS 5
MCE 329
1245A
L-510
161/208
28/4/2014
162/208
28/4/2014
2.12.9.8.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Record the first and the last numbers,
separated by a hyphen if:
parts of a multipart monograph are
separately numbered within a series
and
the numbering is continuous.
EXAMPLE
v. 1115
disc 34
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
163/208
28/4/2014
2.12.9.8.2
Serials
Record the numbering within a series only
if all issues or parts of the serial have the
same series number.
EXAMPLE
no. 1124
Eac h is s ue of the s er ial has the
s ame s er ies number
2.12.10.1 Scope
The title proper of subseries is the chief name of a
subseries (i.e., the title normally used when citing the
subseries).
b)
c)
164/208
28/4/2014
Trains
T itle pr oper of main s er ies : Standard radio super sound
effects
English, 16421700
T itle pr oper of main s er ies : Three centuries of drama
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
165/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
4, Physics
T itle pr oper of main s er ies : Viewmaster science series
Srie C, Bibliographies
T itle pr oper of s ubs er ies : Series C, Bibliographies
T itle pr oper of main s er ies : Papers and documents of the
I.C.I.
Par allel title pr oper of main s er ies : Travaux et
documents de lI.C.I.
166/208
28/4/2014
167/208
28/4/2014
168/208
28/4/2014
b)
c)
Optional Omission
When recording the ISSN of a subseries, omit the
ISSN of the main series.
EXAMPLE
ISSN 0826-6875
ISSN of main s er ies ( 0316- 1854) not r ec or ded
2.12.17.1 Scope
Numbering within subseries is a designation of the
sequencing of a part or parts within a subseries.
Numbering within subseries can include a numeral, a
letter, any other character, or the combination of these.
Numbering is often accompanied by a caption (volume,
number, etc.) and/or a chronological designation.
169/208
28/4/2014
1
T itle pr oper of s ubs er ies : Artes aplicadas
T itle pr oper of main s er ies : Biblioteca de arte
hispnico.Number ing of main s er ies : 8
single unit
multipart
monograph
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
170/208
28/4/2014
integrating
resource
2.14 Frequency
2.14.1 Basic Instructions on Recording Frequency
2.14.1.1 Scope
Frequency is the intervals at which the issues or parts
of a serial or the updates to an integrating resource are
issued.
171/208
28/4/2014
monthly
semimonthly
quarterly
three times a year
semiannual
annual
biennial
triennial
irregular
If none of the terms in the list is appropriate or sufficiently
specific, make a note giving details of the frequency (see
2.20.12.3
).
) and
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
172/208
28/4/2014
urn:nbn:de:gbv:089-3321752945
Unifor m Res our c e Name for : Oliver Schmachtenberg's
online dissertation Nitric oxide in the olfactory epithelium
doi:10.1145/1462198.1462199
Digital O bjec t Identifier for : Marko A. Rodriguez, Johan
Bollen, and Herbert Van de Sompel. Automatic metadata
generation using associative networks. In: ACM transactions
on information systems. February 2009, volume 27, issue 2
173/208
28/4/2014
ascertainable.
EXAMPLE
Supt. of Docs. no.: I 19.16:818
Warner Bros.: K56151
Tamla Motown: STMA 8007
Island: ILPS 9281
Nimbus: NI 5114-NI 5148
European Commission: CA-23-99-031-EN-C
UPC: 093228062929
National Library of Australia: nla.pic-an21464324
Per s is tent identifier for : Wolfgang Sievers' The gears
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
174/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
ISBN 0-379-00550-6 (set)
ISBN 0-379-00551-4 (v. 1)
ISBN 1-887744-11-8 (video)
ISBN 1-887744-12-6 (student text)
ISBN 1-887744-46-0 (teacher guide)
Alternative
If there are more than three identifiers for individual
parts, record only the first identifier and the last
identifier.
If the identifiers are consecutive, separate them by a
hyphen.
If the identifiers are not consecutive, separate them
by a diagonal slash.
2.15.1.7 Qualification
If the resource has more than one identifier of the same
type, record a brief qualification after the identifier.
EXAMPLE
ISBN 0-435-91660-2 (cased)
ISBN 0-435-91661-0 (pbk.)
ISBN 0-387-08266-2 (U.S.)
ISBN 3-540-08266-2 (Germany)
ISBN 0-684-14258-9 (bound)
ISBN 0-684-14257-0 (pbk.)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
175/208
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
176/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
6139
EXAMPLE
6201/9935
T he c omplete s et of number s is 6201, 6654, 7006, 7212,
7635, 7788, 8847, 9158, 9664, 9935
177/208
28/4/2014
Citations
2.16.1.1 Scope
A preferred citation is a citation for a resource in the
form preferred by a creator, publisher, custodian, indexing
or abstracting service, etc.
178/208
28/4/2014
179/208
28/4/2014
180/208
28/4/2014
the title page, title sheet, or title card (or image of it)
of a resource consisting of multiple pages, leaves,
sheets, or cards (or images of them) (see 2.2.2.2
)
b)
).
EXAMPLE
Title from container
Title from PDF cover page
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
181/208
28/4/2014
Optional Omission
If the resource has only a single title and the title
appears on the resource itself, do not record the
source from which the title proper is taken.
If a parallel title proper is taken from a different source than
the title proper, make a note on the source of the parallel
title proper if considered important for identification or
access.
EXAMPLE
French title from cover
)
).
EXAMPLE
Title on CD-ROM label: Student CD-ROM to
accompany Fundamentals of operations management
Title on cover: Strategic sustainable planning
T itle pr oper r ec or ded as : SSP, a civil defense manual for
cultural survival
182/208
28/4/2014
183/208
28/4/2014
Deletions
In some cases, scattered issues or parts, or occasional
iterations of a resource have different titles proper, parallel
titles proper, other title information, or parallel other title
information. If the differences are not considered important
for identification or access, make a general note indicating
that the title, etc., varies.
EXAMPLE
Title varies slightly
Title on containers of parts 3 and 56 varies slightly
Subtitle varies
)
)
).
184/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Title in French not present on issues after 1998
2.20.3.3 Attribution
If:
responsibility for the intellectual or artistic content of
the resource has been attributed to persons,
families or corporate bodies
and
these persons, families, or corporate bodies are not
named in a statement of responsibility
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
185/208
28/4/2014
then:
make notes about the attributed relationship of
these persons, families, or corporate bodies to the
resource.
EXAMPLE
Formerly attributed to J.S. Bach
Sometimes attributed to Thomas Dekker, but more
probably by Robert Tofte
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
186/208
28/4/2014
2.20.3.6.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Make notes on differences in statements
of responsibility that occur on a
subsequent part of a multipart monograph,
if considered important for identification or
access.
EXAMPLE
Volumes 1526 edited by W.B.
Willcox; volume 27 edited by C.A.
Lopez; volumes 2835 edited by
Barbara B. Oberg; volumes 3639
edited by Ellen R. Cohn
2.20.3.6.2
Serials
Make notes on changes in statements of
responsibility that occur after the
first/earliest issue or part of a serial, if
considered important for identification or
access.
EXAMPLE
Issued by: Dept. of Health and
Welfare, Bureau of Vital Statistics,
19641977; by: Dept. of Health and
Human Services, Bureau of Vital
Records, 1978
Editors: 19751984, Howard
Johnson; 1985 , G.L. Jones
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
187/208
28/4/2014
2.20.3.6.3
Integrating Resources
Make notes on statements of
responsibility no longer present on the
current iteration of an integrating resource
or that appeared in a different form on
earlier iterations, if considered important
for identification or access.
EXAMPLE
Compiled and edited by: Dan Hill
and Malcolm Evans, 1977July
1980
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
EXAMPLE
Editor varies
188/208
28/4/2014
2.20.4.5.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Make notes on differences in edition
statements from one part of a multipart
monograph to another (see 2.5.1.6.1
), if considered important for
identification.
EXAMPLE
Volume 2 does not have an edition
statement
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
2.20.4.5.2
Serials
Make notes on changes in edition
statements that occur after the
first/earliest issue or part of a serial (see
2.5.1.6.2
), if considered important
for identification.
EXAMPLE
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
189/208
28/4/2014
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
2.20.4.5.3
Integrating Resources
Make notes on edition statements no
longer present on the current iteration of
an integrating resource or that appeared in
a different form on earlier iterations (see
2.5.1.6.3
), if considered important
for identification.
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
EXAMPLE
Replacement title pages carry
successive edition statements,
e.g., replacement title page
received with June 1985
supplementation carries the
statement "1985 edition"
or
190/208
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
191/208
28/4/2014
or
192/208
28/4/2014
2.20.6.4.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Make notes on differences in place of
production and/or producers' names from
one part of a multipart monograph to
another (see 2.7.1.5.1
), if
considered important for identification or
access.
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
2.20.6.4.2
Serials
Make notes on changes in place of
production and/or producers' names that
occur after the first/earliest issue or part of
a serial (see 2.7.1.5.2
), if
considered important for identification or
access.
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
2.20.6.4.3
Integrating Resources
Make notes on place of production and/or
producers' names no longer present on
the current iteration of an integrating
resource, or that appeared in a different
form on earlier iterations (see 2.7.1.5.3
), if considered important for
identification or access.
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
193/208
28/4/2014
or
or
publication
changes in the place of publication, publisher, or
publisher's name
suspension of publication.
Published in Liverpool
Plac e of public ation as tr ans c r ibed fr om s our c e:
Lerpwl
Published in Oslo
Plac e of public ation as tr ans c r ibed fr om s our c e:
Christiania. O s lo is the later name of Chr is tiania
Published in Trier
Plac e of public ation as tr ans c r ibed fr om s our c e:
Augustae Treverorum
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
194/208
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
195/208
28/4/2014
2.20.7.5.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Make notes on differences in place of
publication and/or publishers' names from
one part of a multipart monograph to
another (see 2.8.1.5.1
), if
considered important for identification or
access.
EXAMPLE
Volume 2 has variant publisher
statement: Printed and published by
T.P. Low
Publis her s tatement on v olume 1:
Published by E. Low
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
2.20.7.5.2
Serials
Make notes on changes in place of
publication and/or publishers' names that
occur after the first/earliest issue or part of
a serial (see 2.8.1.5.2
), if
considered important for identification or
access.
EXAMPLE
Published: Denver, 19951997;
Boston, 1998
Plac e of public ation r ec or ded as :
Dallas
196/208
28/4/2014
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
EXAMPLE
Name of publisher varies
2.20.7.5.3
Integrating Resources
Make notes on place of publication and/or
publishers' names no longer present on
the current iteration of an integrating
resource, or that appeared in a different
form on earlier iterations (see 2.8.1.5.3
), if considered important for
identification or access.
EXAMPLE
Published: New York, 19741975;
South Hackensack, N.J., 19761978
Plac e of public ation r ec or ded as :
Colorado Springs, Colo.
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
197/208
28/4/2014
or
changes in the place of distribution, distributor, or
distributor's name.
2.20.8.4.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Make notes on differences in place of
distribution and/or distributors' names
from one part of a multipart monograph to
another (see 2.9.1.5.1
), if
considered important for identification or
access.
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
2.20.8.4.2
Serials
Make notes on changes in place of
distribution and/or distributors' names that
occur after the first/earliest issue or part of
a serial (see 2.9.1.5.2
), if
considered important for identification or
access.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
198/208
28/4/2014
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
2.20.8.4.3
Integrating Resources
Make notes on place of distribution and/or
distributors' names no longer present on
the current iteration of an integrating
resource, or that appeared in a different
form on earlier iterations (see 2.9.1.5.3
), if considered important for
identification or access.
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
or
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
199/208
28/4/2014
2.20.9.4.1
).
Multipart Monographs
Make notes on differences in place of
manufacture and/or manufacturers'
names from one part of a multipart
monograph to another (see 2.10.1.5.1
), if considered important for
identification or access.
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
2.20.9.4.2
Serials
Make notes on changes in place of
manufacture and/or manufacturers'
names that occur after the first/earliest
issue or part of a serial (see 2.10.1.5.2
) if considered important for
identification or access.
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
2.20.9.4.3
Integrating Resources
Make notes on place of manufacture
and/or manufacturers' names no longer
present on the current iteration of an
integrating resource, or that appeared in a
different form on earlier iterations (see
2.10.1.5.3
), if considered important
for identification or access.
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
200/208
28/4/2014
201/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Series numbering should read: Bd. 25
Number ing tr ans c r ibed fr om s our c e: Bd. 24
).
202/208
28/4/2014
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note.
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
203/208
28/4/2014
Alternative
If the changes have been numerous, make a general
note.
EXAMPLE
Frequency varies
Frequency of updates varies
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
204/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Identification of the resource based on: part 2,
published 1998
Identification of the resource based on: Vol. 1, no. 3
(Aug. 1999)
Latest issue consulted: 1999/10
205/208
28/4/2014
206/208
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Identification of the resource based on: 1994 ed.
through update 10
Identification of the resource based on version
consulted: Oct. 26, 2000
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
207/208
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/2%20--%20Identifying%20Manifestations%20
208/208
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3
DESCRIBING CARRIERS
3.0
b)
These elements are also used to identify a resource (i.e., to distinguish between
resources with similar characteristics).
Not all of the elements covered in this chapter will be applicable to the description of
a particular resource. For those elements that are applicable, the description of the
resource should include at least those that are identified as core elements (see 1.3
).
3.1
Sources of Information
Base the description of the carrier or carriers on evidence presented by
the resource itself, or on any accompanying material or container. If
additional information is considered important for identification or
selection, take additional evidence from any source.
3.1.2
3.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
1/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.1.4
record only carrier type and extent of each carrier (see 3.1.4.1
)
or
b)
c)
3.1.4.1
and
b)
).
EXAMPLE
computer disc
audio disc
sheet
Car r ier ty pes for a r es our c e c ons is ting of a
c omputer dis c , an audio dis c , s tudy pr ints , and a
folded s heet
1 computer disc
1 audio disc
4 study prints
1 folded sheet
Ex tent of the s ame r es our c e
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
2/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
Optional Addition
If the carriers are in a container, name the container
and record its dimensions (see 3.5.1.5
).
EXAMPLE
slide
audiocassette
sheet
Car r ier ty pes for a r es our c e c ons is ting of
s lides , an audioc as s ette, and a map, all in a
c ontainer
12 slides
1 audiocassette
1 map
Ex tent of the s ame r es our c e
box 16 30 20 cm
Name and dimens ions of the c ontainer of the
s ame r es our c e
3.1.4.2
and
b)
and
c)
audiocassette
1 audiocassette
10 7 cm, 4 mm tape
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
3/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
analog
mono
Car r ier ty pe, ex tent, dimens ions , ty pe of r ec or ding,
and c onfigur ation of play bac k c hannels for the
audioc as s ette in the s ame r es our c e
Optional Addition
If the carriers are in a container, name the container
and record its dimensions (3.5.1.5
).
EXAMPLE
audiocassette
1 audiocassette
10 7 cm, 4 mm tape
analog
4.75 cm/s
Car r ier ty pe, ex tent, dimens ions , ty pe of
r ec or ding, and play ing s peed for the
audioc as s ette in a r es our c e c ons is ting of an
audioc as s ette and a leaflet in a c ontainer
volume
24 pages
15 cm
Car r ier ty pe, ex tent, and dimens ions for the
leaflet in the s ame r es our c e
container 18 12 2 cm
Name and dimens ions of the c ontainer of the
s ame r es our c e
3.1.4.3
and
b)
4/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
Optional Omission
If the number of units cannot be readily ascertained or
approximated, omit the number.
EXAMPLE
sheet
various pieces
Pr edominant c ar r ier ty pe and ex tent r ec or ded
us ing a gener al ter m, omitting the number of
piec es
Optional Addition
If the carriers are in a container, name the container
and record its dimensions (see 3.5.1.5
).
EXAMPLE
sheet
42 various pieces
Pr edominant c ar r ier ty pe and ex tent r ec or ded
us ing a gener al ter m
box 20 12 6 cm
Dimens ions of the c ontainer
3.1.5
Online Resources
Record online resource as the carrier type for all online resources (see
3.3
).
For an online resource that is complete (or if the total extent is known),
record the extent (see 3.4
).
EXAMPLE
1 online resource (1 image file)
1 online resource (75 pages)
5/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.20
).
EXAMPLE
TIFF
Enc oding for mat for an online r es our c e
If:
the online resource consists of more than one file
and
a description of the characteristics of each file is considered
important for identification or selection
then:
record the characteristics of each file (see 3.19
).
EXAMPLE
text file
RTF
73 KB
F ile ty pe, enc oding for mat, and file s iz e for a tex t file in an online
r es our c e
audio file
WAV
18 MB
F ile ty pe, enc oding for mat, and file s iz e for an audio file in the s ame
online r es our c e
3.1.6
).
3.1.6.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
6/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.1.6.2
Integrating Resources
If there is a change in the media type (3.2
) in a
subsequent iteration of an integrating resource, create a
new description (see 1.6
).
If there is a change in dimensions, apply the instructions at
3.5.1.8.2.
If:
the carrier type (see 3.3
) or other
characteristics of the carrier (see 3.6
3.20
) are changed in a subsequent iteration
or
new characteristics are introduced
then:
change the carrier description to reflect the current
iteration. Make a note on the earlier characteristics
if the change is considered important for
identification (see 3.22.6.3.2
).
3.2
Media Type
3.2.1
Scope
Media type is a categorization reflecting the general
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
7/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.2.1.2
Sources of Information
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any
accompanying material or container) as the basis for
recording media type. Take additional evidence from any
source.
3.2.1.3
b)
audio
computer
microform
microscopic
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
8/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
naked eye.
projected
video
3.3
Carrier Type
C OR E EL EMEN T
3.3.1
Scope
Carrier type is a categorization reflecting the format of
the storage medium and housing of a carrier in
combination with the type of intermediation device required
to view, play, run, etc., the content of a resource.
3.3.1.2
Sources of Information
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
9/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.3.1.3
b)
10/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
aperture card
microfiche
microfiche cassette
microfilm cartridge
microfilm cassette
microfilm reel
microfilm roll
microfilm slip
microopaque
Microscopic carriers
microscope slide
Projected image carriers
film cartridge
film cassette
film reel
film roll
filmslip
filmstrip
filmstrip cartridge
overhead transparency
slide
Stereographic carriers
stereograph card
stereograph disc
Unmediated carriers
card
flipchart
object
roll
sheet
volume
Video carriers
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
11/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
video cartridge
videocassette
videodisc
videotape reel
If none of the terms in the list apply to the carrier or
carriers of the resource being described, record other.
If the carrier type or types applicable to the resource being
described cannot be readily ascertained, record
unspecified.
3.4
Extent
C OR E EL EMEN T
Extent is a core element only if the resource is complete or if the total extent is known. Record
subunits only if readily ascertainable and considered important for identification or selection.
3.4.1
Scope
Extent is the number and type of units and/or subunits
making up a resource.
A unit is a physical or logical constituent of a resource
(e.g., a volume, audiocassette, film reel, a map, a digital
file).
A subunit is a physical or logical subdivision of a unit
(e.g., a page of a volume, a frame of a microfiche, a
record in a digital file).
For instructions on recording duration (i.e., playing time,
running time, performance time, etc.), see 7.22
.
3.4.1.2
Sources of Information
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any
accompanying material or container) as the basis for
recording the extent of the resource. Take additional
evidence from any source.
3.4.1.3
Recording Extent
Record the extent of the resource by giving the number of
units and the type of unit. For the type of unit, use an
appropriate term from the list of carrier types at 3.3.1.3
. Record the term in the singular or plural, as
applicable.
If:
the resource consists of more than one carrier type
and
information about the different carrier types is
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
12/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
Alternative
Use a term in common usage (including a trade
name, if applicable) to indicate the type of unit:
a)
b)
13/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.4.1.4
Optional Omission
If the number of units cannot be readily approximated,
omit the number.
EXAMPLE
slides
3.4.1.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
14/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
EXAMPLE
48 various pieces
Optional Omission
If the number of units cannot be readily ascertained or
approximated, omit the number.
EXAMPLE
various pieces
3.4.1.6
If:
the resource consists of multiple sets of units
and
each set has identical content
then:
record the number of sets and the number of units
in each set in the form 20 identical sets of 12
microscope slides, etc.
EXAMPLE
24 identical sets of 2 computer discs
3.4.1.7
Number of Subunits
Specify the number of subunits (see 3.4.1.7.1
3.4.1.7.8
), if readily ascertainable and considered
important for identification or selection. Record the number
of subunits, in parentheses, following the term for the type
of unit.
3.4.1.7.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
15/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
)
)
).
EXAMPLE
1 computer disc (184 remotesensing images)
1 computer disc (xv pages, 150
maps)
Optional Addition
For a resource consisting of one or
more program files and/or data files,
add the number of statements and/or
records, as appropriate.
EXAMPLE
1 computer tape (3 data files:
100, 460, 550 records)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
16/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.4.1.7.2
3.4.1.7.3
Flipcharts
Specify the number of sheets.
EXAMPLE
1 flipchart (8 sheets)
3.4.1.7.4
)
)
).
EXAMPLE
3 microfiches (1 score (118 pages))
1 microfilm reel (255 pages)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
17/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.4.1.7.5
Online Resources
In some cases, a resource consists of
one or more files in a format that parallels
a print, manuscript, or graphic counterpart
(e.g., PDF). When this occurs, specify the
number of subunits by applying the
instructions for extent of the appropriate
parallel counterpart:
cartographic resources (see 3.4.2
)
notated music (see 3.4.3
still images (see 3.4.4
and/or
text (see 3.4.5
)
)
).
EXAMPLE
1 online resource (68 pages)
1 online resource (3 scores)
1 online resource (36 photographs)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
18/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
Optional Addition
For a resource consisting of one or
more program files and/or data files,
add the number of statements and/or
records, as appropriate.
EXAMPLE
1 online resource (1 program
file: 96 statements)
3.4.1.7.6
Overhead Transparencies
Specify the number of overlays or
attached overlays.
EXAMPLE
1 overhead transparency (5
overlays)
1 overhead transparency (5
attached overlays)
3.4.1.7.7
Stereographs
Specify the number of pairs of frames.
EXAMPLE
1 stereograph disc (7 pairs of
frames)
3.4.1.7.8
Videodiscs
For a videodisc that contains only still
images, record the number of frames.
EXAMPLE
1 videodisc (45,876 frames)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
19/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.4.1.8
3.4.1.9
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
20/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
or
b)
Optional Omission
Omit the total number of subunits and record only the
number of units.
EXAMPLE
4 filmslips
Alternative
Do not record extent for a resource that is not yet
complete (or if the total number of units issued is
unknown).
If:
the resource was planned to be in more than one
unit, but not all have been issued
and
it appears that the resource will not be continued
then:
describe the incomplete set by recording the
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
21/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
b)
or
c)
3.4.1.11.1
).
Optional Addition
If the number of volumes or
containers is recorded, specify the
number or approximate number of
items.
EXAMPLE
3 volumes (183 items)
60 folders (1564 items)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
22/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.4.1.11.2
Storage Space
Record the extent by giving the amount of
storage space occupied by the collection
in metric measurements and use the
metric symbol cm, m, cm 3 , or m 3 , as
appropriate.
EXAMPLE
10 m
1 m3
Alternative
Record the amount of storage space
occupied by the collection in the
system of measurement preferred by
the agency preparing the description.
Use symbols or abbreviate terms for
units of measurement as instructed
in appendix B (B.5.2
), as
applicable.
EXAMPLE
40 linear ft.
10 cubic ft.
Optional Addition
Specify the number or approximate
number of containers or volumes
and/or items.
EXAMPLE
10 m (approximately 2250
items)
1.8 m (75 volumes)
3.6 m (2,400 folders)
1.5 m (30 items bound, 37
items unbound)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
23/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
0.6 m (approximately 70
items, 12 bound)
3 m (12 boxes)
4.5 m (12 boxes,
approximately 1000 items)
26.7 m (150 boxes, 109
oversize folders)
10 cm (1 box, 1 oversize
folder)
3.4.1.11.3
b)
3.4.1.12.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
24/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
EXAMPLE
310 pages
68 frames
3.4.1.12.2
3.4.2
3.4.2.1
Application
For a printed, manuscript, graphic, or three-dimensional
resource consisting of cartographic content, record the
extent by applying the instructions at 3.4.2.2
3.4.2.5
.
For resources consisting of cartographic content in other
media (e.g., microforms), apply the basic instructions at
3.4.1
.
3.4.2.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
25/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
26/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.4.2.3
).
3.4.2.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
27/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
EXAMPLE
1 section in 4 segments
2 views in 6 segments
3.4.2.5
Atlases
Specify the number of volumes and/or pages, etc., in an
atlas (see 3.4.5
). Record this information in
parentheses following the term atlas.
EXAMPLE
1 atlas (3 volumes)
1 atlas (xvii, 37 pages, 74 leaves of plates)
1 atlas (1 volume (various pagings))
3.4.3
3.4.3.1
Application
For a printed or manuscript resource consisting of notated
music (with or without accompanying text and/or
illustrations), record the extent by applying the instructions
at 3.4.3.2
.
For resources consisting of notated music in other media
(e.g., microforms), apply the basic instructions at 3.4.1
.
3.4.3.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
28/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
Exceptions
Resource containing a set of parts. If the
resource contains a set of parts, record the number
of parts but omit the number of volumes and/or
pages, leaves, or columns applicable to the parts.
EXAMPLE
1 score (viii, 278 pages)
24 parts
29/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.4.4
).
3.4.4.1
Application
For a resource consisting of one or more still images in
the form of drawings, paintings, prints, photographs, etc.,
record the extent by applying the instructions at 3.4.4.2
3.4.4.5
.
For resources consisting of still images in other media
(e.g., slides, transparencies), apply the basic instructions
at 3.4.1
.
For cartographic content in the form of still images, see
3.4.2
.
3.4.4.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
30/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
picture
postcard
poster
print
radiograph
study print
technical drawing
wall chart
If the resource consists of more than one type of unit,
record the number of each applicable type.
EXAMPLE
1 drawing
3 wall charts
3.4.4.3
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
31/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
Carriers
If:
the resource consists of two or more carriers
and
each carrier contains a single image
then:
record the extent as instructed at 3.4.4.2
.
If:
the resource consists of two or more images on
one or more carriers
and
the number of images differs from the number of
carriers
then:
record the number of images and specify the
number of carriers.
EXAMPLE
2 drawings on 1 sheet
3.4.4.4
3.4.4.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
32/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
Optional Addition
Specify the number of drawings, etc., and use one or
more appropriate terms from the list at 3.4.4.2
.
Record this information in parentheses following the
term for the container.
EXAMPLE
1 portfolio (40 prints)
3.4.5
Extent of Text
C OR E EL EMEN T
Extent is a core element for text resources only if the resource is complete or if the total
extent is known.
3.4.5.1
Application
For a printed or manuscript resource consisting of text
(with or without illustrations), record the extent by applying
the instructions at 3.4.5.2
3.4.5.22
. These
instructions apply to text resources in volumes, sheets,
portfolios or cases.
Also apply the instructions at 3.4.5.2
3.4.5.22
to subunits in an atlas (see 3.4.2.5
) or in a
resource consisting of notated music (see 3.4.3.2
).
For resources consisting of text in other media (e.g.,
microforms), apply the basic instructions at 3.4.1
3.4.5.2
b)
c)
d)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
33/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
Exception
For complicated or irregular paging, etc., see 3.4.5.8
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
34/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
.
Record pages, etc., that are lettered inclusively in the form
AK pages, ad leaves, etc.
EXAMPLE
AZ pages
Pages letter ed: AZ
3.4.5.3
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
35/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
c)
b)
3.4.5.3.1
an unnumbered sequence
constitutes a substantial part of
the resource (see also 3.4.5.8
)
or
b)
Exception
Early printed resources. For early
printed resources, record
unnumbered sequences of pages,
leaves, or columns.
EXAMPLE
12 unnumbered pages, 72
pages, 10 unnumbered
pages, 48 pages, 6
unnumbered pages, 228
pages, 16 unnumbered pages
91 leaves, 1 unnumbered leaf
Las t leaf blank
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
36/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
b)
c)
3.4.5.3.2
Inessential Matter
Disregard unnumbered sequences of
inessential matter (advertising, blank
pages, etc.).
Exception
Early printed resources. For early
printed resources, record
pages containing advertisements
(when this can be done succinctly) if
those pages are:
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
37/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
a)
b)
c)
printed on a separate
gathering in a resource that is
continuously signed.
EXAMPLE
40 leaves, 8 unnumbered
pages
3.4.5.4
Exception
Early printed resources. For early printed
resources, record the numbering in the form
presented.
EXAMPLE
xii pages, 1 unnumbered page, 14176 pages
F ir s t twelv e pages of the s equenc e number ed
in lower c as e r oman numer als , followed by one
unnumber ed page, followed by r emainder of
the s equenc e number ed in ar abic numer als
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
38/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.4.5.5
Misleading Numbering
In some cases, the numbering on the last page, leaf, or
column of a sequence does not represent the total number
in that sequence. When this occurs, do not correct it
unless it gives a completely false impression of the extent
of the resource (e.g., when only alternate pages are
numbered or when the number on the last page, leaf, or
column of the sequence is misprinted).
When correcting misleading numbering, record the
numbering as it appears on the last page or leaf followed
by that is and the correct number.
EXAMPLE
48 leaves, that is, 96 pages
Number ed leav es with tex t on both s ides
3.4.5.6
Incomplete Volume
If:
the last part of the volume is missing
and
the extent of the complete volume cannot be
ascertained
then:
record the number of the last numbered page, leaf,
or column using the appropriate term and add
(incomplete).
EXAMPLE
xxiv, 179 pages (incomplete)
39/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
term.
EXAMPLE
leaves 81149
3.4.5.7
3.4.5.8
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
40/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
b)
c)
Exception
Early printed resources. For early printed
resources, record the paging, etc., in the form and
sequence presented.
EXAMPLE
12 unnumbered leaves, 74 leaves, 32
unnumbered leaves, 62 columns, 9 unnumbered
pages
3.4.5.9
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
41/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
42/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
43/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
EXAMPLE
iv, 127, 135, vii pages
T ex t in Englis h and F r enc h on inv er ted pages ;
Englis h title page s elec ted
Exception
Early printed resources. If an early printed
resource consists of a single sheet designed to be
used unfolded (whether issued folded or unfolded),
include a count of the number of pages printed. Do
not count blank pages. Record the number of pages
in parentheses following the term 1 sheet.
If a single sheet is folded into multiple panels and
designed to be used folded, include a count of the
number of physical panels on one side of the sheet
when unfolded. Count both blank panels and panels
containing text, illustrations, etc. Record the number
of panels in parentheses following the term 1 folded
sheet.
EXAMPLE
1 folded sheet (16 panels)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
44/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
Optional Addition
Specify the number and type of subunits (e.g., pages,
leaves, columns, sheets, volumes) in parentheses
following the term 1 portfolio or 1 case, as
appropriate.
EXAMPLE
1 portfolio (24 sheets)
1 case (30 pages, 2 sheets)
Exceptions
Completed serials. For serials, record the extent
by giving the number of bibliographic volumes as
reflected in the numbering of the serial (see 2.6
)
instead of the number of physical volumes.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
45/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
Optional Omission
For multipart monographs and serials, omit the
number of pages, etc. See also 3.4.1.10
.
46/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
Optional Addition
Specify the number and type of subunits (e.g., pages,
leaves, columns, sheets, volumes) in each portfolio
or case. Record this information in parentheses,
following the term for the type of unit.
EXAMPLE
2 cases (iv pages, 16 leaves; iii pages, 20 leaves)
3.4.6
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
47/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.4.6.1
Application
For a resource consisting of one or more threedimensional forms, record the extent by applying the
instructions at 3.4.6.2
3.4.6.3
.
For globes and other cartographic resources in threedimensional form, see 3.4.2
.
3.4.6.2
48/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
2 feather headbands
1 pair beaded moccasins
3 quilts
3.4.6.3
).
Number of Subunits
When appropriate, specify the number and type or types
of the component pieces, in parentheses, following the
term for the type of unit.
EXAMPLE
1 jigsaw puzzle (1,000 pieces)
1 game (1 board, 50 cards, 5 role cards, 2 dice)
3.5
Dimensions
3.5.1
Scope
Dimensions are the measurements of the carrier or
carriers and/or the container of a resource.
Dimensions include measurements of height, width, depth,
length, gauge, and diameter.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
49/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
For maps, etc., and still images, the dimensions can be:
a)
b)
3.5.1.2
Sources of Information
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any
accompanying material or container) as the basis for
recording the dimensions of the resource. Take additional
evidence from any source.
3.5.1.3
Recording Dimensions
Unless instructed otherwise, record dimensions in
centimetres to the next whole centimetre up and use the
metric symbol cm (e.g., if the height measures 17.2
centimetres, record 18 cm).
Alternative
Record dimensions in the system of measurement
preferred by the agency preparing the description.
Use symbols or abbreviate terms for units of
measurement as instructed in appendix B (B.5.1
), as applicable.
3.5.1.4
Dimensions of Carrier
Record the dimensions of a carrier as instructed at
3.5.1.4.1
3.5.1.4.14
, as applicable. Unless
instructed otherwise, record measurements as instructed
at 3.5.1.3
.
3.5.1.4.1
Cards
Record the height width of the card.
EXAMPLE
28 10 cm
Dimens ions of a flas h c ar d
9 19 cm
Dimens ions of an aper tur e c ar d
8 13 cm
Dimens ions of a mic r oopaque
9 6 cm
Dimens ions of a c omputer c ar d
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
50/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.5.1.4.2
Cartridges
Audio cartridges. For audio cartridges,
record the length height of the face of
the cartridge in centimetres followed by
the width of the tape in millimetres.
Record the width of the tape and use the
metric symbol mm. Use a comma to
separate the width of the tape from the
dimensions of the cartridge.
EXAMPLE
14 10 cm, 7 mm tape
35 mm
G auge of film in a films tr ip
c ar tr idge
13 mm
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
51/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
3.5.1.4.3
Cassettes
Audiocassettes. For audiocassettes,
record the length height of the face of
the cassette in centimetres followed by
the width of the tape in millimetres.
Record the width of the tape and use the
metric symbol mm. Use a comma to
separate the width of the tape from the
dimensions of the cassette.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
52/53
28/4/2014
Describing Carriers
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/3%20--%20Describing%20Carriers.htm
53/53
28/4/2014
4
PROVIDING ACQUISITION AND
ACCESS INFORMATION
4.0
4.1
Sources of Information
Take acquisition and access information from any source.
4.2
Terms of Availability
4.2.1
Scope
Terms of availability are the conditions under which
the publisher, distributor, etc., will normally supply a
resource or the price of a resource.
4.2.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on terms of availability from any source.
4.2.1.3
or
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/4%20--%20Providing%20Acquisition%20and%20
1/7
28/4/2014
for sale.
EXAMPLE
8.99
6.99/$11.99
Free to students of the college
For hire
0.50 per issue
$6.45 per year
Not for sale, for promotion only
Rental material
Optional Addition
When the terms of availability need qualification,
record qualifying information briefly, in parentheses,
following the terms of availability.
EXAMPLE
10.00 (5.00 to members)
$25.00 ($12.50 to students)
$30.00 per year ($25.00 to association members)
3.00 to individuals (8.40 to libraries)
$30.00 a year ($40.00 a year for Canada and all
other countries)
$48.50 per annum, individuals ($112 libraries
and institutions; $37.50 students)
4.3
Contact Information
4.3.1
Scope
Contact information is information about an
organization, etc., from which a resource may be
obtained.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/4%20--%20Providing%20Acquisition%20and%20
2/7
28/4/2014
4.3.1.2
Sources of Information
Take contact information from any source.
4.3.1.3
4.3.1.4
4.4
Restrictions on Access
4.4.1
Scope
Restrictions on access are limitations placed on
access to a resource.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/4%20--%20Providing%20Acquisition%20and%20
3/7
28/4/2014
4.4.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on restrictions on access from any
source.
4.4.1.3
4.5
Restrictions on Use
4.5.1
Scope
Restrictions on use are limitations placed on uses
such as reproduction, publication, exhibition, etc.
4.5.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on restrictions on use from any source.
4.5.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/4%20--%20Providing%20Acquisition%20and%20
4/7
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Written permission required for both reproduction and
public use during the lifetime of the interviewee
Reproduction and use in any form requires written
permission of the donor
Copyright retained by the donor during her lifetime, at
which point it will revert to the Regents of the University
of California
Donor permission is required for public screening of
films in this collection
Permission of the collector is required to cite, quote, or
reproduce
Certain restrictions on use or copying of materials may
apply
This film is restricted to classroom use
Films in off-site storage; advance notice is required for
access
4.6
Scope
A Uniform Resource Locator, or URL, is the address
of a remote access resource.
Uniform Resource Locators include all resource identifiers
intended to provide online access to a resource using a
standard Internet browser.
4.6.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on Uniform Resource Locators from any
source.
4.6.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/4%20--%20Providing%20Acquisition%20and%20
5/7
28/4/2014
http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:gbv:0893321752945
Unifor m Res our c e Loc ator for : Oliver Schmachtenberg's
online dissertation Nitric oxide in the olfactory epithelium
4.6.1.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/4%20--%20Providing%20Acquisition%20and%20
6/7
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/4%20--%20Providing%20Acquisition%20and%20
7/7
28/4/2014
5
GENERAL GUIDELINES ON
RECORDING ATTRIBUTES OF
WORKS AND EXPRESSIONS
5.0
Scope
This chapter provides background information to support the application of
guidelines and instructions in chapters 6
7
on recording attributes of
works and expressions. It includes:
5.1
a)
b)
c)
the core elements for the identification and description of works and
expressions (see 5.3
)
d)
e)
f)
g)
ii)
iii)
cataloguer's note to assist in the use or revision of the data (see 5.9
).
Terminology
5.1.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/5%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
1/12
28/4/2014
and 7
that have meanings specific to their use in RDA.
Some of these terms are explained at 5.1.2
5.1.4
.
Terms used as data element names in chapters 6
and 7
are
defined at the beginning of the instructions for the specific element. In
addition, all terms used in those chapters with a specific technical
meaning are defined in the glossary.
5.1.2
5.1.3
Title
The terms title of the work, preferred title, and variant title are used as
follows:
The term title of the work refers to a word, character, or group of
words and/or characters by which a work is known.
The term preferred title for the work refers to the title or form of title
chosen to identify the work. The preferred title is also the basis for the
authorized access point representing that work.
The term variant title for the work refers to a title or form of title by
which a work is known that differs from the title or form of title chosen as
the preferred title for that work.
5.1.4
Access Point
The terms access point, authorized access point, and variant access
point are used as follows:
The term access point refers to a name, term, code, etc.,
representing a specific work or expression. Access points include both
authorized and variant access points.
The term authorized access point refers to the standardized
access point representing an entity.
The authorized access point representing a work or expression is
constructed by combining (in this order):
a)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/5%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
2/12
28/4/2014
c)
6.31
5.2
a)
b)
c)
6.31
find works and expressions that correspond to the user's stated search
criteria
b)
identify the work or expression represented by the data (i.e., confirm that the
work or expression represented is the one sought, or distinguish between
two or more works or expressions with the same or similar titles)
c)
understand the relationship between the title used to represent the work and
another title by which that work is known (e.g., a different language form of
the title)
d)
e)
To ensure that the data created using RDA meet those functional objectives, the
guidelines and instructions in chapters 6
and 7
were designed according
to the following principles:
Differentiation. The data should serve to differentiate the work or expression
represented from other works and expressions, or other entities.
Representation. The title or form of title chosen as the preferred title for a work
should be:
a)
the title most frequently found in resources embodying the work in its original
language
or
b)
c)
Other titles and other forms of the title should be recorded as variant titles:
titles found in resources embodying the work
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/5%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
3/12
28/4/2014
5.3
Core Elements
When recording data identifying a work, include as a minimum the following
elements that are applicable and readily ascertainable.
Preferred title for the work
Identifier for the work
The preferred title is the basis for the authorized access point representing the work.
When constructing that access point, precede the preferred title, if appropriate, by
the authorized access point representing the person, family, or corporate body
responsible for the work (see 6.27.1
).
If the preferred title for a work is the same as or similar to a title for a different work,
or to a name for a person, family, or corporate body, differentiate them by recording
as many of the additional identifying elements in the following list as necessary.
Record these elements as separate elements, as parts of the access point
representing the work, or as both.
Form of work
Date of work
Place of origin of the work
Other distinguishing characteristic of the work
When identifying a musical work with a title that is not distinctive, record as many of
the following elements as are applicable. For musical works with distinctive titles,
record as many of the following elements as necessary to differentiate the work
from others with the same title. Record these elements as separate elements, as
parts of the access point representing the work, or as both.
Medium of performance
Numeric designation
Key
When identifying a bilateral treaty, etc., record the following element for both
signatories. Record the element as a separate element, as part of the access point
representing the work, or as both.
Signatory for a treaty, etc.
When recording data identifying an expression, include as a minimum the following
elements that are applicable to that expression. Record the elements as separate
elements, as parts of the access point representing the expression, or as both.
Identifier for the expression
Content type
Language of expression
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/5%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
4/12
28/4/2014
5.4
5.5
the authorized access point for the person, family, or corporate body
responsible for the work (see 6.27.1.2
6.27.1.8
), if applicable
b)
).
If two or more works are represented by the same or similar access points, include
one or more additional identifying elements in the access point representing the
work (such as form of work, date, place of origin, or other distinguishing term). For
specific instructions on additions to access points representing works, see
6.27.1.9
.
When constructing an authorized access point to represent a part or parts of a
work, apply the instructions at 6.27.2
.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/5%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
5/12
28/4/2014
5.6
b)
Make additions to the access point, if considered important for identification. Apply
the following instructions on making additions, as applicable:
additions to access points representing works (see 6.27.1.9
authorized access points representing expressions (see 6.27.3
)
).
5.7
Status of Identification
5.7.1
Scope
The status of identification is an indication of the level
of authentication of the data identifying a work or
expression.
5.7.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on the status of identification from any
source.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/5%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
6/12
28/4/2014
5.7.1.3
b)
c)
5.8
Source Consulted
5.8.1
Scope
A source consulted is a resource used in determining
the title or other identifying attributes of a work or
expression.
5.8.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on sources consulted from any source.
5.8.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/5%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
7/12
28/4/2014
8/12
28/4/2014
5.9
Cataloguer's Note
5.9.1
Scope
A cataloguer's note is an annotation that might be
helpful to those using or revising the authorized access
point representing a work or expression, or creating an
authorized access point representing a related work or
expression.
5.9.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information for use in cataloguer's notes from any
source.
5.9.1.3
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/5%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
9/12
28/4/2014
d)
10/12
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/5%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
11/12
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/5%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
12/12
28/4/2014
6
IDENTIFYING WORKS AND
EXPRESSIONS
6.0
b)
c)
d)
e)
The chapter provides guidelines on recording titles and other identifying attributes as
separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both.
In addition to the general guidelines, the chapter provides instructions on recording
preferred and variant titles and other identifying attributes for special types of works
and their expressions:
musical works (see 6.14
legal works (see 6.19
religious works (see 6.23
6.18
6.22
)
)
6.25
)
).
The preferred title for the work is used to construct the authorized access point. The
variant title or titles for the work are used to construct variant access points. Other
identifying attributes of the work and/or expression may also be included in the
access point (see 6.27
).
Authorized access points representing works and expressions can be used for
different purposes. They provide the means for:
a)
b)
identifying a work when the title by which it is known differs from the title
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20Ex
1/260
28/4/2014
d)
e)
) or a related
6.1
).
Sources of Information
Take the title or titles of the work from any source.
For additional guidance on sources of information for the preferred title
for the work, see 6.2.2.2
.
Take information on other identifying attributes of works and
expressions from any source.
6.1.2
or
or
).
6.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20Ex
2/260
28/4/2014
6.1.3.2
a)
b)
6.1.3.2.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20Ex
3/260
28/4/2014
).
Consider changes in responsibility
affecting the construction of the authorized
access point for the work to include the
following:
6.1.3.2.2
a)
b)
6.1.3.3
6.1.3.3.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20Ex
4/260
28/4/2014
6.1.3.3.2
a)
b)
6.2
6.2.1
Scope
A title of the work is a word, character, or group of
words and/or characters by which a work is known.
When identifying works, there are two categories of titles:
6.2.1.2
a)
b)
)
).
Sources of Information
Take the title or titles of the work from any source.
For additional guidance on sources of information for the
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20Ex
5/260
28/4/2014
6.2.1.3
6.2.1.4
Capitalization
Apply the instructions in appendix A (A.3
capitalization of titles of works.
6.2.1.5
) on the
6.2.1.6
Diacritical Marks
Record diacritical marks such as accents appearing in a
title for a work as they appear on the source of
information.
Optional Addition
Add diacritical marks such as accents that are not
present on the source of information. Follow the
standard usage for the language of the data.
EXAMPLE
tudes juives
T itle of fir s t two v olumes of s er ies appear s
without diac r itic al mar k
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20Ex
6/260
28/4/2014
6.2.1.7
Initial Articles
When recording the title, include an initial article, if present.
EXAMPLE
The invisible man
Der seidene Faden
Eine kleine Nachtmusik
La vida plena
The most of P.G. Wodehouse
Alternative
Omit an initial article (see appendix C
) unless
the title for a work is to be accessed under that article
(e.g., a title that begins with the name of a person or
place).
EXAMPLE
Taming of the shrew
n o t The taming of the shrew
ngeles borrachos y otros cuentos
n o t Los ngeles borrachos y otros cuentos
Enfant et les sortilges
n o t L'enfant et les sortilges
but
Los Angeles street map
L'Enfant and Washington, 17911792
Le Corbusier et l'architecture sacre
El Salvador y su desarrollo urbano en el contexto
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20Ex
7/260
28/4/2014
centroamericano
La Nia and its impacts
6.2.1.8
b)
6.2.1.9
Abbreviations
Use only the following abbreviations in titles of works:
a)
b)
TITLE
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20Ex
8/260
28/4/2014
6.2.2
6.2.2.1
Scope
The preferred title for the work is the title or form of
title chosen to identify the work. The preferred title is also
the basis for the authorized access point representing that
work.
6.2.2.2
Sources of Information
Determine the title to be used as the preferred title for a
work created after 1500 from resources embodying the
work or from reference sources.
Determine the title to be used as the preferred title for a
work created before 1501 from modern reference
sources. If the evidence of modern reference sources is
inconclusive, use (in this order of preference):
6.2.2.3
a)
modern editions
b)
early editions
c)
manuscript copies.
)
)
)
6.2.2.4
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20Ex
9/260
28/4/2014
Whitakers almanack
Pr efer r ed title for wor k fir s t publis hed under the
title: An almanack for the year of Our Lord ...
Hamlet
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Shak es pear e fir s t
publis hed under the title: The tragicall historie of Hamlet,
Prince of Denmarke
American scholar
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Emer s on fir s t publis hed
under the title: An oration delivered before the Phi Beta
Kappa Society, at Cambridge, August 31, 1837
Gulliver's travels
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Swift fir s t publis hed
under the title: Travels into several remote nations of the
world / by Lemuel Gulliver
Trial of treasure
Pr efer r ed title for wor k fir s t publis hed under the
title: A new and mery interlude called the Triall of treasure
If:
there is no title in the original language established
as the one by which the work is best known
or
in case of doubt
then:
choose the title proper of the original edition (see
2.3.2
) as the preferred title.
Do not include an alternative title as part of the preferred
title.
EXAMPLE
Pre-Raphaelite tragedy
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by William G aunt later
publis hed under the title: The Pre-Raphaelite dream
Criminal
Pr efer r ed title for wor k is s ued in the United
Kingdom as : The criminal. Later is s ued in the United
States as : The concrete jungle
Little acorn
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Chr is ta Kauble that has
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
10/260
28/4/2014
6.2.2.5
modern editions
b)
early editions
c)
manuscript copies.
EXAMPLE
Dnishnmah-i Al
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
11/260
28/4/2014
Beowulf
De bello Gallico
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by J ulius Caes ar
Chanson de Roland
Pardoner's tale
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Chauc er
Nibelungenlied
Edictum Theodorici
Exceptions
Classical and Byzantine Greek Works.
If:
a work is originally written in classical Greek
or
a work is created by a Greek church father or
other Byzantine writer before 1453
then:
choose as the preferred title a well-established
title in a language preferred by the agency
creating the data.
EXAMPLE
Birds
n o t Ornithes
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Ar is tophanes
Alexiad
n o t Alexias
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Anna Comnena
Ecclesiastical history
n o t Ekklsiastik historia
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Bis hop Eus ebius of
Caes ar ea
Iliad
n o t Ilias
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Homer
Odyssey
n o t Odysseia
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Homer
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
12/260
28/4/2014
Republic
n o t Politeia
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Plato
Meteorologica
n o t Meterologika
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Ar is totle
Contra Celsum
n o t Kata Kelsou
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by O r igen
Theaetetus
n o t Theaittos
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Plato
Gergos
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Menander of Athens
Perikeiromen
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by Menander of Athens
Katomyomachia
Pr efer r ed title for wor k by T heodor e
Pr odr omus
13/260
28/4/2014
6.2.2.6
If:
the cycle is identified only by a descriptive phrase
(e.g., the Arthurian romances, the Grail
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
14/260
28/4/2014
6.2.2.7
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
15/260
28/4/2014
b)
c)
6.2.2.8
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
16/260
28/4/2014
)
)
).
6.2.2.9
6.2.2.9.1
One Part
Record the preferred title for the part by
applying the basic instructions at 6.2.1
.
EXAMPLE
Two towers
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of J .R.R.
T olk iens The lord of the rings
Du ct de chez Swann
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of Mar c el
Pr ous ts la recherche du temps
perdu
17/260
28/4/2014
Arabian nights
Executive summary
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of Annual
report on carcinogens
1. Theil
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of
J ohann Wolfgang v on G oethes
Faust
Supplement
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of Raffles
bulletin of zoology
A
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of
Emergency health series
Reeks B
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of Annale
van die Uniwersiteit van Stellenbosch
Season 6
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of the
telev is ion pr ogr am Buffy, the vampire
slayer
1946-03-10
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of the
r adio pr ogr am Jack Benny program
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
18/260
28/4/2014
Exception
Serials and integrating
resources. If the part is identified by
both a designation and a title, record
the designation first, followed by the
title. Use a comma to separate the
designation from the title.
EXAMPLE
2e partie, Sciences
biologiques, industries
alimentaires, agriculture
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of
Bulletin analytique
6.2.2.9.2
Chapitre 67
Pr efer r ed title for c hapter s 6 7 of
Henr i Rollins Lapocalypse de notre
temps
Unnumbered or non-consecutively
numbered parts. When identifying two
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
19/260
28/4/2014
Paradiso
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of Dante
Alighier is Divina commedia in a
c ompilation als o c ompr is ing the
par t Purgatorio
Book 1
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of
Homer s Iliad in a c ompilation als o
c ompr is ing book 6
Book 6
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of
Homer s Iliad in a c ompilation als o
c ompr is ing book 1
Alternative
When identifying two or more
unnumbered or non-consecutively
numbered parts of a work, identify
the parts collectively. Record the
conventional collective title
Selections as the preferred title for
the parts. Apply this instruction
instead of or in addition to recording
the preferred title for each of the
parts.
EXAMPLE
Selections
Pr efer r ed title for the par ts
of the wor k in a c ompilation
c ompr is ing book s 1 and 6 of
Homer s Iliad
Selections
Pr efer r ed title for the par ts
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
20/260
28/4/2014
6.2.2.10.1
Complete Works
Record the conventional collective title
Works as the preferred title for a
compilation of works that consists of, or
purports to be, the complete works of a
person, family, or corporate body.
Consider complete works to include all
works that are complete at the time of
publication.
6.2.2.10.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
21/260
28/4/2014
Short stories
Speeches
If none of these terms is appropriate,
record an appropriate specific collective
title.
EXAMPLE
Posters
Fragments
Encyclicals
6.2.2.10.3
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
22/260
28/4/2014
Alternative
When identifying two or more works
in a compilation, identify the parts
collectively by recording a
conventional collective title (see
6.2.2.10.1
or 6.2.2.10.2
), as applicable, followed by
Selections. Apply this instruction
instead of or in addition to recording
the preferred title for each of the
works in the compilation.
EXAMPLE
Novels. Selections
Exceptions
For compilations of musical works by
a single composer, apply instead the
instructions at 6.14.2.8
.
For compilations of laws, etc., apply
instead the instructions at 6.19.2.5.1
.
For compilations of treaties, etc.,
apply instead the instructions at
6.19.2.8
.
6.2.3
Scope
A variant title for the work is a title or form of title by
which a work is known that differs from the title or form of
title chosen as the preferred title for the work.
6.2.3.2
Sources of Information
Take variant titles for a work from any source.
6.2.3.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
23/260
28/4/2014
or
Exception
Record a title appearing on a manifestation of the
work as a variant title for the work only in the following
case:
if the title appearing on the manifestation differs
significantly from the preferred title
and
if the work itself might reasonably be searched
by that title.
For instructions on recording the title proper and other
titles appearing on the manifestation, see 2.3
.
Apply the specific instructions at 6.2.3.4
6.2.3.5
, as applicable. Apply instructions in preceding
sections of chapter 6, as applicable.
For instructions on using a variant title for the work to
construct a variant access point representing a work, see
6.27.4
.
6.2.3.4
Roland
Rolandslied
Song of Roland
F r enc h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title:
Chanson de Roland
Hamlet
Rus s ian language for m for a 1964 motion pic tur e
r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title: Gamlet
24/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Scri p t
Rus s ian tr ans liter ated for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
title: Pervye na lune
Yiddis h tr ans liter ated for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
title: eye der milkhier
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title:
Arabian nights
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title:
Dead Sea scrolls
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
25/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Sp e l l i n g
Eastward ho
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Eastward hoe
Doomsday book
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Domesday book
Cronycles of Englond
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Chronicles of England
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Tra n sl i te ra ti o n
Ta tsang ching
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Da zang jing
Anyuta
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Ani
uta
Tun-huang manuscripts
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Dunhuang manuscripts
6.2.3.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
26/260
28/4/2014
covered by 6.2.3.4
EXAMPLE
Personal history of David Copperfield
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : David Copperfield
2 towers
Lord of the rings. Two towers
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Two towers
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
27/260
28/4/2014
6.3
Form of Work
C OR E EL EMEN T
Form of work is a core element when needed to differentiate a work from another work with the
same title or from the name of a person, family, or corporate body.
6.3.1
Scope
Form of work is a class or genre to which a work
belongs.
6.3.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on form of work from any source.
6.3.1.3
Tapestry
F or m of wor k of: Charlemagne
Choreographic work
F or m of wor k of: The nutcracker
Computer file
F or m of wor k of: NuTCRACKER
Motion picture
F or m of wor k of: Oceans eleven. A film r eleas ed in
1960
Motion picture
F or m of wor k of: Oceans eleven. A film r eleas ed in
2001
Radio program
F or m of wor k of: War of the worlds
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
28/260
28/4/2014
Television program
F or m of wor k of: War of the worlds
Chanson de geste
F or m of wor k of: Guillaume
Series
F or m of wor k of: Scottish History Society
Poem
F or m of wor k of: Chanson de Roland
6.4
Date of Work
C OR E EL EMEN T
Date of work is a core element to identify a treaty. Date of work is also a core element when needed
to differentiate a work from another work with the same title or from the name of a person, family, or
corporate body.
6.4.1
Scope
Date of work is the earliest date associated with a
work.
If no specific date can be identified as the date the work
was created, treat the date of the earliest manifestation
embodying the work as the date of work.
For instructions on date of promulgation of a law, etc., see
6.20.2
.
For instructions on date of signing of a treaty, etc., see
6.20.3
.
6.4.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on date of work from any source.
6.4.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
29/260
28/4/2014
6.28.1.10
6.29.1.33
)
).
EXAMPLE
1631
Date of c r eation of a wor k by Rembr andt
Har mens z oon v an Rijn with title Adoration of the
shepherds
1654
Date of c r eation of another wor k by Rembr andt
Har mens z oon v an Rijn with title Adoration of the
shepherds
1960
Date of r eleas e of a motion pic tur e titled Oceans
eleven
2001
Date of r eleas e of another motion pic tur e titled
Oceans eleven
1762
Date of fir s t public ation of a per iodic al titled Dublin
magazine
1965
Date of fir s t public ation of another per iodic al titled
Dublin magazine
19871989
Date of c r eation of the motion pic tur e Paris is burning.
F ilm was c opy r ighted in 1990 and s hown at fes tiv als
that s ame y ear , but not r eleas ed c ommer c ially until
1991
1983
Date of c r eation of the Stephen Sondheim mus ic al
Sunday in the park with George
2004
Date of r eleas e of the motion pic tur e Harry Potter and
the prisoner of Azkaban
30/260
28/4/2014
6.5
6.5.1
Scope
Place of origin of the work is the country or other
territorial jurisdiction from which a work originated.
6.5.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on place of origin of the work from any
source.
6.5.1.3
Nairobi, Kenya
Plac e of or igin of the quar ter ly The advocate
Australia
Plac e of or igin of a telev is ion pr ogr am titled Big
brother
Netherlands
Plac e of or igin of a telev is ion pr ogr am titled Big
brother
Geneva, Switzerland
Plac e of or igin of the monogr aphic s er ies Collection
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
31/260
28/4/2014
Pass et prsent
6.6
6.6.1
Scope
Other distinguishing characteristic of the work is
a characteristic other than form of work, date of work, or
place of origin of the work. It serves to differentiate a work
from another work with the same title or from the name of
a person, family, or corporate body.
For instructions on recording other distinguishing
characteristics of a legal work, see 6.21
.
6.6.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on other distinguishing characteristics of
the work from any source.
6.6.1.3
6.28.1.10
6.29.1.33
)
).
EXAMPLE
Geological Survey (South Africa)
Is s uing body of a wor k titled Bulletin
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
32/260
28/4/2014
Anglo-Saxon poem
O ther dis tinguis hing c har ac ter is tic of a wor k titled
Genesis
Douglas
Sur name of the dir ec tor of a 1965 motion pic tur e
titled Harlow
Segal
Sur name of the dir ec tor of a differ ent 1965 motion
pic tur e titled Harlow
Unnumbered
O ther dis tinguis hing c har ac ter is tic of a wor k titled
Caribbean writers series
6.7
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
33/260
28/4/2014
of the Work
6.7.1.1
Scope
History of the work is information about the history of
a work.
6.7.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on the history of the work from any
source.
6.7.1.3
34/260
28/4/2014
6.8
6.8.1
Scope
An identifier for the work is a character string
uniquely associated with a work, or with a surrogate for a
work (e.g., an authority record). The identifier serves to
differentiate that work from other works.
6.8.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on identifiers for works from any source.
6.8.1.3
35/260
28/4/2014
MOHAI 83.10.5,989
Identifier for a photogr aphic image in the Mus eum of
His tor y and Indus tr y
6.9
Content Type
C OR E EL EMEN T
6.9.1
Scope
Content type is a categorization reflecting the
fundamental form of communication in which the content
is expressed and the human sense through which it is
intended to be perceived. For content expressed in the
form of an image or images, content type also reflects the
number of spatial dimensions in which the content is
intended to be perceived and the perceived presence or
absence of movement.
6.9.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on content type from any source.
6.9.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
36/260
28/4/2014
b)
cartographic
dataset
cartographic
image
cartographic
moving
image
cartographic
tactile image
cartographic
tactile threedimensional
form
cartographic
threedimensional
form
computer
dataset
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
37/260
28/4/2014
notated
movement
notated
music
performed
music
sounds
spoken word
still image
tactile image
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
38/260
28/4/2014
tactile
notated
music
tactile text
tactile threedimensional
form
text
threedimensional
form
threedimensional
moving
image
twodimensional
moving
image
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
39/260
28/4/2014
40/260
28/4/2014
1948
Res our c e des c r ibed: The works of Oscar Wilde / edited,
with an introduction, by G.F. Maine. New collected edition.
London : Collins, 1948
1940
Res our c e des c r ibed: Babar and his children / Jean de
Brunhoff. [United States] : Decca, [1940]. An audio
r ec or ding of an Englis h tr ans lation of J ean de
Br unhoffs c hildr ens s tor y Babar en famille,
nar r ated by F r ank Luther with ins tr umental
ac c ompaniment. Rec or ded in New Yor k City on
O c tober 28, 1940
1992
Res our c e des c r ibed: Blade runner / a Ladd Company
release in association with Sir Run Run Shaw thru Warner
Bros. ; Jerry Perenchio and Bud Yorkin present a Michael
Deeley-Ridley Scott production ; produced by Michael Deeley
; screenplay by Hampton Fancher and David Peoples ;
directed by Ridley Scott. Directors cut, Widescreen
version. A r ev is ed v er s ion of the 1982 motion pic tur e
41/260
28/4/2014
Indonesian
Res our c e des c r ibed: Ada apa dengan Cinta? / Miles
Productions mempersembahkan ; sebuah film dari Rudi
Soedjarwo ; produser, Mira Lesmana, Riri Riza ; skenario,
Jujur Prananto. T he or iginal motion pic tur e in
Indones ian
Spanish
Res our c e des c r ibed: Obras completas / W. Somerset
Maugham. A Spanis h tr ans lation of the author s
wor k s
English
Res our c e des c r ibed: Colloid journal of the Russian
Academy of Sciences. An Englis h tr ans lation of a
Rus s ian s er ial
Hebrew
Res our c e des c r ibed: Mosheh e-Aharon : operah beshalosh maarakhot / Arnold Shenberg ; tirgem Yirael Eliraz.
A Hebr ew tr ans lation of the libr etto to Sc hoenber gs
oper a Mos es und Ar on
Russian
Res our c e des c r ibed: 27 ukradennykh pot
s eluev. A
G eor gian motion pic tur e dubbed into Rus s ian
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
42/260
28/4/2014
Chinese
Res our c e des c r ibed: Handel's Messiah in Chinese. An
audio r ec or ding of a per for manc e of a Chines e
tr ans lation of the or ator io
English
Dutch
French
German
Italian
Spanish
Portuguese
Res our c e des c r ibed: Joan Blaeu Atlas maior of 1665 /
introduction and texts by Peter van der Krogt ; based on the
copy in the sterreichische Nationalbibliothek, Wien ; with a
selection of original texts by Joan Blaeu ; directed and
produced by Benedikt Taschen. An atlas in s ix v olumes ;
eac h v olume inc ludes tex t in Englis h and two of the
other languages
43/260
28/4/2014
Mongolian version
Another ex pr es s ion of the epic poem Gesar
1st version
T he fir s t of thr ee v er s ions of J ohann G ottlieb
F ic htes Wissenschaftslehre 1804
2nd version
T he s ec ond of thr ee v er s ions of J ohann G ottlieb
F ic htes Wissenschaftslehre 1804
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
44/260
28/4/2014
A-text
T he ear lies t v er s ion of William Langlands nar r ativ e
poem Piers Plowman
B-text
A later v er s ion of William Langlands nar r ativ e poem
Piers Plowman
C-text
An ev en later v er s ion of William Langlands
nar r ativ e poem Piers Plowman
Beck
An Englis h tr ans lation by T om Bec k of Alek s andr
Pus hk ins Evgeni Onegin
Elton
An Englis h tr ans lation by O liv er Elton of Alek s andr
Pus hk ins Evgeni Onegin
Directors cut
T he 1992 r ev is ed v er s ion of the 1982 motion pic tur e
Blade runner
Final cut
T he 2007 r ev is ed v er s ion of the 1982 motion pic tur e
Blade runner
Baryshnikov
A v er s ion of the c hor eogr aphic wor k The nutcracker
c hor eogr aphed by Mik hail Bar y s hnik ov in 1976
Nelson Thornes
An ex pr es s ion of Shak es pear es c omplete wor k s
publis hed in 2003 by Nels on T hor nes
Dussollier
An audio r ec or ding of Vic tor Hugos Notre-Dame de
Paris nar r ated by Andr Dus s ollier
Huber
Another audio r ec or ding of Vic tor Hugos Notre-Dame
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
45/260
28/4/2014
46/260
28/4/2014
c omplete wor k s
b)
)
).
6.14.2.1 Scope
The preferred title for a musical work is the title or
form of title chosen to identify the musical work. It is also
the basis for the authorized access point representing that
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
47/260
28/4/2014
work.
modern editions
b)
early editions
c)
manuscript copies.
Damnation de Faust
Res our c e des c r ibed: Fausts Verdammung
Zoloto petushok
Res our c e des c r ibed: The golden cockerel
Introduction et allegro
Res our c e des c r ibed: Introduction et allegro ...
Exceptions
Better known title in the same language. If the
work has become better known by another title in the
same language, choose it as the preferred title (see
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
48/260
28/4/2014
also 6.2.2.4
6.2.2.5
).
EXAMPLE
Don Giovanni
Res our c e des c r ibed: Il dissoluto punito, ossia, Il don
Giovanni
Nabucco
Res our c e des c r ibed: Nabucodonosor
b)
Numbered sequence.
If:
a work has a distinctive title that includes the
name of a type of composition
and
all of the composers works of that type are
also cited as a numbered sequence of
compositions of that type
then:
choose the name of the type as the preferred
title.
EXAMPLE
Sinfonia
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
49/260
28/4/2014
b)
key
c)
d)
e)
date of composition
f)
50/260
28/4/2014
Ballades
Res our c e des c r ibed: Vier Balladen
Sonatas
Res our c e des c r ibed: Sonate a violino, violone, e cembalo
Concerti grossi
Res our c e des c r ibed: Six concerti grossi for 2 violins,
viola, and violoncello soli with strings and harpsichord
Divertimenti
Res our c e des c r ibed: Divertimento Nr. 1
6.14.2.6 Duets
Record Duets for works variously titled duos, duets, etc.
EXAMPLE
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
51/260
28/4/2014
Duets
Res our c e des c r ibed: Trois duos
6.14.2.7.1
One Part
Record the preferred title for a part of a
musical work by applying the instructions
at 6.14.2.4
. Apply the additional
instructions at 6.14.2.7.1.1
6.14.2.7.1.5
, as applicable.
6.14.2.7.1.1
6.14.2.7.1.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
52/260
28/4/2014
Seasons of
love
Pr efer r ed
title for a
par t of
J onathan
Lar s ons Rent
Andante
cantabile con
moto
Pr efer r ed
title for a
par t of
Ludwig v an
Beethov ens
Symphony, no.
1, op. 21, in C
major
6.14.2.7.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
53/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Come scoglio
Pr efer r ed
title for a
par t of
Wolfgang
Amadeus
Moz ar ts Cos
fan tutte. Eac h
ar ia has a
number ( e.g.,
No. 14 for
Come scoglio)
as well as a
title
If:
each of the parts
is identified by a
number
and
the parts are
identified by the
same title or
other verbal
designation
then:
record the
number of the
part.
EXAMPLE
N. 8
Pr efer r ed
title for a
par t of
Antonio
Viv aldis
Estro armonico.
Eac h par t
has the title
Concerto as
well as a
number
6.14.2.7.1.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
54/260
28/4/2014
Designation
If:
each of the parts
is identified by a
number
and
some of the
parts are also
identified by a
title or other
verbal
designation
then:
record the
number of the
part followed by
a comma and
the title or other
designation if
there is one.
EXAMPLE
Nr. 30
Pr efer r ed
title for a
par t of
Rober t
Sc humanns
Album fr die
Jugend
Nr. 2,
Soldatenmarsch
Pr efer r ed
title for a
par t of
Rober t
Sc humanns
Album fr die
Jugend
6.14.2.7.1.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
55/260
28/4/2014
title
then:
record that
distinctive title
of the larger
part followed by
the title and/or
designation of
the smaller part.
Omit the
designation of
the larger part if
it is not
distinctive.
However, if an
indistinctive designation
of the larger part is
required to identify the
smaller part, record the
designation of the larger
part preceding the title
and/or designation of
the smaller part.
Separate the title and/or
designation of the larger
part from the title and/or
designation of the
smaller part by a full
stop.
EXAMPLE
Cantiones
sacrae. O vos
omnes
Pr efer r ed
title for a
par t of
Hier ony mus
Pr aetor ius s
Opus musicum
Pifa
n o t Part 1.
Pifa
Pr efer r ed
title for a
par t of
G eor ge
F r ider ic
Handels
Messiah
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
56/260
28/4/2014
Atto 3o.
Preludio
Pr efer r ed
title for a
par t of
G ius eppe
Ver dis
Traviata
6.14.2.7.2
Nr. 6
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of
J ohannes Br ahms s Ungarische
Tnze in a c ompilation als o
inc luding Nr. 5 of the s ame wor k
Largo al factotum
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of
G ioac c hino Ros s inis Il barbiere di
Siviglia in a c ompilation als o
inc luding the par t Una voce poco fa
No. 2
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of F r anz
Sc huber ts Impromptus, piano, D. 899
in a c ompilation als o inc luding No.
4 of the s ame wor k
No. 4
Pr efer r ed title for a par t of F r anz
Sc huber ts Impromptus, piano, D. 899
in a c ompilation als o inc luding No.
2 of the s ame wor k
57/260
28/4/2014
Alternative
When identifying two or more parts of
a work, identify the parts collectively.
Record the conventional collective
title Selections as the preferred title
for the parts unless the parts form a
group called suite by the composer.
Apply this instruction instead of or in
addition to recording the preferred title
for each of the parts.
COMPILATIONS OF MUSICAL WORKS
6.14.2.8.2
Complete Works
Record the conventional collective title
Works for a compilation that consists of,
or purports to be, the complete musical
works of a composer. Consider complete
works to include all works that are
complete at the time of publication.
6.14.2.8.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
58/260
28/4/2014
Medium
Record one of the following conventional
collective titles as the preferred title for a
compilation of works that consists of, or
purports to be, all the composers works
in one broad medium if the works are of
various types.
Chamber music
Choral music
Instrumental music
Keyboard music
Vocal music
If none of these terms is appropriate,
record an appropriate specific collective
title.
If the works are of a single type, apply the
instructions at 6.14.2.8.5
.
6.14.2.8.4
6.14.2.8.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
59/260
28/4/2014
6.14.2.8.6
Incomplete Compilations
If:
a compilation corresponds to one
of the categories at 6.14.2.8.2
6.14.2.8.5
and
the compilation is incomplete
then:
identify each of the works in the
compilation separately by applying
the instructions at 6.14.2.4
6.14.2.7
.
EXAMPLE
Renaissance concerto
Salomon Rossi suite
Orpheus and Euridice
Res our c e des c r ibed: Orchestral
works / by Lukas Foss
Alternative
When identifying two or more works
in an incomplete compilation, record
a conventional collective title as
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
60/260
28/4/2014
instructed at 6.14.2.8.2
6.14.2.8.5
, as applicable,
followed by Selections. Apply this
instruction instead of or in addition to
recording the preferred title for each
of the works in the compilation.
EXAMPLE
Orchestra music. Selections
Res our c e des c r ibed:
Orchestral works / by Lukas
Foss
Symphonies. Selections
Res our c e des c r ibed: First,
Second, and Third symphonies /
Ludwig van Beethoven
or
Exception
Record a title appearing on a manifestation of the
work as a variant title for the work only in the following
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
61/260
28/4/2014
case:
if the title appearing on the manifestation differs
significantly from the preferred title
and
if the work itself might reasonably be searched
by that title.
For instructions on recording the title proper and other
titles appearing on the manifestation, see 2.3
.
Apply the specific instructions at 6.14.3.4
6.14.3.5
. Also apply instructions in preceding sections of this
chapter, as applicable.
O Christmas tree
O dannenbom
Oh Christmas tree
Oh tree of fir
G er man language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title:
O Tannenbaum
Stcke
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title:
Pieces
Etden
tudes
Studies
Polis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title:
Etiud
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
62/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Scri p t
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Sp e l l i n g
Amphitrion
Spelling r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title: Amphitryon
Fantasie sonata
Phantasy sonata
Spelling r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title: Fantasy sonata
Partsongs
Spelling r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title: Part-songs
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Tra n sl i te ra ti o n
Khovanchtchina
T r ans liter ation r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title:
Khovanshchina
Hatikva
Hatikvoh
T r ans liter ation r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title: Hatiah
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
63/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Songs, airs, duets, and choruses in the masque of King
Arthur
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : King Arthur
Salzburg sonata
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Sonatas
Forellen-Quintett
Quintette de la truite
Trout quintet
Forellenquintett
Trucha
Forellen-kvintet
Quintette La truite
Foreli kvintetas
Grand quintuor
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Quintets
Best of Bach
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Works. Selections
64/260
28/4/2014
voices
b)
c)
d)
continuo.
65/260
28/4/2014
viols (5)
66/260
28/4/2014
In stru m e n ta ti o n
Te rm o r Te rm s
R e co rd e d
string trio
violin, viola,
violoncello
strings
string quartet
2 violins, viola,
violoncello
strings
woodwind
quartet
woodwinds
wind quintet
winds
piano trio
piano, violin,
violoncello
piano
piano
piano quartet
piano quintet
strings
strings
EXAMPLE
violin
viola
violoncello
double bass
Pr efer r ed title: Quartets
flute
oboe
saxophone
bassoon
Pr efer r ed title: Quartets
piano
violin
viola
violoncello
double bass
Pr efer r ed title: Quintets
flute
clarinets
bassoon
horn
Pr efer r ed title: Quintets
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
67/260
28/4/2014
6.15.1.6.1
Application of Terms
Apply the terms listed as follows:
6.15.1.6.2
a)
b)
Omit Elements
Omit the following elements:
a)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
68/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
clarinet
n o t clarinet in A
b)
c)
EXAMPLE
guitar ensemble
string ensemble
percussion ensemble
69/260
28/4/2014
band
Record orchestra for full or reduced orchestra.
Disregard continuo when it is part of an orchestra or string
orchestra.
6.15.1.6
piano
orchestra
Res our c e des c r ibed: Concierto no. 1 para piano y
orquesta : Atlntico / Zulema de la Cruz. Pr efer r ed title:
Concertos
harpsichord
instrumental ensemble
Res our c e des c r ibed: Concerto pour clavecin et ensemble
instrumental / Jean Franaix. Pr efer r ed title: Concertos
piano trio
orchestra
Res our c e des c r ibed: Konzert fr Klavier, Violine,
Violoncello und Orchester C-Dur op. 56 : Tripelkonzert /
Ludwig van Beethoven. Pr efer r ed title: Concertos
woodwind quartet
string orchestra
Res our c e des c r ibed: Quadruple concerto : pour flte,
hautbois, clarinette et basson avec accompagnement
dorchestre / Jean Franaix. Pr efer r ed title: Concertos
pianos (2)
string orchestra
Res our c e des c r ibed: Divertimento for string orchestra and
two pianos / by Ulric Cole. Pr efer r ed title: Divertimenti
violin
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
70/260
28/4/2014
viola
orchestra
Res our c e des c r ibed: Sinfonie concertanto in E a violino e
viola principale, 2 violini, 2 viole, 2 oboe, 2 corni, violoncello, e
basso / di Amadeo Wolfgango Mozart. Pr efer r ed title:
Sinfonie concertanti
soprano
piano
Res our c e des c r ibed: Dos canciones para soprano y
piano / Federico Ibarra. Pr efer r ed title: Canciones
71/260
28/4/2014
6.15.1.11 Choruses
For a choral ensemble, record an appropriate term from
the following list:
mixed voices
mens voices
womens voices
unison voices
Record other terms as appropriate.
EXAMPLE
children's voices
72/260
28/4/2014
unaccompanied.
EXAMPLE
guitar accompaniment
Res our c e des c r ibed: Music for voice & guitar : a collected
edition / Fernando Sor ; edited and engraved by Jan de Kloe,
with historical notes by Matanya Ophee. Pr efer r ed title:
Songs
unaccompanied
Res our c e des c r ibed: 40 vocalises / Sharon Bennett.
Pr efer r ed title: Vocalises
percussion accompaniment
Res our c e des c r ibed: Zwei Lieder for soprano and
percussion, 1993 / Micha Hamel ; text, Paul Celan. Pr efer r ed
title: Lieder
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
73/260
28/4/2014
voice
chordal instrument
Res our c e des c r ibed: Tierkreis : fr
Mezzosopran oder Alt oder tiefen Tenor
und Akkordinstrument : (1975/77) : Werk
Nr. 41 4/5 = Zodiac = Zodiaque /
Stockhausen. Pr efer r ed title:
Tierkreis
bass instrument
keyboard instrument
Res our c e des c r ibed: Early
American hymns : for bass instrument
and keyboard / Eleanor Whitsett.
Pr efer r ed title: Early American hymns
treble instrument
organ
Res our c e des c r ibed: Eight chorale
preludes for treble instrument and organ
/ by Randall Sensmeier. Pr efer r ed
title: Chorale preludes
melody instrument
piano
Res our c e des c r ibed: Suite fr ein
Melodieinstrument (Violine, Querflte,
Oboe, Viola, Klarinette (B), Saxophon
(B), Trompete (B), Englischhorn (F),
Horn (F), Violoncello oder Fagott) und
Klavier / Hans-Walter Slembeck.
Pr efer r ed title: Suites
male voice
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
74/260
28/4/2014
trombone
Pr efer r ed title: Pieces
75/260
28/4/2014
voices (3)
Res our c e des c r ibed: Canzonets, or,
Little short songs to three voyces /
published by Thomas Morley.
Pr efer r ed title: Canzonets
voices (56)
Res our c e des c r ibed: Canzonets, or,
Little short aers to five and sixe voices /
by Thomas Morley. Pr efer r ed title:
Canzonets
voices (4)
Res our c e des c r ibed: Fourteen
canzonas for four instruments / Claudio
Merulo. Pr efer r ed title: Canzonas
voices (56)
Res our c e des c r ibed: Madrigals of 5
and 6 parts, apt for the viols and voices /
made & published by Thomas Weelkes.
Pr efer r ed title: Madrigals
76/260
28/4/2014
6.16.1.3.1
Serial Number
If works with the same title and the same
medium of performance are consecutively
numbered in music reference sources,
record the number.
EXAMPLE
no. 2
Res our c e des c r ibed: String quartet
no. 2 / Eleanor Cory. Pr efer r ed title:
Quartets; medium of per for manc e:
strings
no. 5
Res our c e des c r ibed: Fifth
symphony for orchestra / by Arnold Bax.
Pr efer r ed title: Symphonies
no. 6-8
Res our c e des c r ibed: Violin sonatas
op. 30 nos. 1-3 / Beethoven. Pr efer r ed
title: Sonatas; medium of
per for manc e: violin, piano; opus
number : op. 30. Beethov ens v iolin
s onatas no. 6- 8 als o k nown as
his opus 30, no. 1- 3
If:
different works in a consecutively
numbered series have different
forms of numeric designation, or
different words introducing the
number
and
the different forms or words are in
the same sources from which the
numeric designations for the
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
77/260
28/4/2014
2nd book
Res our c e des c r ibed: Second book
of songs (1600) / John Dowland ; edited
by Edmund H. Fellows ; revised by
Thurston Dart
1o libro
Res our c e des c r ibed: Il primo libro de
ricercari da cantare : a quattro voci / di
Claudio Merulo da Correggio
3o libro
Res our c e des c r ibed: Ricercari da
cantare : a quattro voci : libro terzo / di
Claudio Merulo
6.16.1.3.2
Opus Number
Record the opus number, if any, and the
number within the opus, if any.
EXAMPLE
op. 114
Res our c e des c r ibed: Quintett in A
fr Klavier, Violine, Viola, Violoncello und
Kontrabass D 667 (op. post. 114) :
Forellen-Quintett = Quintet in A major for
piano, violin, viola, violoncello, and
double bass : the trout quintet / Franz
Schubert ; herausgegeben von Arnold
Feil. Pr efer r ed title: Quintets;
medium of per for manc e: piano,
violin, viola, violoncello, double bass
op. 2, no. 1
Res our c e des c r ibed: Piano sonata
no. 1 in F minor, op. 2, no. 1 /
Beethoven. Pr efer r ed title: Sonatas;
medium of per for manc e: piano;
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
78/260
28/4/2014
op. 2, no. 2
Res our c e des c r ibed: Piano sonata
no. 2 in A major, op. 2, no. 2 /
Beethoven. Pr efer r ed title: Sonatas;
medium of per for manc e: piano;
s er ial number : no. 2
If:
there is a conflict in opus
numbering among works of the
same title and medium
or
the overall opus numbering of a
composers works is confused
and conflicting
then:
add to the opus number the name
of the publisher originally using the
number chosen.
Add the publisher's name in parentheses.
EXAMPLE
op. 20 (Bland)
Pr efer r ed title for the wor k by
G ius eppe Mar ia Cambini: Duets;
medium of per for manc e: flute, violin
op. 20 (LeDuc)
Pr efer r ed title for the wor k by
G ius eppe Mar ia Cambini: Duets;
medium of per for manc e: flute, violin
6.16.1.3.3
or
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
79/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
D. 667
Res our c e des c r ibed: Quintett in A
fr Klavier, Violine, Viola, Violoncello und
Kontrabass D 667 (op. post. 114) :
Forellen-Quintett = Quintet in A major for
piano, violin, viola, violoncello, and
double bass : the trout quintet / Franz
Schubert ; herausgegeben von Arnold
Feil. Pr efer r ed title: Quintets;
medium of per for manc e: piano,
violin, viola, violoncello, double bass
H. III, 37-42
Res our c e des c r ibed: 6 string
quartets, opus 33, Hoboken III, 37-42 =
6 Streichquartette / Joseph Haydn ;
edited by Simon Rowland-Jones ;
editorial consultant, David Ledbetter.
Pr efer r ed title: Quartets; medium of
per for manc e: strings; opus
number : op. 33
BWV 1046-1051
Res our c e des c r ibed: Brandenburg
concertos = Les concertos
brandebourgeois / J.S. Bach.
Pr efer r ed title: Brandenburgische
Konzerte
6.17 Key
C OR E EL EMEN T
Key is a core element when needed to differentiate a musical work from another work with the same
title. It may also be a core element when identifying a musical work with a title that is not distinctive.
80/260
28/4/2014
major or minor.
b)
c)
D major
Res our c e des c r ibed: Symphony no. 93, in D major /
Haydn
A major
Res our c e des c r ibed: Scherzo in A for pianoforte / Franz
Reizenstein
B
Res our c e des c r ibed: Symphony in B flat for concert band
/ Paul Hindemith
F minor
Res our c e des c r ibed: Sinfonie fr Orgel solo fis-Moll, op.
143 = Symphony for organ solo in F sharp minor / Sigfrid KargElert
81/260
28/4/2014
b)
6.18.1.4.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
82/260
28/4/2014
b)
6.18.1.5 Sketches
If the expression consists of a composers sketches for
one or more musical compositions, record Sketches.
b)
)
).
83/260
28/4/2014
Legal Works
When recording a title of a legal work, apply the guidelines
on capitalization, numbers, diacritical marks, initial articles,
spacing of initials and acronyms, and abbreviations, at
6.2.1
. When those guidelines refer to an appendix,
apply the additional instructions in that appendix, as
applicable.
6.19.2.1 Scope
The preferred title for a legal work is the title or form
of title chosen to identify the work. It is also the basis for
the authorized access point representing that work.
modern editions
b)
early editions
c)
manuscript copies.
84/260
28/4/2014
6.19.2.5.1
).
Licensing acts
Res our c e des c r ibed: Patersons
licensing acts
6.19.2.5.2
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
85/260
28/4/2014
d)
or
Code of Hammurabi
Res our c e des c r ibed: The oldest code of laws in the world
: the code of laws promulgated by Hammurabi, King of Babylon
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
86/260
28/4/2014
national governments
b)
c)
d)
Exception
If the treaty, etc., is multilateral, and the first signatory
cannot be ascertained, record the name by which the
treaty is known as the preferred title.
EXAMPLE
Agreement Establishing the World Trade
Organization
Signator ies not lis ted in tex t nor found in
r efer enc e s our c es c ons ulted
87/260
28/4/2014
or
Exception
Record a title appearing on a manifestation of the
work as a variant title for the work only in the following
case:
if the title appearing on the manifestation differs
significantly from the preferred title
and
if the work itself might reasonably be searched
by that title.
For instructions on recording the title proper and other
titles appearing on the manifestation see 2.3
.
Apply the specific instructions at 6.19.3.4
6.19.3.6
. Also apply instructions in preceding sections of this
chapter, as applicable.
88/260
28/4/2014
Constitution of Japan
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Nihonkoku kenp
Freden i Utrecht
Friede von Utrecht
Perjanjian Utrecht
Sporazum u Utrehtu
Tractat dUtrecht
Traits dUtrecht
Tratado de Utrecht
Trattato di Utrecht
Utrechto sutartis
Vrede van Utrecht
Yutorehito jyaku
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Treaty of Utrecht
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Scri p t
G r eek tr ans liter ated for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
title: Astikos kdix
Per s ian tr ans liter ated fr om r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
title: Qnn-i bmah
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Sp e l l i n g
Successful judgement collections in Oklahoma
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Successful judgment
collections in Oklahoma
Trademarks Ordinance
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Trade Marks Ordinance
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
89/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Tra n sl i te ra ti o n
Kung ssu fa
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Gong si fa
Nihonkoku kemp
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Nihonkoku kenp
StPO
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Strafprozessordnung
90/260
28/4/2014
165
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
91/260
28/4/2014
6.20.2.1 Scope
Date of promulgation of a law, etc. is the year a law,
etc., was promulgated or brought into force.
92/260
28/4/2014
1998
Date of pr omulgation of: Code pnal : mis jour au 30 juin
1998 = Fehezandalana famaizana
2005
Date of pr omulgation of: Code pnal : mis jour au 31
mars 2005 = Fehezandalana famaizana
6.20.3.1 Scope
Date of signing of a treaty, etc. is the date a treaty,
etc., or a protocol to a treaty, etc., was formally signed.
1948 March 25
Date of s igning of an agr eement between
Cor por ac in de F omento de la Pr oduc c in ( Chile)
and the Wor ld Bank
1783 September 3
Date of s igning of a tr eaty between F r anc e and
G r eat Br itain
1713
Year of s igning of the T r eaty of Utr ec ht
1994 April 15
Date of s igning of the Agr eement Es tablis hing the
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
93/260
28/4/2014
94/260
28/4/2014
Signatory to a treaty, etc., is a core element when needed to differentiate a work from another work
with the same title or from the name of a person, family, or corporate body. Signatory to a treaty, etc.,
is also a core element when identifying a bilateral treaty, etc.
Australia
New Zealand
United States
Signator ies to a tr eaty s igned on 1951 September 1
Catholic Church
Baden (Germany)
Signator ies to a c onc or dat s igned on 1932 O c tober
12
United States
Canada
Japan
Signator ies to a pr otoc ol s igned on 1978 Apr il 25
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
95/260
28/4/2014
b)
).
6.23.2.1 Scope
The preferred title for a religious work is the title or
form of title chosen to identify the work. It is also the basis
for the authorized access point representing that work.
96/260
28/4/2014
6.23.2.8
).
97/260
28/4/2014
98/260
28/4/2014
Exceptions
Early Catholic liturgical works. If a Catholic
liturgical work compiled before the Council of Trent
(15451563) has a close counterpart in a Tridentine
work, use the Tridentine title.
EXAMPLE
Missal
Res our c e des c r ibed: Missale ad vsum insignis
Ecclesie Sarum 1527
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20E
99/260
28/4/2014
If:
there is no well-established title in a language
preferred by the agency creating the data
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
100/260
28/4/2014
or
the preferred name of the corporate body is not in a
language preferred by the agency
then:
choose a brief title in the language of the liturgy.
For further guidance on titles of liturgical works of the Latin
and Eastern rites of the Christian church, consult the
following reference sources:
Donald Attwater, A Catholic Dictionary, 3rd ed. (New
York: Macmillan, 1958).
Fernand Cabrol, Dictionnaire darchologie chrtienne
et de liturgie (Paris: Letouzey et An, 19071953).
International Federation of Library Associations and
Institutions, Working Group on Uniform Headings of
Liturgical Works, List of Uniform Titles for Liturgical
Works of the Latin Rites of the Catholic Church, 2nd
ed., rev. (London: IFLA International Office for UBC,
1981).
Oliver L. Kapsner, A Manual of Cataloguing Practice
for Catholic Author and Title Entries: Being
Supplementary Aids to the A.L.A. and Vatican
Library Cataloging Rules (Washington: Catholic
University of American Press, 1953).
New Catholic Encyclopedia, prepared by an editorial
staff at the Catholic University of America (New
York: McGraw-Hill, 19671979).
EXAMPLE
Euchologion
Res our c e des c r ibed: Euchologion to mega periechon tas
tn epta mystrin akolouthias. Name of c or por ate body :
Orthodox Eastern Church
Handbok
Res our c e des c r ibed: Den svenska kyrkohandboken.
Name of c or por ate body : Svenska kyrkan
Slzhbnik
Res our c e des c r ibed: Sluebnik. Name of c or por ate
body : Srpska pravoslavna crkva; tex t in Chur c h Slav ic
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
101/260
28/4/2014
6.23.2.9.1
Testaments
For the Old Testament, record Old
Testament as a subdivision of the
preferred title for the Bible.
For the New Testament, record New
Testament as a subdivision of the
preferred title for the Bible.
6.23.2.9.2
Books
For books of the Catholic or Protestant
canon, record the brief citation form of the
Authorized Version as a subdivision of the
preferred title for the Bible.
EXAMPLE
Bible. Ezra
Bible. Revelation
If:
the resource being described is
part of a book
and
it is not a single selection known by
its own title
then:
add the chapter (in roman
numerals) and verse (in arabic
numerals).
Use inclusive numbering if appropriate.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
102/260
28/4/2014
6.23.2.9.3
Groups of Books
For the following groups of books, record
the appropriate name from the list as a
subdivision of the preferred title for the
Bible.
TABLE 6.3
Gro u p s o f b o o ks
Nam e
re co rd e d
Chronicles
Song of Solomon,
Ruth, Lamentations,
Ecclesiastes, Esther
Five Scrolls
Joshua, Judges, 12
Samuel, 12 Kings
Former
Prophets
Heptateuch
Genesis, Exodus,
Hexateuch
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
103/260
28/4/2014
Leviticus, Numbers,
Deuteronomy, Joshua
Joshua, Judges, Ruth,
12 Samuel, 12
Kings, Chronicles,
Ezra, Nehemiah,
Esther
Historical
Books
12 Kings
Kings
Minor Prophets
Genesis, Exodus,
Leviticus, Numbers,
Deuteronomy
Pentateuch
Isaiah, Jeremiah,
Prophets
Lamentations, Ezekiel,
Daniel, Hosea, Joel,
Amos, Obadiah, Jonah,
Micah, Nahum,
Habakkuk, Zephaniah,
Haggai, Zechariah,
Malachi
Joshua, Judges, 12
Samuel, 12 Kings,
Isaiah, Jeremiah,
Ezekiel, Minor
Prophets
Prophets
(Neviim)
12 Samuel
Samuel
Catholic
Epistles
12 Corinthians
Corinthians
All or miscellaneous
Epistles
Epistles
13 John
Epistles of
John
Romans, 12
Epistles of
Corinthians, Galatians, Paul
Ephesians, Philippians,
Colossians, 12
Thessalonians, 12
Timothy, Titus,
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
104/260
28/4/2014
Philemon
Matthew, Mark, Luke,
John
Gospels
12 Timothy, Titus
Pastoral
Epistles
12 Peter
Peter
12 Thessalonians
Thessalonians
12 Timothy
Timothy
EXAMPLE
Bible. Pentateuch
6.23.2.9.4
Apocrypha
Record Apocrypha as a subdivision of the
preferred title for the Bible for the
compilation known as the Apocrypha (12
Esdras, Tobit, Judith, Rest of Esther,
Wisdom of Solomon, Ecclesiasticus,
Baruch, History of Susanna, Song of the
Three Children, Bel and the Dragon,
Prayer of Manasses, 12 Maccabees).
Do not treat an edition of the Bible lacking
these books as being incomplete.
EXAMPLE
Bible. Apocrypha
105/260
28/4/2014
Children
Bible. Apocrypha. Esdras, 1st
6.23.2.9.5
Single Selections
If a single selection is commonly identified
by its own title (rather than its designation
as part of the Bible), record that directly as
the preferred title.
EXAMPLE
Lords prayer
Ten commandments
Miserere
6.23.2.9.6
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
106/260
28/4/2014
then:
identify each of the selections
separately.
EXAMPLE
Bible. Gospels
Bible. Acts
Res our c e des c r ibed: Il Vangelo e gli
Atti degli apostoli
6.23.2.9.7
107/260
28/4/2014
).
108/260
28/4/2014
109/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Mishnah. Avot
Res our c e des c r ibed: Pirke Aboth = Sayings of the
Fathers / edited, with translations and commentaries, by Isaac
Unterman
6.23.2.12 Midrashim
Record the preferred title for midrashim by applying these
instructions, as applicable:
anonymous midrashim (see 6.23.2.12.1
compilations (see 6.23.2.12.2
110/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Midrash ha-gadol. Numbers
Midrash rabbah. Ruth
Sifrei. Deuteronomy
).
111/260
28/4/2014
Strapiaka, Vinayapiaka) as a
subdivision of the preferred title for the
Tripiaka.
EXAMPLE
Tripiaka. Abhidharmapiaka
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
112/260
28/4/2014
Upanishads. Chndogyopaniad
113/260
28/4/2014
).
6.23.2.18.2 Verses
For a verse of a chapter, add the numeral
of the verse following the title of the srah.
Use a comma to separate the title and the
number.
EXAMPLE
Quran. Srat al-Baqarah, 255
114/260
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
115/260
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
116/260
28/4/2014
or
Exception
Record a title appearing on a manifestation of the
work as a variant title for the work only in the following
case:
if the title appearing on the manifestation differs
significantly from the preferred title
and
if the work itself might reasonably be searched
by that title.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
117/260
28/4/2014
Jerusalem Talmud
Jerusalemische Talmud
Talmud de Jrusalem
Hebr ew language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title:
Talmud Yerushalmi
Phrawt
Khamph Phrawt
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title:
Vedas
Apostolisches Glaubensbekenntnis
Symbole des aptres
Symbolum Apostolicum
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title:
Apostles Creed
Bible. Deuteronomium
Bible. Devarim
Englis h language for m r ec or ded a pr efer r ed title:
Bible. Deuteronomy
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Scri p t
--
Ar abic tr ans liter ated for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
title: Kitb al-aqdas
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
118/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Sp e l l i n g
Bible. Ezechiel
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Bible. Ezekiel
Hagadah
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Haggadah
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Tra n sl i te ra ti o n
Koran
Coran
urn
Qorn
Quran
Quron
Xuraan
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Quran
119/260
28/4/2014
Religious Works
Record other variant titles and variant forms of the title not
covered by 6.23.3.2
6.23.3.4
.
EXAMPLE
Shema Yirael
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Shema
Christian Creed
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Apostles Creed
Lord is my shepherd
Shepherd Psalm
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Bible. Psalms, XXIII
EXAMPLE
Bible. Torah
Bible. Five Books of Moses
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Bible. Pentateuch
Bible. 5 Scrolls
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Bible. Five Scrolls
yat al-Kurs
Quran. yat al-Kurs
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Quran. Srat al-Baqarah,
255
120/260
28/4/2014
Alternative
If the resource is a facsimile reproduction, identify the
original expression and the facsimile separately.
Record the year of publication appropriate for each
one.
EXAMPLE
1534
2002
Res our c e des c r ibed: Biblia, das ist, Die gantze
Heilige Schrifft deudsch / Mart. Luth. ; begnadet mit
krfurstlicher zu sachsen Freiheit. Kln : Taschen,
2002. F ac s imile of a 1534 public ation
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
121/260
28/4/2014
122/260
28/4/2014
Confraternity
Res our c e des c r ibed: The Holy Bible. Confr ater nity
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
123/260
28/4/2014
b)
c)
Numerical Bible
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
124/260
28/4/2014
b)
125/260
28/4/2014
6.26.2.1 Scope
The preferred title for an official communication is
the title or form of title chosen to identify the work. It is also
the basis for the authorized access point representing that
work.
126/260
28/4/2014
Populorum progressio
Redemptor hominis
or
Exception
Record a title appearing on a manifestation of the
work as a variant title for the work only in the following
case:
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
127/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Scri p t
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed title:
Emancipation Proclamation
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Sp e l l i n g
Handfestning
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Hndfstning
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
128/260
28/4/2014
Pastoris eterni
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Pastoris aeterni
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Tra n sl i te ra ti o n
Chiang tsung tung Ching-kuo hsien sheng tui kuo min
ta hui chih tzu hui chi
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Jiang zong tong Jingguo
xian sheng dui guo min da hui zhi ci hui ji
129/260
28/4/2014
)
)
)
).
b)
).
EXAMPLE
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
130/260
28/4/2014
131/260
28/4/2014
b)
).
EXAMPLE
Peterson, Megan. Environmental law reform in
Queensland
Res our c e des c r ibed: Environmental law reform in
Queensland / compiled and written by Megan Peterson ; with
the assistance of Adrian Jeffreys, Roslyn Macdonald, Tony
Woodyatt, Jo Bragg, David Yarrow, and Douglas Fisher
132/260
28/4/2014
Alternative
Construct the authorized access point representing
the work by combining (in this order):
a)
b)
Exceptions
Corporate bodies as creators. A corporate body
is considered the creator for certain categories of
works (see 19.2.1.1.1
). If one or more
corporate bodies and one or more persons or families
are collaboratively responsible for creating a work
that falls into one or more of the categories at
19.2.1.1.1
, construct the authorized access
point representing the work by combining (in this
order):
a)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
133/260
28/4/2014
the authorized access point representing the firstnamed of those persons, families, or corporate
bodies
b)
).
EXAMPLE
Cordell, H. Ken. Footprints on the land
Res our c e des c r ibed: Footprints on the land : an
assessment of demographic trends and the future of natural
lands in the United States / H. Ken Cordell, Christine
Overdevest, principal authors
134/260
28/4/2014
the authorized access point representing the firstnamed person, family, or corporate body
b)
).
EXAMPLE
Tracey, John Paul. Managing bird damage to fruit and
other horticultural crops
Res our c e des c r ibed: Managing bird damage to fruit and
other horticultural crops / John Tracey, Mary Bomford,
Quentin Hart, Glen Saunders, Ron Sinclair
135/260
28/4/2014
gr oups
b)
).
136/260
28/4/2014
).
EXAMPLE
Anthologie de la posie baroque franaise
Res our c e des c r ibed: Anthologie de la posie baroque
franaise / textes choisis et prsents par Jean Rousset
Best of Broadway
Res our c e des c r ibed: The best of Broadway. A s et of
fiv e CDs with s elec tions fr om or iginal c as t
r ec or dings of v ar ious mus ic als by v ar ious
c ompos er s
137/260
28/4/2014
Alternative
Construct an authorized access point representing
the compilation by using a devised title (see 2.3.2.11
). Construct this access point instead of, or in
addition to, access points for each of the works in the
compilation.
EXAMPLE
Three Norwegian symphonies
b)
EXAMPLE
Gray, Patsey. J.R.R. Tolkiens The hobbit
A dr amatiz ation by G r ay of T olk iens nov el
138/260
28/4/2014
Exceptions
Adaptations and revisions of compilations of
works by different persons, families, or
corporate bodies. If the work is an adaptation or
revision of a compilation of works by different
persons, families, or corporate bodies, apply the
instructions at 6.27.1.4
.
EXAMPLE
North American mammals
Res our c e des c r ibed: North American mammals. A
Web adaptation of: The Smithsonian book of North
American mammals / edited by Don E. Wilson and Sue
Ruff; and of: Mammals of North America / Roland W.
Kays and Don E. Wilson
139/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Carroll, Bradley W. Introduction to modern astrophysics
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the fir s t
edition of a wor k by Br adley W. Car r oll and Dale A.
O s tlie
b)
EXAMPLE
Akram, Malik M. Comprehensive and exhaustive
commentary on the Transfer of Property Act, 1882
A c ommentar y by Ak r am that inc ludes the tex t of the
law and its amendments
140/260
28/4/2014
works at 6.27.1.3
b)
EXAMPLE
Cunningham, E. V., 19142003. Sylvia
n o t Fast, Howard, 19142003. Sylvia
T he author s nov el Sylvia was or iginally publis hed
under the ps eudony m E.V. Cunningham. O n s ome
r es our c es embody ing the wor k the author is
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
141/260
28/4/2014
b)
).
b)
).
If:
the person, family, or corporate body responsible
for the work is unknown
or
the work originates from an unnamed group
then:
construct the authorized access point representing
the work by using the preferred title for the work
(see 6.2.2
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
142/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Log-cabin lady
Res our c e des c r ibed: The log-cabin lady : an anonymous
autobiography. Per s on r es pons ible unk nown
Summer night
Res our c e des c r ibed: Summer night. An anony mous
lithogr aph of a painting by Alber t Moor e
Yankee Doodle
Res our c e des c r ibed: Yankee Doodle / arranged with
variations for the piano. Var iations for piano on the
patr iotic s ong; name of the c ompos er of the
adaptation unk nown
or
b)
c)
)
)
and/or
d)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
143/260
28/4/2014
(see 6.6
).
EXAMPLE
Advocate (Boise, Idaho)
Advocate (Nairobi, Kenya)
Blue book contractors register (New York-New JerseyConnecticut edition)
Blue book contractors register (Southern California
edition)
Bulletin (Geological Survey (South Africa))
Bulletin (New York State Museum : 1945)
Bulletin (New York State Museum : 1976)
Bulletin (New Zealand. Ministry of Education. Research
and Statistics Division)
Charlemagne (Play)
Charlemagne (Tapestry)
Dublin magazine (1762)
Dublin magazine (1965)
Genesis (Anglo-Saxon poem)
Genesis (Middle High German poem)
Genesis (Old Saxon poem)
Last judgement (Chester play)
Last judgement (York play)
Nutcracker (Choreographic work)
NuTCRACKER (Computer file)
Oceans eleven (Motion picture : 1960)
Oceans eleven (Motion picture : 2001)
Othello (Television program : 1963 : Canadian
Broadcasting Corporation)
Othello (Television program : 1963 : WOR-TV
(Television station : New York, N.Y.))
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
144/260
28/4/2014
6.28.1.11
6.29.1.34
)
).
145/260
28/4/2014
b)
).
EXAMPLE
Tolkien, J. R. R. (John Ronald Reuel), 18921973. Two
towers
Author iz ed ac c es s point for a par t of T olk iens The
lord of the rings
Exceptions
Non-distinctive titles. If the part is identified only by
a general term (with or without a number), construct
the authorized access point representing the part by
combining (in this order):
a)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
146/260
28/4/2014
grass. Detail
b)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
147/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Simpsons (Television program). King of the hill
Buffy, the vampire slayer (Television program).
Season 6
Jack Benny program (Radio program). 1946-0310
but
Encyclopedia of philosophy. Supplement
Res our c e des c r ibed: Encyclopedia of philosophy.
Supplement / Donald M. Borchert, editor in chief. Author iz ed
ac c es s point for the wor k as a whole: Encyclopedia of
philosophy
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
148/260
28/4/2014
b)
EXAMPLE
Homer. Iliad. Book 16
Res our c e des c r ibed: The first six books of Homers Iliad /
with English notes, critical and explanatory, a metrical index,
and Homeric glossary by Charles Anthon
Alternative
When identifying two or more parts of a work that are
unnumbered or non-consecutively numbered, identify
the parts collectively. Construct the authorized
access point representing the parts by combining (in
this order):
a)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
149/260
28/4/2014
b)
ii)
iii)
)
)
and/or
iv) another distinguishing characteristic of the expression
(see 6.12
).
EXAMPLE
Goncourt, Edmond de, 18221896. Frres Zemganno. English
Res our c e des c r ibed: The Zemganno brothers / by Edmond de Goncourt. An
Englis h tr ans lation of a F r enc h nov el
150/260
28/4/2014
) as the
EXAMPLE
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
151/260
28/4/2014
Nibelunge Nt
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the wor k : Nibelungenlied
b)
Solzhenit
syn, Aleksandr Isaevich, 19182008.
Authoriz e d acce ss point for the work: Solzheni
tsyn,
Aleksandr Isaevich, 19182008. Odin den Ivana Denisovicha
152/260
28/4/2014
OC (Television program)
Orange County (Television program)
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the wor k : O.C. (Television
program)
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
153/260
28/4/2014
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
154/260
28/4/2014
c)
d)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
155/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Williams, Kim, 1966 . Penguins
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the par t of the wor k :
Williams, Kim, 1966 . Young explorer series. Penguins
If:
the authorized access point for the part has been
constructed by using the authorized access point
representing a person, family, or corporate body
followed directly by the preferred title for the part
and
the authorized access point for the part does not
use the preferred title for the work as a whole
then:
construct a variant access point representing the
part by combining (in this order):
a)
b)
c)
EXAMPLE
Tolkien, J. R. R. (John Ronald Reuel), 18921973. Lord
of the rings. Two towers
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the par t of the wor k :
Tolkien, J. R. R. (John Ronald Reuel), 18921973. Two
towers
If:
the title of the part of a work is distinctive
and
the authorized access point for the part has been
constructed by using the preferred title for the work
as a whole, followed by the preferred title for the
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
156/260
28/4/2014
part
then:
construct a variant access point by using the
preferred title for the part on its own.
EXAMPLE
Studia musicologica Upsaliensia
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the par t of the wor k :
Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis. Studia musicologica
Upsaliensia
b)
157/260
28/4/2014
b)
EXAMPLE
Andersen, H. C. (Hans Christian), 18051875. Eventyr
T itle pr oper of the r es our c e being des c r ibed.
Author iz ed ac c es s point r ec or ded as : Andersen, H. C.
(Hans Christian), 18051875. Tales
158/260
28/4/2014
(1966)
T itle pr oper of the r es our c e being des c r ibed.
Author iz ed ac c es s point r ec or ded as : Dante Alighieri,
12651321. Works (1966)
b)
If:
a variant title for a work is associated with a
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
159/260
28/4/2014
b)
EXAMPLE
Munro, Alice, 1931 . Pigeliv & kvindeliv
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion: Munro,
Alice, 1931 . Lives of girls and women. Danish
160/260
28/4/2014
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
For librettos, lyrics, and other texts for musical works, see
6.27.1
.
Make additions to the authorized access point by applying
the instructions at 6.28.1.9
6.28.1.11
, as
applicable.
For a part or parts of a musical work, see 6.28.2
161/260
28/4/2014
b)
).
EXAMPLE
Viardot-Garca, Pauline, 18211910. Filles de
Cadix
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Les filles de Cadix
/ posie de Alfred de Musset ; musique de Pauline
Viardot
6.28.1.3.1
Original Composition
If the music of a pasticcio was especially
composed for it, construct the authorized
access point representing the work by
combining (in this order):
a)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
162/260
28/4/2014
6.28.1.3.2
6.28.1.3.3
Compilation of Excerpts
If the work is a compilation of musical
excerpts from a pasticcio, ballad opera,
etc., use the authorized access point
representing the work from which the
excerpts were taken.
EXAMPLE
Beggars wedding
Author iz ed ac c es s point for :
Songs in the opera calld The beggars
wedding, as it is performd at the
theatres
6.28.1.3.4
Single Excerpt
If the work is a single excerpt from a
pasticcio, etc., construct the access point
representing the work by combining (in
this order):
a)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
163/260
28/4/2014
b)
).
EXAMPLE
Copland, Aaron, 19001990. Hear ye! Hear ye!
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Hear ye! Hear ye! : ballet in
one act / music by Aaron Copland ; scenario by Ruth Page
and Nicolas Remisoff ; settings and costumes by Nicolas
Remisoff ; choreography by Ruth Page
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
164/260
28/4/2014
Categories of Adaptations of
Musical Works
Apply the instructions at 6.28.1.5.2
for an adaptation that falls into one or
more of the following categories:
6.28.1.5.2
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
165/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Tausig, Carl, 18411871. Nouvelles soires de Vienne
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Nouvelles soires de
Vienne : valses-caprices d'aprs J. Strauss / Ch. Tausig
166/260
28/4/2014
a)
b)
EXAMPLE
Strauss, Johann, 18251899. Fledermaus
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the or iginal
wor k
6.28.1.7 Cadenzas
For a cadenza, construct the authorized access point
representing the work by combining (in this order):
a)
b)
167/260
28/4/2014
If the cadenza does not have its own title, devise a title by
applying the instructions at 2.3.2.11
.
b)
).
EXAMPLE
Beethoven, Ludwig van, 17701827. Egmont
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Musik zu Goethes
Trauerspiel Egmont : op. 84 / Ludwig van Beethoven. A
mus ic al s c or e
168/260
28/4/2014
b)
c)
)
)
).
EXAMPLE
Enesco, Georges, 18811955. Sonatas, violin, piano,
no. 2, op. 6, F minor
Exception
Do not add the medium of performance if one or more
of the following conditions apply:
a)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
169/260
28/4/2014
b)
170/260
28/4/2014
F or har ps ic hor d
c)
d)
6.28.1.9.1
b)
c)
EXAMPLE
Delius, Frederick, 18621934.
Pieces, piano (1890)
Delius, Frederick, 18621934.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
171/260
28/4/2014
or
b)
172/260
28/4/2014
b)
c)
d)
)
)
and/or
e)
173/260
28/4/2014
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
174/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Brahms, Johannes, 18331897. Ungarische Tnze. Nr.
5
Verdi, Giuseppe, 18131901. Ada. Celeste Ada
Larson, Jonathan. Rent. Seasons of love
Beethoven, Ludwig van, 17701827. Symphonies, no.
1, op. 21, C major. Andante cantabile con moto
Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus, 17561791. Cos fan tutte.
Come scoglio
Vivaldi, Antonio, 16781741. Estro armonico. N. 8
Schumann, Robert, 18101856. Album fr die Jugend.
Nr. 30
Schumann, Robert, 18101856. Album fr die Jugend.
Nr. 2, Soldatenmarsch
Praetorius, Hieronymus, 15601629. Opus musicum.
Cantiones sacrae. O vos omnes
Handel, George Frideric, 16851759. Messiah. Pifa
Verdi, Giuseppe, 18131901. Traviata. Atto 3o. Preludio
175/260
28/4/2014
899. No. 4
Alternative
When identifying two or more parts of a musical work,
identify the parts collectively. Construct the
authorized access point representing the parts by
combining (in this order):
a)
b)
176/260
28/4/2014
b)
c)
d)
e)
)
)
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
177/260
28/4/2014
b)
6.28.3.2.1
b)
178/260
28/4/2014
6.28.3.2.2
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
179/260
28/4/2014
but
Carmichael, Hoagy, 18991981.
Songs. Selections
Res our c e des c r ibed: Hoagy
Carmichael : a choral portrait : for S.A.B.
voices and piano with optional guitar,
bass, drums, and vibraphone / music by
Hoagy Carmichael ; arranged by Robert
Sterling. Selec ted s ongs by
Car mic hael ar r anged for
ac c ompanied c hor al per for manc e
Deep river
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Deep
river / transcription by Hugo Frey. An
ar r angement for v oic e and piano
of the s pir itual
180/260
28/4/2014
6.28.3.4 Sketches
For a work or part or parts of a work consisting of a
composers sketches, construct the authorized access
point by combining (in this order):
a)
b)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
181/260
28/4/2014
Chorus score
Chorus scores.
EXAMPLE
Handel, George Frideric, 16851759. Messiah. Vocal
score
Sullivan, Arthur, 18421900. Mikado. Chorus score
Wagner, Richard, 18131883. Operas. Vocal scores
6.28.3.6 Translations
If:
the text of a vocal work (or part or parts of a vocal
work) is a translation
or
the texts of all the works in a compilation are
translations
then:
construct the authorized access point by adding the
name of the language to the authorized access
point representing the work, part or parts, or
compilation, as applicable. Record the name of the
language by applying the instructions at 6.11
.
EXAMPLE
Bizet, Georges, 18381875. Carmen. German
Res our c e des c r ibed: Carmen : Oper in 4 Akten / Bizet ;
deutsche bersetzung, D. Louis
182/260
28/4/2014
) as the
EXAMPLE
Om arme
Ome arme
Omme arme
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the wor k : Homme arm
183/260
28/4/2014
a)
b)
184/260
28/4/2014
).
185/260
28/4/2014
b)
c)
d)
e)
186/260
28/4/2014
and
the authorized access point representing the part
has been constructed by using the authorized
access point representing a person, family, or
corporate body followed by the preferred title for
the work as a whole, followed in turn by the
preferred title for the part
then:
construct a variant access point representing the
part by combining (in this order):
a)
b)
EXAMPLE
Verdi, Giuseppe, 18131901. Celeste Ada
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the par t of the wor k :
Verdi, Giuseppe, 18131901. Ada. Celeste Ada
If:
the title of the part of a work is distinctive
and
the authorized access point representing the part
has been constructed by using the preferred title
for the work as a whole, followed by the preferred
title for the part
then:
construct a variant access point by using the
preferred title for the part on its own.
EXAMPLE
Ecce Rex Darius
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the par t of the wor k :
Danielis ludus. Ecce Rex Darius
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
187/260
28/4/2014
188/260
28/4/2014
b)
EXAMPLE
Vierne, Louis, 18701937. Complete organ works
Vierne, Louis, 18701937. uvres compltes pour
orgue
Vierne, Louis, 18701937. Smtliche Orgelwerke
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the c ompilation: Vierne,
Louis, 18701937. Organ music
189/260
28/4/2014
190/260
28/4/2014
If:
a variant title for a musical work is associated with
a particular expression of the work
and
the authorized access point representing the
expression has been constructed by using the
authorized access point representing a person,
family or corporate body followed by the preferred
title for the work and one or more additions
identifying the expression
then:
construct a variant access point representing the
expression by combining (in this order):
a)
b)
EXAMPLE
Poulenc, Francis, 18991963. Carmelites
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion: Poulenc,
Francis, 18991963. Dialogues des Carmlites. English
191/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Shostakovich, Dmitri Dmitrievich, 19061975.
Chamber symphony, op. 83a
Shostakovich, Dmitri Dmitrievich, 19061975.
Kammersinfonie, op. 83a
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion:
Shostakovich, Dmitri Dmitrievich, 19061975. Quartets,
strings, no. 4, op. 83, D major; arranged
Laws, Etc.
Apply the instructions at 6.29.1.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
192/260
28/4/2014
6.29.1.31
when constructing the
authorized access point representing one
of the following types of legal works:
6.29.1.1.2
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
b)
6.29.1.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
193/260
28/4/2014
6.29.1.1.4
6.29.1.1.5
b)
Austria. Arbeitszeitgesetz
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Arbeitszeitgesetz (AZG) :
Bundesgesetz vom 11. Dezember 1969
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
194/260
28/4/2014
195/260
28/4/2014
b)
EXAMPLE
Australia. Parliament. House of Representatives.
Second Corporate Law Simplification Bill
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Second Corporate Law
Simplification Bill : second draft
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
196/260
28/4/2014
b)
Institutiones
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
197/260
28/4/2014
Code of Hammurabi
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : The oldest code of laws in
the world : the code of laws promulgated by Hammurabi, King
of Babylon
Russkai
a Pravda
Authoriz e d acce ss point for: Pravda Russkai
a / pod red. B.D.
Grekova. Laws known by the title Russkai
a Pravda
b)
198/260
28/4/2014
Issued Together
If a law or laws are issued together with the regulations,
etc., derived from the law or laws, use the authorized
access point appropriate for whichever appears first in the
preferred source of information of the resource being
described.
EXAMPLE
United States. Department of Labor. Regulations and
principal statutes applicable to contractors and
subcontractors on public building and public work and
on building and work financed in whole or in part by
loans or grants from the United States
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Regulations and principal
statutes applicable to contractors and subcontractors on
public building and public work and on building and work
financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United
States / United States Department of Labor. Inc ludes
s ev er al s tatutes , in whole and in par t
If only the law or laws are mentioned in the title proper, use
the authorized access point appropriate for the law or
laws.
If only the regulations are mentioned in the title proper, use
the authorized access point appropriate for the regulations.
If the evidence of the preferred source of information is
ambiguous or insufficient, use the authorized access point
appropriate for the law or laws.
Alternative
If a law or laws are issued together with the
regulations, etc., derived from the law or laws, use
the authorized access point appropriate to the law or
laws. Use this access point regardless of whether the
law or laws or the regulations, etc., appear first in the
preferred source of information of the resource being
described.
199/260
28/4/2014
b)
).
EXAMPLE
United States. Tax Court. Rules of practice and
procedure of the United States Tax Court
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Rules of practice and
procedure of the United States Tax Court
b)
).
EXAMPLE
Peru. Reglamentos de tribunales, de jueces de paz y
comercio
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
200/260
28/4/2014
b)
201/260
28/4/2014
b)
202/260
28/4/2014
with Ar gentina
Exception
If there is only one government on one side of the
treaty, etc., and two or more governments on the
other side, construct the authorized access point
representing the work by combining (in this order):
a)
b)
b)
203/260
28/4/2014
b)
national governments
c)
d)
204/260
28/4/2014
b)
b)
205/260
28/4/2014
206/260
28/4/2014
).
Exception
If such a compilation has become
known by a collective title, use that
title as the authorized access point.
207/260
28/4/2014
b)
Exception
If such a compilation has become
known by a collective title, use that
title as the authorized access point.
208/260
28/4/2014
b)
209/260
28/4/2014
b)
Germany.
Bundesverfassungsgericht.
Entscheidungen des
Bundesverfassungsgerichts
Author iz ed ac c es s point for :
Entscheidungen des
Bundesverfassungsgerichts
210/260
28/4/2014
b)
211/260
28/4/2014
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
212/260
28/4/2014
b)
213/260
28/4/2014
b)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
214/260
28/4/2014
b)
6.29.1.26 Indictments
For an indictment, apply the instructions at 6.29.1.24
.
EXAMPLE
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
215/260
28/4/2014
b)
).
EXAMPLE
United States. Circuit Court (Middle Circuit). Charge of
Judge Paterson to the jury in the case of Vanhornes
lessee against Dorrance
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : The charge of Judge
Paterson to the jury in the case of Vanhornes lessee against
Dorrance : tried at a Circuit Court for the United States, held at
Philadelphia, April term, 1795. T he les s ee is not named
b)
216/260
28/4/2014
b)
).
EXAMPLE
Sutliff, Milton, 18061879. Dissenting opinion of Hon.
Milton Sutliff, one of the judges
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Dissenting opinion of Hon.
Milton Sutliff, one of the judges : ex parte Simeon Bushnell : ex
parte Charles Langston : on habeas corpus. At head of title:
Supreme Court of Ohio
).
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
217/260
28/4/2014
b)
218/260
28/4/2014
If:
the access point representing a compilation of
treaties, etc., is constructed by using the collective
name for the treaties, etc., (see 6.19.2.8
)
and
the compilation contains all the treaties, etc.
then:
add the date, earlier date, or earliest date of signing
(see 6.20.3
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
219/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Treaty of Utrecht (1713)
If:
the access point representing a single treaty is
constructed by using the authorized access point
representing one of the parties
and
there is only one party on the other side
then:
combine (in this order):
a)
b)
c)
EXAMPLE
United States. Treaties, etc. Kyrgyzstan, 1993 January
19
Res our c e des c r ibed: Investment treaty with the Republic
of Kyrgyzstan : message from the President of the United
States transmitting the Treaty between the United States of
America and the Republic of Kyrgyzstan concerning the
Encouragement and Reciprocal Protection of Investment,
signed at Washington on January 19, 1993
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
220/260
28/4/2014
If there is more than one party on the other side, add only
the date, earlier date, or earliest date of signing.
EXAMPLE
United States. Treaties, etc. 1952 May 9
Res our c e des c r ibed: International Convention for the High
Seas Fisheries of the North Pacific Ocean with a protocol
relating thereto : message from the President of the United
States transmitting an International Convention for the High
Seas Fisheries of the North Pacific Ocean, together with a
protocol relating thereto, signed at Tokyo, May 9, 1952, on
behalf of the United States, Canada, and Japan
221/260
28/4/2014
b)
c)
222/260
28/4/2014
b)
EXAMPLE
Kosovo (Republic). Kushtetuta e Republiks s Kosovs. English
Crdoba (Spain). Fuero (Latin version)
) as the
EXAMPLE
Codes legum
Fori judicum
Forum iudicum
Forum judicum
Fuero juzgo
Lex Visigothorum
Lex Wisigothorum
Liber Gothorum
Liber iudiciorum
Liber iudicum
Liber judicum
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the wor k : Liber judiciorum
223/260
28/4/2014
a)
b)
)
).
224/260
28/4/2014
225/260
28/4/2014
a)
national governments
b)
c)
d)
b)
226/260
28/4/2014
Zakonik Hamurabia
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion: Code of
Hammurabi. Serbian
If:
a variant title for a legal work is associated with a
particular expression of the work
and
the authorized access point representing the
expression has been constructed by using the
authorized access point representing a person,
family, or corporate body followed by the preferred
title for the work and one or more additions
identifying the expression
then:
construct a variant access point representing the
expression by combining in this order:
a)
b)
EXAMPLE
Kosovo (Republic). Constitution of the Republic of
Kosovo
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion: Kosovo
(Republic). Kushtetuta e Republiks s Kosovs. English
227/260
28/4/2014
6.30.1.3
b)
c)
6.30.1.7
228/260
28/4/2014
Quran
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the wor k for :
al-Qurn al-karm
di-Granth
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the wor k for :
r Guru Granth Shib : with complete index / prepared by
Winand M. Callewaert
Exception
In some cases, reference sources that deal with the
religious group to which the sacred work belongs
(e.g., works of the Bahai Faith) attribute a work
accepted as sacred scripture to a single person.
When this occurs, construct the authorized access
point representing the work by combining (in this
order):
a)
b)
229/260
28/4/2014
Augsburg Confession
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the wor k for :
Confessio, oder, Bekantnis des Glaubens etlicher Frsten und
Stedte vberantwortet keiserlicher Maiestat auff dem Reichstag
gehalten zu Augsburgk, anno 1530
LITURGICAL WORKS
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
230/260
28/4/2014
6.30.1.5.4
of works:
6.30.1.5.2
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
b)
231/260
28/4/2014
232/260
28/4/2014
6.30.1.5.3
Single Passages
For a single passage from a sacred
scripture used in religious services, apply
the instructions for works accepted as
sacred scripture (see 6.30.1.2
).
6.30.1.5.4
6.30.1.5.5
a)
b)
compilations of hymns
c)
d)
unofficial manuals
e)
f)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
233/260
28/4/2014
as applicable.
EXAMPLE
Episcopal Church. Book of common
prayer (1979)
if:
b)
234/260
28/4/2014
Hallel
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the wor k
inc luded in: Hallel = : song of praise and thanksgiving :
halachah, history, hashkafah, and commentary / by Moshe
Bamberger
b)
)
).
235/260
28/4/2014
Exception
In some cases, the authorized access point
representing the scripture as a whole has been
constructed by using the authorized access point
representing the person responsible for creating the
work followed by the preferred title for the work (see
the exception at 6.30.1.2
). When this occurs,
construct the authorized access point representing a
part or parts of the work by combining (in this order):
a)
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
236/260
28/4/2014
Alternative
When identifying two or more parts of a work that are
unnumbered or non-consecutively numbered, identify
the parts collectively. Construct the authorized
access point representing the parts by combining (in
this order):
a)
b)
237/260
28/4/2014
b)
).
EXAMPLE
Catholic Church. Rite of election
Author iz ed ac c es s point for a par t of the Rite of
Christian initiation of adults
b)
238/260
28/4/2014
b)
ii)
iii)
).
EXAMPLE
Bible. English
Bible. New Testament. English
Bible. Revelation. English
Bible. Latin. Vulgate
Bible. Corinthians. English. Authorized
Bible. English. Smith-Goodspeed
Bible. English. Douai
Res our c e des c r ibed: The Holy Bible / translated from the
Latin Vulgate being the edition published at Rheims, A.D. 1582
and at Douay, 1609 ; as revised and corrected in 1750,
according to the Clementine edition of the Scriptures, by
Richard Challoner
239/260
28/4/2014
Bible. Kikuyu
Bible. English
Res our c e des c r ibed: The Bible in English and Kikuyu
Alternative
If:
the resource is a facsimile reproduction
and
the date of the manifestation is being treated
as the date of expression (see 6.24.1.1
)
then:
construct one authorized access point
representing the expression using the year of
publication of the original, and a second
authorized access point using the date of the
facsimile.
EXAMPLE
Bible. German. Luther. 1534
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
240/260
28/4/2014
b)
Exception
If the resource consists of the original text and a
translation, do not add the name of the language.
Create a second access point using the name of the
language of the translation as an addition.
EXAMPLE
Talmud
Talmud. English
Res our c e des c r ibed: New edition of the Babylonian
Talmud, English translation / original text edited,
formulated, and punctuated by Michael L. Rodkinson
Tosefta. Beah
Tosefta. Beah. German
Res our c e des c r ibed: Der Tosefta-Traktat Jom Tob
/ Einleitung, Text, bersetzung, und Erklrung von
Michael Kern
241/260
28/4/2014
b)
b)
Haggadah (Sephardic)
Res our c e des c r ibed: Hagadah shel
Pesa : nusa Sefaradi
ii)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
242/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Catholic Church. Ordo divini officii
(Diocese of Trier)
Res our c e des c r ibed: Directorium
Diocesis Treverensis, seu, Ordo divini
officii recitandi missaeque celebrandae
iii)
243/260
28/4/2014
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
244/260
28/4/2014
i)
ii)
iii)
) as the
EXAMPLE
Avesto
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the wor k : Avesta
Koran
Qorn
Xuraan
245/260
28/4/2014
b)
, as
246/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Hawatamk
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the wor k : Armenian
Church. Hawatamk
b)
EXAMPLE
Hubbard, L. Ron (La Fayette Ron), 19111986. Ethics
Codes
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the par t of the wor k :
Hubbard, L. Ron (La Fayette Ron), 19111986. Introduction to
Scientology Ethics. Ethics Codes
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
247/260
28/4/2014
If:
the title of the part of a religious work is distinctive
and
the authorized access point representing the part
has been constructed using the preferred title for
the work as a whole, followed by the preferred title
for the part (see 6.23.2.9
6.23.2.19
)
then:
construct a variant access point by using the
preferred title for the part on its own.
EXAMPLE
Old Testament
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the par t of the wor k :
Bible. Old Testament
R
gveda
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the par t of the wor k :
Vedas. R
gveda
Brahmajlasutta
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the par t of the wor k :
Tipiaka. Suttapiaka. Dghanikya. Brahmajlasutta
b)
248/260
28/4/2014
Ten commandments
b)
249/260
28/4/2014
scroll
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion: Bible.
Psalms. Hebrew. Dead Sea Psalms scroll
Talmud. 1990
Talmud. English. 1990
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion: Talmud
(Schottenstein edition)
Ko te Paipera Tapu
Paipera Tapu
Holy Bible in Maori
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion: Bible.
Maori. 1990
Egalitarian Hagada
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion:
Haggadah (Reform : Cantor)
Tripiaka Koreana
Kory Taejanggyng
Kory-dae-jang-kyng
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion: Da zang
jing (Kory version)
If:
a variant title for a religious work is associated with
a particular expression of the work
and
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
250/260
28/4/2014
b)
EXAMPLE
Bahullh, 18171892. Qitapi akdas
Bahullh, 18171892. Libri m i shenjt
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion:
Bahullh, 18171892. Kitb al-aqdas. Albanian
251/260
28/4/2014
Official Communications
6.31.1 Authorized Access Point Representing an
Official Communication
6.31.1.1 General Guidelines on Constructing
Authorized Access Points Representing
Official Communications
Apply the instructions at 6.31.1.2
6.31.1.5
when constructing the authorized access point
representing one of the following types of official
communications:
a)
b)
b)
).
EXAMPLE
Canada. Sovereign (1952 : Elizabeth II). Speech by
Her Majesty the Queen in reply to the Prime Minister,
Parliament Hill, Ottawa, Wednesday, September 26,
1984
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
252/260
28/4/2014
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
253/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
United States. War Department. Message from the
President of the United States, transmitting a report of
the Secretary of War, relative to murders committed by
the Indians in the state of Tennessee
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Message from the
President of the United States, transmitting a report of the
Secretary of War, relative to murders committed by the Indians
in the state of Tennessee. Mes s age of Pr es ident
Madis on
b)
EXAMPLE
United States. President. Economic report of the
President transmitted to the Congress
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Economic report of the
President transmitted to the Congress. An annual
254/260
28/4/2014
Presidential documents
Author iz ed ac c es s point for : Presidential documents :
the speeches, proclamations, and policies that have shaped
the nation from Washington to Clinton / edited by J.F. Watts,
Fred L. Israel
b)
EXAMPLE
Canada. Prime Minister (18961911 : Laurier). Reciprocal trade with the
United States. French
Res our c e des c r ibed: La rciprocit entre le Canada et les tats-Unis :
discours de Sir Wilfrid Laurier prononc la Chambre des communes, le 7 mars,
1911
255/260
28/4/2014
Res our c e des c r ibed: La preocupacin por la cuestin social / Juan Pablo II
) as the
EXAMPLE
Americas commitment to children and families
Pr efer r ed title r ec or ded as : Culture of caring
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
256/260
28/4/2014
b)
257/260
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Aqu est Inglaterra!
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion: England
is here. Spanish
If:
a variant title for an official communication is
associated with a particular expression of the work
and
the authorized access point representing the
expression has been constructed by using the
authorized access point representing the official
followed by the preferred title for the work and one
or more additions identifying the expression
then:
construct a variant access point representing the
expression by combining (in this order):
a)
b)
EXAMPLE
Catholic Church. Pope (19782005 : John Paul II).
Preocupacin por la cuestin social
Author iz ed ac c es s point for the ex pr es s ion: Catholic
Church. Pope (19782005 : John Paul II). Sollicitudo rei
socialis. Spanish
258/260
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
259/260
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/6%20--%20Identifying%20Works%20and%20
260/260
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7
DESCRIBING CONTENT
7.0
7.1
Sources of Information
Take information about the content from the resource itself. In many
cases, information is also taken from sources outside the resource.
For further guidance on sources of information for describing content,
see the specific instruction for each element in this chapter.
ATTRIBUTES OF THE WORK
7.2
Scope
The nature of the content is the specific character of
the primary content of a resource (e.g., legal articles,
interim report).
7.2.1.2
Sources of Information
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
1/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.2.1.3
7.3
Scope
The coverage of the content is the chronological or
geographic coverage of the content of a resource.
7.3.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on the coverage of the content from any
source.
7.3.1.3
7.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
2/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.4.1
Scope
Coordinates of cartographic content is a
mathematical system for identifying the area covered by
the cartographic content of a resource.
Coordinates are expressed either by means of longitude
and latitude on the surface of planets or by the angles of
right ascension and declination for celestial cartographic
content.
7.4.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on the coordinates of cartographic
content from any source within the resource.
If information on the coordinates of cartographic content is
not provided within the resource, take the information from
any source.
7.4.1.3
Recording Coordinates
For terrestrial cartographic content, record the coordinates
either
a)
b)
7.4.2
Scope
Longitude and latitudeis a system for identifying the
area covered by the cartographic content of a resource.
This system uses the longitude of the westernmost and
easternmost boundaries and the latitude of the
northernmost and southernmost boundaries.
Longitude is the distance of a point on a planet or
satellite measured east and west from a reference
meridian.
Latitude is the distance of a point on a planet or satellite
measured north and south from the equator.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
3/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.4.2.2
Sources of Information
Take information on longitude and latitude from any source
within the resource.
If information on longitude and latitude is not provided
within the resource, take the information from any source.
7.4.2.3
Alternative
Record the coordinates for longitude and latitude as
decimal degrees. Coordinates for locations east of
Greenwich and north of the equator are expressed as
positive numbers and may be preceded by a plus
sign. Coordinates for locations west of Greenwich
and south of the equator are expressed as negative
numbers and are preceded by a minus sign. Do not
include the plus or minus sign, but precede each
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
4/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
coordinate by W, E, N, or S, as appropriate.
Separate the west and east coordinates with a
hyphen and the north and south coordinates with a
hyphen. Do not use a space before or after the
hyphen. Separate the set of longitude coordinates
from the set of latitude coordinates by using a
diagonal slash, with no space before or after the
slash.
EXAMPLE
W 95.15W 74.35/N 56.85N 41.73
Optional Addition
Record other meridians appearing on the resource as
other details of cartographic content (see 7.27
).
7.4.3
Scope
Strings of coordinate pairs is a system for identifying
the precise area covered by the cartographic content of a
resource using coordinates for each vertex of a polygon.
Use strings of coordinate pairs for an indication of
geographic coverage that is more precise than longitude
and latitude coordinates.
7.4.3.2
Sources of Information
Take information on strings of coordinate pairs from any
source within the resource.
If information on the strings of coordinate pairs is not
provided within the resource, take the information from
any source.
7.4.3.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
5/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.4.4
Scope
Right ascension and declination is a system for
identifying the location of a celestial object in the sky
covered by the cartographic content of a resource using
the angles of right ascension and declination.
Right ascension is the angular distance measured
eastward on the equator from the vernal equinox to the
hour circle through a celestial body, from 0 to 24 hours.
Declination is the angular distance to a body on the
celestial sphere measured north or south through 90 from
the celestial equator along the hour circle of the body.
7.4.4.2
Sources of Information
Take information on right ascension and declination from
any source within the resource.
If information on the right ascension and declination is not
provided within the resource, take the information from
any source.
7.4.4.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
6/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.5
Equinox
7.5.1
Scope
Equinox is one of two points of intersection of the
ecliptic and the celestial equator, occupied by the sun
when its declination is 0.
7.5.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on the equinox from any source within
the resource.
7.5.1.3
Recording Equinox
When coordinates are recorded for celestial cartographic
content, record also the statement of equinox. Record the
equinox as a year.
EXAMPLE
1950
7.6
Epoch
7.6.1
Scope
Epoch is an arbitrary moment in time to which
measurements of position for a body or orientation for an
orbit are referred.
7.6.1.2
Sources of Information
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
8/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.6.1.3
Recording Epoch
When recording equinox for celestial cartographic content,
record also a statement of the epoch when it is known to
differ from the equinox.
EXAMPLE
1948.5
Equinox r ec or ded as : 1950
7.7
Intended Audience
7.7.1
Scope
Intended audience is the class of user for which the
content of a resource is intended, or for whom the content
is considered suitable. The class of user is defined by age
group (e.g., children, young adults, adults), educational
level (e.g., primary, secondary), type of disability, or
another categorization.
7.7.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on the intended audience for the content
from any source.
7.7.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
9/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
BBFC: 18
MPAA rating: PG-13
FSK ab 12 freigegeben
7.8
System of Organization
7.8.1
Scope
A system of organization is a system of arranging
materials in an archival resource or a collection.
7.8.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on the system of organization from any
source.
7.8.1.3
7.9
Scope
Dissertation or thesis informationis information
about a work presented as part of the formal requirements
for an academic degree.
Dissertation or thesis information includes information
about the academic degree for which the work was
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
10/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.9.1.2
Sources of Information
Take dissertation or thesis information from any source.
7.9.1.3
7.9.2
a)
b)
c)
Academic Degree
7.9.2.1
Scope
An academic degree is a rank conferred as a
guarantee of academic proficiency.
7.9.2.2
Sources of Information
Take information on the academic degree from any
source.
7.9.2.3
7.9.3
Scope
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
11/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.9.3.2
Sources of Information
Take information on the granting institution or faculty from
any source.
7.9.3.3
7.9.4
Scope
Year degree granted is the calendar year in which a
granting institution or faculty conferred an academic
degree on a candidate.
7.9.4.2
Sources of Information
Take information on the year the degree was granted from
any source.
7.9.4.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
12/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
13/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
.
.
14/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
b)
15/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.12.1.1 Scope
Language of the content is a language used to
express the content of a resource.
For instructions on recording language of expression, see
6.11
.
For instructions on recording programming language, see
3.20
.
16/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
b)
c)
d)
7.13.2 Script
7.13.2.1 Scope
Script is a set of characters and/or symbols used to
express the written language content of a resource.
17/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
18/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
source.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
19/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
20/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
Chess code
Nemeth code
Contains alternate leaves of print and braille
Contains print, braille, and tactile images
Contains braille and tactile images
Tactile lines for country boundaries, solid dots for
capitals
Key to symbols in grade 2 braille
F or m of tac tile notation for a r es our c e des c r ibed by
an agenc y in the United Kingdom
21/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
22/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
23/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
Alternative
Record the type of illustrative content in place of or in
addition to the term illustration or illustrations if
considered important for identification or selection.
Use one or more appropriate terms from the following
list:
charts
coats of arms
facsimiles
forms
genealogical tables
graphs
illuminations
maps
music
photographs
plans
portraits
samples
EXAMPLE
coats of arms
facsimiles
portraits
Res our c e c ontains all thr ee ty pes of
illus tr ativ e c ontent
24/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
25/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
some color
10 maps , s ome of whic h ar e in c olour
chiefly colour
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
26/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
Exceptions
Still images. For resources consisting of or
containing still images, apply instead the instructions
at 7.17.2
.
Moving images. For resources consisting of or
containing moving images, apply instead the
instructions at 7.17.3
.
Three-dimensional forms. For resources
consisting of or containing three-dimensional forms,
apply instead the instructions at 7.17.4
.
Resources designed for persons with visual
impairments. For resources designed for persons
with visual impairments, apply instead the
instructions at 7.17.5
.
Record details of colour content as instructed at 7.17.1.4
.
27/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
28/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
29/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
sepia
A motion pic tur e film in s epia
30/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
EXAMPLE
colour
A multic olour ed glas s paper weight
31/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.18.1.1 Scope
Sound content is the presence of sound in a resource
other than one that consists primarily of recorded sound.
sound
A c omputer c hip c ar tr idge with integr al s ound
Exception
Moving image resources. For motion pictures and
video recordings, record sound or silent to indicate
the presence or absence of a sound track.
EXAMPLE
silent
A s ilent motion pic tur e film
32/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
b)
c)
33/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
EXAMPLE
Pan-and-scan
Letterboxed
Anamorphic widescreen
34/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.22 Duration
7.22.1 Basic Instructions on Recording Duration
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
35/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.22.1.1 Scope
Duration is the playing time, running time, etc., of the
content of a resource.
Duration also includes performance time for a resource
containing notated music or notated movement (see
7.22.1.4
).
3 min., 23 sec.
Play ing time of the c ontent of a film
c ar tr idge
27 min.
Play ing time of the c ontent of an online
v ideo file
1:30:00
T otal play ing time of the c ontent of 2 audio
dis c s
75 min.
Play ing time of the c ontent of a
v ideoc as s ette
approximately 3 hr.
Play ing time as s tated of the c ontent of 3
audio dis c s
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
36/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
EXAMPLE
30 min.
Play ing time of the c ontent of a v ideotape
r eel
c)
approximately 90 min.
Appr ox imate total play ing time of the c ontent
of 2 film r eels
d)
Optional Addition
In some cases, the actual playing time, running time,
etc., differs significantly from the time stated on the
resource. When this occurs, record the stated playing
time followed by that is and the actual playing time,
running time, etc. Indicate that the information was
taken from a source outside the resource itself (see
2.2.4
).
Alternative
If:
the resource consists of more than one unit
and
the units have a stated uniform playing time,
running time, etc., or an approximate uniform
playing time, running time, etc.
then:
record the playing time, running time, etc., of
each unit followed by each.
EXAMPLE
60 min. each
Play ing time of the c ontent of eac h c as s ette
in a s et of 31 audioc as s ettes
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
37/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
38/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
39/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
40/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.25 Scale
C OR E EL EMEN T
Scale is required only for cartographic content.
41/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.25.4
Alternative
For content that is not cartographic, record the scale
using a term such as full size, life size, etc., as
appropriate.
Record the scale even if it is already recorded as part of
the title proper or other title information.
EXAMPLE
1:800,000
T itle pr oper r ec or ded as : Italy 1:800 000
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
42/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
43/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
44/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.25.3.1 Scope
Horizontal scale of cartographic content is the ratio
of horizontal distances in the cartographic content of a
resource to the actual distances they represent.
45/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
1:63,360
T itle pr oper r ec or ded as : Bartholomew one inch map of
the Lake District
1:253,440
Sc ale s tatement r eads : 1 inch to 4 miles
1:21,600
Sc ale tak en fr om a s our c e outs ide the r es our c e
approximately 1:220,000
Es timated s c ale
1:3,000,000
Sc ale appear s in title: ArcWorld 1:3M
7.25.4.1 Scope
Vertical scale of cartographic content is the scale
of elevation or vertical dimension of the cartographic
content of a resource.
46/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.25.5.1 Scope
Additional scale informationis supplemental
information about scale such as a statement of
comparative measurements or limitation of the scale to
particular parts of the content of a resource.
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
47/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
Optional Addition
Record phrases about meridians and/or parallels that
are associated with the projection statement. Record
information about ellipsoids as other details of
cartographic content (see 7.27
).
EXAMPLE
transverse Mercator projection, central meridian
351330E
azimuthal equidistant projection centered on
Nicosia, N 3510, E 3322
48/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
49/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
50/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.28 Award
7.28.1 Basic Instructions on Recording Information
on Awards
7.28.1.1 Scope
An award is a formal recognition of excellence, etc.,
given by an award- or prize-granting body, for the content
of a resource.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
51/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
EXAMPLE
Caldecott Medal, 1996
American Library Association Stonewall Book Award
for Nonfiction, 2002
Academy Award: Best Documentary Feature
Academy Award: Best Actress, Diane Keaton; Best
Director, Woody Allen; Best Picture; Best Writing, 1978
52/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
7.29.2.3.1
).
7.29.2.3.2
Integrating Resources
Make notes on content characteristics no
longer present on the current iteration if
the change is considered important for
identification or selection.
If the changes have been numerous,
make a general note instead.
EXAMPLE
In French and English, 20022009
Webs ite now only in F r enc h
53/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
54/55
28/4/2014
Describing Content
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/7%20--%20Describing%20Content.htm
55/55
28/4/2014
8
GENERAL GUIDELINES ON
RECORDING ATTRIBUTES OF
PERSONS, FAMILIES, AND
CORPORATE BODIES
8.0
Scope
This chapter provides background information to support the application of
guidelines and instructions in chapters 9
11
on recording attributes of
persons, families, and corporate bodies. It includes:
a)
b)
c)
the core elements for the identification of persons, families, and corporate
bodies (see 8.3
)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
ii)
iii)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
1/17
28/4/2014
v)
vi) cataloguer's note to assist in the use or revision of the data (see 8.13
).
8.1
Terminology
8.1.1
8.1.2
8.1.3
Name
The terms name, preferred name, and variant name are used as
follows:
The term name refers to a word, character, or group of words and/or
characters by which a person, family, or corporate body is known.
The term preferred name refers to the name or form of name chosen
to identify a person, family, or corporate body. The preferred name is
also the basis for the authorized access point representing that person,
family, or corporate body.
The term variant name refers to a name or form of name by which a
person, family, or corporate body is known that differs from the name or
form of name chosen as the preferred name for that person, family, or
corporate body.
8.1.4
Access Point
The terms access point, authorized access point, and variant access
point are used as follows:
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
2/17
28/4/2014
8.2
find persons, families, and corporate bodies that correspond to the user's
stated search criteria
b)
identify the person, family, or corporate body represented by the data (i.e.,
confirm that the person, family, or corporate body represented is the one
sought, or distinguish between two or more persons, families, or corporate
bodies with the same or similar names)
c)
understand the relationship between the name used to represent the person,
family, or corporate body and another name by which that person, family, or
corporate body is known (e.g., a different language form of the name)
d)
To ensure that the data created using RDA meet those functional objectives, the
guidelines and instructions in chapters 9
11
were designed according to
the following principles:
Differentiation. The data should serve to differentiate the person, family, or
corporate body represented from others.
Representation. The name or form of name chosen as the preferred name for a
person, family, or corporate body should be:
a)
b)
Other names and other forms of the name should be recorded as variant names:
names found in resources associated with the person, family, or corporate
body
names found in reference sources
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
3/17
28/4/2014
names that the user might be expected to use when conducting a search.
Language preference. The preferred name for a person, family, or corporate
body should be the name or form of name found in resources associated with that
person, family, or corporate body in the original language and script of the content.
In some cases, the original language and script is not a language and script
preferred by the agency creating the data. When this occurs, the preferred name or
form of name should be one found in resources associated with that person, family,
or corporate body, or in reference sources, in a language and script preferred by the
agency.
Common usage or practice. When there is more than one part in the name of a
person or family, the part chosen as the first element of the preferred name should
reflect the usage or practice in the country and language most closely associated
with that person or family.
8.3
Core Elements
When recording data identifying a person, family, or corporate body, include as a
minimum the following elements that are applicable and readily ascertainable.
Record the elements as separate elements, as parts of the authorized access point
representing the person, family, or corporate body, or as both.
Preferred name for the person
Title of the person (a word or phrase indicative of royalty, nobility, ecclesiastical
rank or office; a term of address for a person of religious vocation)
Date of birth
Date of death
Other designation associated with the person
Profession or occupation (for a person whose name consists of a phrase or
appellation not conveying the idea of a person)
Identifier for the person
Preferred name for the family
Type of family
Date associated with the family
Identifier for the family
Preferred name for the corporate body
Location of conference, etc.
Date of conference, etc.
Associated institution (for conferences, etc., if the institution's name provides
better identification than the local place name or if the local place name is
unknown or cannot be readily determined)
Number of a conference, etc.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
4/17
28/4/2014
Other designation associated with the corporate body (for a body whose name
does not convey the idea of a corporate body)
Identifier for the corporate body
If the preferred name for the person, family, or corporate body is the same as or
similar to a name by which another person, family, or corporate body is known,
differentiate them by recording as many of the additional identifying elements as
necessary in the following list. Record these elements as separate elements, as
parts of the authorized access point representing the person, family, or corporate
body, or as both.
Title of the person (another term indicative of rank, honour, or office)
Fuller form of name
Profession or occupation
Period of activity of the person
Place associated with the family
Prominent member of the family
Location of headquarters
Date of establishment
Date of termination
Associated institution
Other designation associated with the corporate body
Indicate that the name of a person is an undifferentiated name (see 8.11
additional identifying elements to differentiate the name cannot be readily
ascertained.
) if the
8.4
8.5
General Guidelines
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
5/17
28/4/2014
).
8.5.2
Capitalization
Apply the instructions in appendix A (A.2
) on the capitalization of
names of persons, families, and corporate bodies.
8.5.3
8.5.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
6/17
28/4/2014
8.5.5
Hyphens
Retain a hyphen between given names if the hyphen is used by the
person.
EXAMPLE
Ann-Marie Ekengren
R.-J. Ahlers
8.5.6
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
7/17
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Rowling, J. K.
Franco G. S., Jos Fernndo
A. Hafiz Anshary A. Z.
A. E. I. O. U.
A. M. do R. A.
Dr. X
Mrs. R. F. D.
Flamanville, Mme de
DJ Q
DJ I. C. O. N.
Initials "DJ " in name ar e an abbr ev iated for m of the
ter m "Dis c joc k ey "
8.5.6.2
b)
IEEE
Initialis m appear s as : I E E E
8.5.7
Abbreviations
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
8/17
28/4/2014
8.6
)
)
).
8.7
) if the
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
9/17
28/4/2014
10.2.3
point.
Make additions to the access point, if considered important for identification. Apply
the following instructions on making additions, as applicable:
additions to names of persons (see 9.19.1
additions to names of families (see 10.10.1
)
)
8.8
).
Scope of Usage
8.8.1
Scope
Scope of usage is the type or form of work associated
with the name chosen as the preferred name for a person,
family, or corporate body.
8.8.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on scope of usage from any source.
8.8.1.3
8.9
Date of Usage
8.9.1
Scope
Date of usage is a date or range of dates associated
with the use of the name chosen as the preferred name for
a person.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
10/17
28/4/2014
8.9.1.2
Sources of Information
Take information on date of usage from any source.
8.9.1.3
19601986
Date of us age of the name E.V. Cunningham,
ps eudony m of Howar d F as t
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
11/17
28/4/2014
12/17
28/4/2014
13/17
28/4/2014
14/17
28/4/2014
source.
b)
c)
d)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
15/17
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
16/17
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/8%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
17/17
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
9
IDENTIFYING PERSONS
9.0
b)
c)
d)
e)
)
9.18
).
The chapter provides guidelines on recording names and other identifying attributes
as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both.
The preferred name for the person is used as the basis for the authorized access
point. The variant name or names for the person are used as the basis for variant
access points. Other identifying attributes of the person may also be included in the
access point.
Persons include persons named in religious works, fictitious and legendary
persons, and real or fictitious non-human entities.
Appendix F
includes additional instructions on recording names of persons in
the following categories:
names in the Arabic alphabet (see F.1
Burmese and Karen names (see F.2
)
)
)
)
)
)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
1/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
names in various languages that include an article and/or preposition (see F.11
).
9.1
Sources of Information
Take the name or names of the person from any source.
For additional guidance on sources of information for the preferred name
for the person, see 9.2.2.2
.
Take information on other identifying attributes of the person from any
source.
9.1.2
9.2
9.2.1
Scope
A name of the person is a word, character, or group of
words and/or characters by which a person is known.
When identifying persons, there are two categories of
names:
9.2.1.2
a)
b)
)
).
Sources of Information
Take the name or names of the person from any source.
For additional guidance on sources of information for the
preferred name for the person, see 9.2.2.2
.
9.2.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
2/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
9.2.2
NAME
9.2.2.1
Scope
The preferred name for the person is the name or
form of name chosen to identify the person. It is also the
basis for the authorized access point representing that
person.
9.2.2.2
Sources of Information
Determine the preferred name for a person from the
following sources (in order of preference):
a)
b)
c)
9.2.2.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
3/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
4/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
9.2.2.4
)
)
)
)
)
)
9.2.2.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
5/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
9.2.2.5.1
).
Fullness
If the forms of a persons name vary in
fullness, choose as the preferred name
the form most commonly found.
EXAMPLE
J. Barbey dAurevilly
Mos t c ommon for m: J. Barbey
dAurevilly. O c c as ional for ms : Jules
Barbey dAurevilly; Jules-Amde
Barbey dAurevilly. Rar e for m: J.-A.
Barbey dAurevilly
Morris West
Mos t c ommon for m: Morris West.
O c c as ional for m: Morris L. West
Juan Valera
Mos t c ommon for m: Juan Valera.
O c c as ional for m: Juan Valera y
Alcal Galiano
I.C. McIlwaine
Mos t c ommon for m: I.C. McIlwaine.
O c c as ional for ms : Ia C. McIlwaine;
Ia McIlwaine
9.2.2.5.2
Language
If a persons name has appeared in
different language forms in resources
associated with the person, choose as the
preferred name the form that corresponds
to the language of most of the resources.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
6/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
EXAMPLE
George Mikes
n o t Gyrgy Mikes
Philippe Garigue
n o t Philip Garigue
Alternative
Choose a well-accepted form of
name in a language and script
preferred by the agency creating the
data.
If the name does not appear in resources
associated with the person, or in case of
doubt, choose the form most commonly
found in reference sources of the persons
country of residence or activity.
EXAMPLE
Hildegard Knef
n o t Hildegarde Neff
7/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
Philipp Melanchthon
n o t Philipp Schwarzerd
Friedrich Wilhelm Ritschl
n o t Fridericus Ritschelius
Giovanni da Padova
n o t Joannes de Padua
Died 1499
8/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
n o t Charles-Quint
Philip II
n o t Felipe II
John III Sobieski
n o t Jan III Sobieski
9.2.2.5.3
Li An
Name appear s in or iginal s c r ipt
as :
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
9/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
Parvez Musharraf
Name appear s in or iginal s c r ipt
as :
Yi Sng-man
Name appear s in or iginal s c r ipt
as :
A. Skri
abin
Name appear s in or iginal s c r ipt
as : .
Evgeni Evtushenko
Name appear s in or iginal s c r ipt
as :
Shelomit Kohen-Asif
Name appear s in or iginal s c r ipt
as :
Premacanda
n o t Prem Cand
Wr ote pr imar ily in Hindi but als o
in Ur du
10/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
Alternative
If there is a well-established form of
name in reference sources in a
language preferred by the agency
creating the data, choose that form of
name as the preferred name.
If different forms are found in
reference sources in a language
preferred by the agency creating the
data, choose the form that occurs
most frequently.
EXAMPLE
Ang Lee
Name appear s in or iginal
s c r ipt as :
Pervez Musharraf
Name appear s in or iginal
s c r ipt as :
Syngman Rhee
Name appear s in or iginal
s c r ipt as :
A. Scriabin
Name appear s in or iginal
s c r ipt as : .
Yevgeny Yevtushenko
Name appear s in or iginal
s c r ipt as :
Moshe Dayan
Name appear s in or iginal
s c r ipt as :
Shlomit Cohen-Assif
Name appear s in or iginal
s c r ipt as :
9.2.2.5.4
Spelling
If:
variant spellings of a persons
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
11/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
9.2.2.6
b)
c)
9.2.2.7
Change of Name
If a person has changed his or her name, choose the
latest name or form of name as the preferred name. Apply
the same instruction for a person who has acquired and
become known by a title of nobility (see also 9.2.2.17
).
If a person has more than one identity, apply instead the
instructions at 9.2.2.8
.
EXAMPLE
Dorothy B. Hughes
n o t Dorothy Belle Flanagan
Name us ed in wor k s befor e author s mar r iage
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
12/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
loi-Grard Talbot
n o t Frre loi-Grard
Name without s ur name or iginally us ed in wor k s
Yosano Akiko
n o t H Akiko
Name us ed in wor k s befor e author s mar r iage
Joan Roughgarden
n o t Jonathan Roughgarden
Name us ed in wor k s befor e author s s ex c hange
Muhammad Ali
n o t Cassius Clay
Name c hanged fr om Cas s ius Clay to Muhammad Ali
Earl of Longford
n o t Baron Pakenham
n o t Francis Aungier Pakenham
Known s uc c es s iv ely by per s onal name, title as
bar on, and title as ear l
Exception
If there is reason to believe that an earlier name will
persist as the name by which the person is better
known, choose that name as the preferred name.
EXAMPLE
Benjamin Disraeli
n o t Earl of Beaconsfield
T itle ac quir ed late in life; better k nown by
ear lier name
Caroline Kennedy
n o t Caroline Kennedy Schlossberg
Better k nown by name befor e mar r iage
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
13/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
9.2.2.8
Michael Innes
Ps eudony m us ed by J .I.M. Stewar t in detec tiv e
nov els
EXAMPLE
C. Day Lewis
Real name us ed in poetic and c r itic al wor k s
Nicholas Blake
Ps eudony m us ed by C. Day Lewis in detec tiv e
nov els
EXAMPLE
Charles L. Dodgson
Real name us ed in wor k s on mathematic s and logic
Lewis Carroll
Ps eudony m us ed by Char les L. Dodgs on in liter ar y
wor k s
EXAMPLE
Molly Keane
Real name us ed in s ome wor k s
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
14/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
M.J. Farrell
Ps eudony m us ed by Molly Keane in s ome wor k s
EXAMPLE
Denys Watkins-Pitchford
Real name us ed in s ome wor k s
BB
Ps eudony m us ed by Deny s Watk ins - Pitc hfor d in
s ome wor k s
EXAMPLE
M.W. Ranney
Real name us ed in mos t wor k s
Keith Johnson
Ps eudony m us ed by M.W. Ranney in s ome wor k s
John McDermott
Ps eudony m us ed by M.W. Ranney in s ome wor k s
John W. Palmer
Ps eudony m us ed by M.W. Ranney in s ome wor k s
EXAMPLE
Doris Lessing
Real name us ed in mos t wor k s
Jane Somers
Ps eudony m us ed by Dor is Les s ing in two wor k s
EXAMPLE
Kingsley Amis
Real name us ed in mos t wor k s
Robert Markham
Ps eudony m us ed by Kings ley Amis in one wor k
William Tanner
Ps eudony m us ed by Kings ley Amis in one wor k
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
15/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
EXAMPLE
Howard Fast
Real name us ed in s ome wor k s
E.V. Cunningham
Ps eudony m us ed by Howar d F as t in s ome wor k s
EXAMPLE
Ann Kilborn Cole
Ps eudony m us ed by Clair e Wallis Callahan in wor k s
on antiques and other nonfic tion wor k s
Nancy Hartwell
Ps eudony m us ed by Clair e Wallis Callahan in
liter ar y wor k s ; r eal name not us ed
EXAMPLE
Wade Miller
Wade Miller is the joint ps eudony m of Bill Miller and
Bob Wade
Zizou Corder
Zizou Corder is the joint ps eudony m of Louis a Young
and Is abel Adomak oh Young
Ellery Queen
Ellery Queen is the joint ps eudony m of F r eder ic
Dannay and Manfr ed B. Lee
T.W.O.
Initials ar e the joint ps eudony m of Mar y C.
Hunger for d and Vir ginia C. Young
Exception
If an individual uses only one pseudonym and does
not use his or her real name as a creator or
contributor, choose the pseudonym as the preferred
name. Variant names. Record the individuals real
name as a variant name (see 9.2.3.4
).
EXAMPLE
John Le Carr
n o t David John Moore Cornwell
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
16/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
George Orwell
n o t Eric Arthur Blair
Martin Ross
n o t Violet Florence Martin
Nevil Shute
n o t Nevil Shute Norway
Woody Allen
n o t Allen Stewart Konigsberg
50 Cent
n o t Curtis Jackson
Futabatei Shimei
n o t Hasegawa Tatsunosuke
9.2.2.9
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
17/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
b)
c)
Molnr, Ferenc
Name: Molnr Ferenc. Sur name: Molnr
Trnh, Vn Thanh
Name: Trnh Vn Thanh. Sur name: Trnh
Mantovani
b)
9.2.2.9.1
Surname Represented by an
Initial
If:
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
18/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
a surname is represented by an
initial
and
one or more other parts of the
name are given in full
then:
record the initial that represents the
surname as the first element.
EXAMPLE
G., Michael
9.2.2.9.2
X, Malcolm
Kurd Al, Muammad
See appendix F
for additional
instructions on names in the Arabic
alphabet (F.1
) and certain
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
19/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
Indonesian (F.6
(F.7
).
9.2.2.9.3
9.2.2.9.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
20/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
9.2.2.9.5
9.2.2.9.6
Saints
Do not include the term Saint as part of
the name of a canonized person whose
name contains a surname. Record the
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
21/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
9.2.2.10.1
Established Usage
Record as the first element the part of the
compound surname by which the person
prefers to be listed. If this is unknown,
record as the first element the part of the
name under which the person is listed in
reference sources 2 in the persons
language or country of residence or
activity.
EXAMPLE
Brindle, Reginald Smith
F amily name is Smith Brindle but
author pr efer s to be lis ted under
Br indle
22/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
9.2.2.10.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
23/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
).
9.2.2.11.1
)
)
)
)
).
24/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
b)
c)
9.2.2.11.2
Other Prefixes
If the prefix is neither an article, nor a
preposition, nor a combination of the two,
record the prefix as the first element.
EXAMPLE
Abd al-amd Amad
Ab Zahrah, Muammad
l Ysn, Muammad asan
Ap Gwilym, Owain
Ben Harosh, Mosheh
Fitz Gerald, Gregory
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
25/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
26/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
b)
27/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
9.2.2.14.1
Saints
Do not include the term Saint as part of
the name of a canonized person known
by a title of nobility. Record the term as a
designation associated with the person
(see 9.6.1.4
).
28/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
29/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
Grigg, John
Pr ev ious ly Baron Altrincham; peer age dis c laimed
30/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
Helena, Maria
Lis ted in r efer enc e s our c es under Helena
)
31/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
9.2.2.18.1
Saints
Do not include the term Saint as part of
the name of a canonized person. Record
the term as a designation associated with
the person (see 9.6.1.4
).
EXAMPLE
Joan, of Arc
Paulinus II
Shirndv, B.
Name appear s as : B. Shirndv. Initial of patr ony mic :
B. G iv en name: Shirndv
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
32/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
See appendix F
for additional instructions on
patronymics contained in names in the Arabic alphabet
(F.1
) and in Icelandic (F.4
) and Romanian
names (F.9
).
Variant names. Record as a variant name a form using
the patronymic as the first element (see 9.2.3.10
).
33/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
H., abb
Name appear s as : l'abb H.
D. S., Master
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
34/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
then:
consider this phrase or appellation to be the
preferred name for the person. Record the phrase
or appellation by applying the general guidelines on
recording names at 8.5
. Record the name in
direct order.
EXAMPLE
Dr. X
Mother Hen
Every Other Dad
Sister Friend
Poor Old No. 3
Buckskin Bill
Boy George
Little Richard
Miss Piggy
Happy Harry
Special Ed
D.J. Jazzy Jeff
35/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
36/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
A Military Chaplain
Statement of r es pons ibility : by a Military Chaplain
A Teacher of Book-keeping
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
37/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
Alternative
Omit an initial article (see appendix C
) when
recording a characterizing word or phrase.
EXAMPLE
Physician
Statement of r es pons ibility : by a Physician
Military Chaplain
Statement of r es pons ibility : by a Military Chaplain
Teacher of Book-keeping
Statement of r es pons ibility : by a Teacher of Bookkeeping
Femme de mnage
Statement of r es pons ibility : par une femme de
mnage
Variant names.
If:
a person is commonly identified by a real name or
another name (see 9.2.2.6
)
and
a person is also identified by a word or phrase
characterizing the person and this word or phrase
has appeared in resources associated with the
person
then:
record the word or phrase as a variant name (see
9.2.3.10
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
38/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
Alternative
Omit an initial article (see appendix C
) when
recording a phrase naming another work by the
person.
EXAMPLE
Author of Honesty the best policy
Statement of r es pons ibility : by the Author of
Honesty the best policy
39/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
Lambton worm
9.2.3
Scope
A variant name for the person is a name or form of
name by which a person is known that differs from the
name or form of name chosen as the preferred name.
9.2.3.2
Sources of Information
Take variant names from resources associated with the
person and/or from reference sources.
9.2.3.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
40/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
or
a form of name resulting from a different
transliteration of the name.
For persons who have two or more identities, see the
instructions on recording relationships between related
persons in chapter 30
.
EXAMPLE
Shaw, Bernie
F or m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Shaw, Bernard
Sarkisian, Cherilyn
F or m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Cher
9.2.3.4
Real Name
If:
the preferred name or names for an individual are
pseudonyms
and
the individual does not use his or her real name as
a creator or contributor
and
the individual's real name is known
then:
record the individuals real name as a variant name
for each pseudonym.
EXAMPLE
Cross, Marian Evans
Ps eudony m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Eliot,
George
Dudevant, Amandine-Aurore-Lucile
Ps eudony m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Sand,
George
Jackson, Curtis
Ps eudony m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: 50 Cent
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
41/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
9.2.3.5
Secular Name
If the preferred name for a person of religious vocation is
the persons name in religion, record the persons secular
name as a variant name.
EXAMPLE
Bojaxhiu, Agnes Gonxha
Name us ed in r eligion r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Teresa, Mother
Ratzinger, Joseph
Name us ed in r eligion r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Benedict XVI
9.2.3.6
Name in Religion
If the preferred name for a person of religious vocation is
the persons secular name, record the persons name in
religion as a variant name.
EXAMPLE
Louis
Sec ular name r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Merton,
Thomas
Leonard
Sec ular name r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Bacigalupo, Leonard
Seraphine
Sec ular name r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Ireland,
Seraphine
9.2.3.7
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
42/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
EXAMPLE
Rodham, Hillary Diane
Later name r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Clinton,
Hillary Rodham
Kouyoumdjian, Dikran
Later name r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Arlen,
Michael
Foot, Hugh
Later name r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Caradon,
Hugh Foot, Baron
Edward VIII
Later name r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Windsor,
Edward, Duke of
Roughgarden, Jonathan
Later name r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Roughgarden, Joan
9.2.3.8
9.2.3.9
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
43/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
Domenico
Dominikus
Dominique
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Dominic
Jeanne, dArc
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Joan, of Arc
Mikes, Gyrgy
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Mikes, George
Maonaigh, Cainneach
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Mooney, Canice
Chemingouai, Ernest
Haimingwei, Ouneisite
Haminghwy, Arnist
Heminguwei, nesuto
Hemingvejs, Ernests
Hemingwei, nest
Himinghwy, Arnist
Khemingu, rnest
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Hemingway, Ernest
Benedetto XVI
Benedicto XVI
Benedictum XVI
Benedikt XVI
Benot XVI
Binidkt XVI
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Benedict XVI
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Scri p t
,
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
44/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
,
,
,
,
,
,
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Hemingway, Ernest
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Sp e l l i n g
Ralegh, Walter
Rauleigh, Walter
Rawleigh, Walter
Rawley, Walter
Differ ent s pelling r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Raleigh, Walter
Smyth, Rychard
Smythe, Richard
Differ ent s pelling r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Smith,
Richard
Cleary, Joanna
Differ ent s pelling r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Cleary, Johanna
Georgi, Ivonne
Differ ent s pelling r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Georgi, Yvonne
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Tra n sl i te ra ti o n
Shcharanski, Anatoli
Sharansi, Anaoli
Differ ent tr ans liter ation r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
name: Shcharansky, Anatoly
Musharraf, Parvez
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
45/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
Teng, Hsiao-ping
Differ ent tr ans liter ation r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
name: Deng, Xiaoping
Zipper, Yaacov
Differ ent tr ans liter ation r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
name: Ziper, Yaaov
Bernadotte, Jean-Baptiste-Jules
Name as s ov er eign r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Charles XIV John
Stuart, Mary
Name as s ov er eign r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Mary
EXAMPLE
N a m e a s Sa i n t
Edward, the Confessor
Name as s ov er eign r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Edward
Constantine
Name as emper or r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Constantine I
EXAMPLE
Fa m i l y N a m e o f Sa i n t
Yepes y Alvarez, Juan de
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
46/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
Soubirous, Marie-Bernarde
Name as s aint r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Bernadette
Pierozzi, Antonio
Name as s aint r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Antoninus
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
47/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Persons
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/9%20--%20Identifying%20Persons.htm
48/48
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
10
IDENTIFYING FAMILIES
10.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
)
10.9
).
The chapter provides guidelines on recording names and other identifying attributes
as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both.
The preferred name for the family is used as the basis for the authorized access
point. The variant name or names for the family are used as the basis for variant
access points. Other identifying attributes of the family may also be included in the
access point.
1/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
b)
)
).
2/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
10.2.2.1 Scope
The preferred name for the family is the name or
form of name chosen to identify the family. It is also the
basis for the authorized access point representing that
family.
b)
c)
3/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
Pahlavi
Nguyn
Exception
NAME
).
4/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
a)
b)
10.2.2.8 Surnames
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/10%20--%20Identifying%20Families.htm
5/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/10%20--%20Identifying%20Families.htm
6/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
Le
Lej
Loe
Lully
F r enc h for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Lillet
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Scri p t
7/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Sp e l l i n g
Di Pietro
Differ ent s pelling r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
DiPietro
Caragher
Caraher
Carraher
Differ ent s pelling r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Carragher
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Tra n sl i te ra ti o n
ge
Differ ent tr ans liter ation r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
name: Agashe
Simitis
Differ ent tr ans liter ation r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
name: Smits
Romanof
Romanoff
Differ ent tr ans liter ation r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
name: Romanov
8/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
Von Schilling
F or m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Schilling
Broglie
F or m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: De Broglie
Kangarid
Sallarid
F or m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Musafirid
Sevunas
Yadavas
F or m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Yadava
9/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
10/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
10.5.1.1 Scope
A place associated with the family is a place where
a family resides or has resided or has some connection.
11/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
12/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
13/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/10%20--%20Identifying%20Families.htm
14/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
15/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
EXAMPLE
De Generes
Romanov
SaxeCoburgGotha
), in parentheses,
EXAMPLE
Branson (Family)
Donald (Clan)
Bourbon (Royal house)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/10%20--%20Identifying%20Families.htm
16/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
Optional Addition
Add the name of a place associated with the family if
the addition assists in the identification of the family.
EXAMPLE
Alza Gmez (Family : Michoacn de Ocampo,
Mexico)
Optional Addition
Add the name of a prominent member of the family if
the addition assists in the identification of the family.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/10%20--%20Identifying%20Families.htm
17/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
EXAMPLE
Medici (Royal house : Medici, Lorenzo de', 1449
1492)
), in parentheses,
EXAMPLE
St. Amand (Family)
F or m r ec or ded as author iz ed ac c es s point: Saint
Amand (Family)
Romanof (Dynasty)
Romanoff (Dynasty)
(Dynasty)
F or m r ec or ded as author iz ed ac c es s point: Romanov
(Dynasty)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/10%20--%20Identifying%20Families.htm
18/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/10%20--%20Identifying%20Families.htm
19/20
28/4/2014
Identifying Families
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/10%20--%20Identifying%20Families.htm
20/20
28/4/2014
11
IDENTIFYING CORPORATE
BODIES
11.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on:
a)
b)
recording preferred and variant names for corporate bodies (see 11.2
c)
d)
e)
The chapter provides guidelines on recording names and other identifying attributes
as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both.
The preferred name for the corporate body is used as the basis for the authorized
access point. The variant name or names for the corporate body are used as the
basis for variant access points. Other identifying attributes of the corporate body
may also be included in the access point.
A body is considered to be a corporate body only if it is identified by a particular
name and if it acts, or may act, as a unit. A particular name consists of words that
are a specific appellation rather than a general description.
Typical examples of corporate bodies are associations, institutions, business firms,
nonprofit enterprises, governments, government agencies, projects and programs,
religious bodies, local church groups identified by the name of the church, and
conferences.
Ad hoc events (e.g., athletic contests, exhibitions, expeditions, fairs, and festivals)
and vessels (e.g., ships and spacecraft) are considered to be corporate bodies.
1/34
28/4/2014
Take the name or names of the corporate body from any source.
For additional guidance on sources of information for the preferred name
for the corporate body, see 11.2.2.2
.
Take information on other identifying attributes of the corporate body
from any source.
b)
2/34
28/4/2014
11.2.2.1 Scope
The preferred name for the corporate body is the
name or form of name chosen to identify the corporate
body. It is also the basis for the authorized access point
representing that body.
b)
c)
3/34
28/4/2014
instructions at 11.2.2.6
EXAMPLE
31st December Women's Movement
5 Browns
924 Gilman Street Project
Breitkopf & Hrtel
British Museum
Brown Palace Hotel
Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh
Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits
Chama cha Tanzania cha Kutoa Msaada wa Kisheria
Chartered Insurance Institute
Colin Buchanan and Partners
cole de cuisine La Varenne
Glasgow Prestwick International Airport
Leicester Chamber of Commerce
Light Fantastic Players
Partridge Family
Radio Society of Great Britain
Reial Acadmia Catalana de Belles Arts de Sant Jordi
St. Barbara-Brgerspital
Symposium on World Tuna Fisheries
United States Catholic Conference
University of Adelaide
Voltamp Electric Mfg. Co.
4/34
28/4/2014
).
5/34
28/4/2014
11.2.2.5.1
Spelling
If variant spellings of the name appear in
resources associated with the body,
choose the form found in the first resource
received.
EXAMPLE
African Centre for Fertilizer
Development
n o t African Center for Fertilizer
Development
Res our c e r ec eiv ed fir s t has
s pelling Centr e ; r es our c e
r ec eiv ed s ec ond has s pelling
Center
11.2.2.5.2
Language
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodies
6/34
28/4/2014
Alternative
Choose a form in a language
preferred by the agency creating the
data.
EXAMPLE
Japan Productivity Center
n o t Nihon Seisansei Honbu
Union of Chambers of
Commerce, Industry, and
Commodity Exchanges of
Turkey
n o t Trkiye Ticaret Odalar,
Sanayi Odalar ve Ticaret
Borsalar Birlii
If:
the body has more than one official
language
and
a language preferred by the agency
creating the data is not one of the
official languages of the body, or,
the official language of the body is
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodies
7/34
28/4/2014
not known
then:
choose as the preferred name the
form of name in the language used
predominantly in resources
associated with the body.
EXAMPLE
Schweizerische Nationalbibliothek
n o t Biblioteca nazionale svizzera
n o t Bibliothque nationale suisse
G er man is the language us ed
pr edominantly by the body in its
public ations
11.2.2.5.3
International Bodies
If the name of an international body
appears in resources associated with it in
a language preferred by the agency
creating the data, choose that form as the
preferred name. In other cases, apply the
instructions at 11.2.2.5.2
.
EXAMPLE
League of Arab States
n o t Union des tats arabes
n o t Jmiat al-Duwal al-Arabyah
European Economic Community
n o t Communaut conomique
europenne
n o t Europese Economische
Gemeenschap
[etc.]
International Federation of Library
Associations and Institutions
n o t Fdration internationale des
associations de bibliothcaires et
des bibliothques
n o t Internationaler Verband der
Bibliothekarischen Vereine und
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodies
8/34
28/4/2014
Institutionen
n o t M ezhdunarodnai
a federat
sii
a
bibliotechnykh assot
siat
si i
uchrezhdeni
[etc.]
Nordic Society for Radiation
Protection
n o t Nordiska sllskapet fr
strlskydd
n o t Nordisk selskab for
strlebeskyttelse
[etc.]
Societas Heraldica Scandinavica
n o t Heraldisk selskab
n o t Heraldinen seura
n o t Skjaldfrdaflagid
n o t Heraldisk selskap
n o t Heraldiska sllskapet
O ffic ial name is Latin; name
appear s in Danis h, F innis h,
Ic elandic , Nor wegian, and
Swedis h
11.2.2.5.4
Conventional Name
A conventional name is a name, other
than the real or official name, by which a
corporate body has come to be known. If
a body is frequently identified by a
conventional name in reference sources
in its own language, choose this
conventional name as the preferred name.
EXAMPLE
York Minster
n o t Metropolitan Church of St.
Peter, York
Museo del Prado
n o t Museo Nacional de Pintura y
Escultura
n o t Museo Nacional del Prado
n o t Real Museo de Pinturas y
Esculturas
Exceptions
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodies
9/34
28/4/2014
Autocephalous patriarchates,
archdioceses, etc. Record the
name of an ancient autocephalous
patriarchate, archdiocese, etc., of the
Eastern Church using the name of
the place by which it is identified.
Add, in parentheses, a word or
phrase indicating the type of
ecclesiastical jurisdiction.
EXAMPLE
Antioch (Orthodox
patriarchate)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodie
10/34
28/4/2014
Constantinople (Ecumenical
patriarchate)
Cyprus (Archdiocese)
Jerusalem (Orthodox
patriarchate)
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodie
11/34
28/4/2014
[etc.]
Bes t- k nown for m of name is
in Latin; no pr edominant
c onv entional name in a
language pr efer r ed by the
agenc y .
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodie
12/34
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
France
n o t Rpublique franaise
Serbia
n o t Narodna Republika Srbija
n o t Republika Srbija
[etc.]
Virginia
n o t Commonwealth of
Virginia
Nottinghamshire (England)
n o t County of
Nottinghamshire (England)
Castle Rock (Colo.)
n o t Town of Castle Rock
(Colo.)
Conferences, congresses,
meetings, etc. If different forms of a
conferences name appear in the
preferred source of information,
choose a form of the name that
includes the name (or abbreviation of
the name) of the associated body.
EXAMPLE
FAO Technical Meeting on
Coffee Production and
Protection
13/34
28/4/2014
14/34
28/4/2014
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodie
15/34
28/4/2014
Parish Church of
Botley
Unitarian Universalist
Church
c)
16/34
28/4/2014
17/34
28/4/2014
Alternative
Omit an initial article (see appendix C
) unless
the name is to be accessed under the article (e.g., a
corporate name that begins with an article that is the
first part of the name of a person or place).
EXAMPLE
Amis de la terre du Morvan
n o t Les Amis de la terre du Morvan
Library Association
n o t The Library Association
Danske Prsteforening
n o t Den Danske Prsteforening
but
El Nio Task Force
Le Corbusier Sketchbook Publication Committee
Los Angeles Philharmonic Orchestra
18/34
28/4/2014
b)
c)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodie
19/34
28/4/2014
If:
a term indicating incorporation, etc., is needed to
make it clear that the name is that of a corporate
body
and
the term occurs at the beginning of the name
then:
transpose the term to the end of the name.
EXAMPLE
Aerotransport, Aktiebolaget
n o t Aktiebolaget Aerotransport
Forstprojektierung Potsdam, VEB
n o t VEB Forstprojektierung Potsdam
20/34
28/4/2014
n o t U.S.S. Arizona
Swift (Sloop of war)
n o t H.M.S. Swift
21/34
28/4/2014
Alternative
If:
the name of the body is in a script that differs
from a preferred script of the agency creating
the data
and
a transliterated form appears in resources
associated with the body
then:
use the transliterated form. In some cases,
there is more than one transliterated form. If
one of the forms matches the agencys
transliteration of the name (i.e., the form
transliterated using the transliteration scheme
chosen by the agency 2 ), use that form.
EXAMPLE
Zhongshan daxue
n o t Zhongshan da xue
Nippon Tki Kabushiki Kaisha
n o t Nihon Tki Kabushiki Kaisha
Himalaya Seva Sangh
n o t Himlaya Sev Sagha
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodie
22/34
28/4/2014
language by language.
23/34
28/4/2014
but
American Library Association. Activities Committee on
New Directions for ALA
n o t American Library Association. Activities Committee
on New Directions
Name: Activities Committee on New Directions for ALA
24/34
28/4/2014
25/34
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodie
26/34
28/4/2014
Japan. Kishch
Name: Kishch
but
ACS Office of Statistical Services
Name: ACS Office of Statistical
Services
27/34
28/4/2014
of a Parent Body
Apply the instructions at 11.2.2.14
to a name that is general in nature (e.g.,
contains neither distinctive proper nouns
or adjectives, nor subject words) or that
simply indicates a geographic,
chronological, or numbered or lettered
subdivision of a parent body.
EXAMPLE
American Dental Association.
Research Institute
Name: Research Institute
28/34
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
British Library. Science,
Technology, and Business
Name: Science, Technology, and
Business
but
BC Fisheries
n o t British Columbia. BC Fisheries
Name: BC Fisheries
Kbenhavns universitet.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodie
29/34
28/4/2014
gyptologisk institut
Name: gyptologisk institut
but
Australian Centre for Child
Protection
n o t University of South Australia.
Australian Centre for Child
Protection
Name: Australian Centre for Child
Protection
30/34
28/4/2014
Body
Apply the instructions at 11.2.2.14
to a name of a non-governmental body
with a name that includes the entire name
of the higher or related body.
Distinguish cases in which the
subordinate body's name includes the
names of higher bodies from cases in
which the names of higher bodies appear
only in association with the subordinate
body's name.
EXAMPLE
American Legion. Auxiliary
Name: American Legion Auxiliary
but
BBC Symphony Orchestra
n o t British Broadcasting
Corporation. Symphony Orchestra
Name: BBC Symphony Orchestra
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodie
31/34
28/4/2014
32/34
28/4/2014
).
11.2.2.14.11 Court
Apply the instructions at 11.2.2.14
to a court (see also 11.2.2.21
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodie
33/34
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/11%20--%20Identifying%20Corporate%20Bodie
34/34
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
16
IDENTIFYING PLACES
16.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on:
a)
b)
c)
)
).
)
9.11
), family
1/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
b)
)
).
b)
c)
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
2/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
b)
Alternative
Omit an initial article (see appendix C
) unless
the name is to be accessed under the article.
EXAMPLE
Dalles
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
3/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
n o t The Dalles
Ghardaqah
n o t al-Ghardaqah
Bala
n o t Y Bala
Hague
n o t The Hague
but
La Ronge
Los Angeles
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
4/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
Alternative
If:
the name of the place is in a script that differs
from a preferred script of the agency creating
the data
and
a transliterated form is found in reference
sources
then:
use the transliterated form. If there is more
than one transliterated form, use the form that
matches the agencys transliteration of the
name (i.e., the form transliterated using the
transliteration scheme chosen by the
agency).
EXAMPLE
Ttouan
n o t Tiwn
T r ans liter ated for m of Ar abic s c r ipt name
that appear s in r efer enc e s our c es
5/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
If:
the form of name for a place is found in a language
preferred by the agency creating the data
and
that form of the name is the name of the
government that has jurisdiction over the place
then:
choose that form.
EXAMPLE
Soviet Union
n o t Sovetski Soi
uz
n o t Russia
Name of gov er nment hav ing jur is dic tion ov er the
plac e between 1923 and 1991
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
6/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
Horlivka
Tallinn
Livorno
n o t Leghorn
Englis h for m no longer in gener al us e
If:
there is no form in general use in a language
preferred by the agency creating the data
and
the jurisdiction has more than one official language
then:
choose the form most commonly found in sources
in a language preferred by the agency.
EXAMPLE
Louvain
n o t Leuven
Helsinki
n o t Helsingfors
b)
c)
7/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
16.2.2.8.1
16.2.2.8.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
8/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
If:
the place name is not the name for
a city or town
and
the place name does not include a
term indicating a type of
jurisdiction
and
the place name is being used as
the conventional name for a
government
then:
add the type of jurisdiction by
applying the instructions at
11.7.1.5
.
16.2.2.9.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
9/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
Guam
Puerto Rico
Azerbaijan S.S.R.
Slovenia
Dakota Territory
16.2.2.9.2
10/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
Wales
Do not record the name of the larger jurisdiction (e.g.,
United Kingdom or Great Britain) as part of the preferred
names of England, Northern Ireland, Scotland, and Wales.
EXAMPLE
England
Northern Ireland
11/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
Guadeloupe
French Guiana
12/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
EXAMPLE
Formosa (Argentina)
Maputo (Mozambique)
Lucca (Italy)
Queenstown-Lakes District (N.Z.)
Madras (India)
Palawan (Philippines)
Region Sjlland (Denmark)
Paris (France)
Urlingford (Ireland)
Far North Province (Cameroon)
Perak (Malaysia)
Sarawak (Malaysia)
Ipoh (Malaysia)
Georgetown (Malaysia)
Alternative
Record the name of a state, province, or highest-level
administrative division preceding the name of the
country.
EXAMPLE
Aba Zangzu Qiangzu Zizhizhou (Sichuan Sheng,
China)
Ipoh (Perak, Malaysia)
Georgetown (Pulau Pinang, Malaysia)
Urlingford (Kilkenny, Ireland)
Wiesbaden (Hesse, Germany)
13/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
14/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
a)
b)
15/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
If:
the preferred name begins with an abbreviated
word or contains an abbreviated word in a position
that it affects access
and
abbreviations are accessed differently from words
written in full
then:
record the expanded form of the name as a variant
name. Expand abbreviations into words written in
full using the language of the preferred name as
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
16/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
Lo Do (Denver, Colo.)
LoDo (Denver, Colo.)
F ull for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Lower
Downtown (Denver, Colo.)
17/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
Grussia
Sakartvelo
Xeorxia
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Georgia
Albaanje
Albanie
Albanija
Albnsko
Arbinishia
Arnavutluk
Arubania
Elbanya
Shkiperiya
Shqipria
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Albania
Aix-la-Chapelle (Germany)
Aken (Germany)
Akwizgran (Germany)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
18/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
Aquisgro (Germany)
Cchy (Germany)
Oche (Germany)
G er man language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Aachen (Germany)
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Scri p t
(Russia)
(Russia)
Englis h language for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Moscow (Russia)
(Morocco)
F r enc h tr ans liter ated for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
name: Ttouan (Morocco)
(Israel)
Hebr ew tr ans liter ated for m r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
name: Ashdod (Israel)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
19/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Sp e l l i n g
Rumania
Differ ent s pelling r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name:
Romania
EXAMPLE
D i ffe re n t Tra n sl i te ra ti o n
Aqaba
Akaba
Differ ent tr ans liter ation r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
name: Aqabah
Tiwn (Morocco)
Differ ent tr ans liter ation r ec or ded as pr efer r ed
name: Ttouan (Morocco)
EXAMPLE
Oth e r Al te rn a ti ve L i n g u i sti c Fo rm
Melinheli (Wales)
Pr efer r ed for m of name r ec or ded as : Y Felinheli
(Wales)
If:
the name recorded as the preferred name begins
with a number expressed as a numeral or contains
a number expressed as a numeral
and
numbers expressed as words are accessed
differently from numbers expressed as numerals
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
20/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
then:
record the form with the number expressed as a
word as a variant name.
EXAMPLE
Zweiter Bezirk (Vienna, Austria)
Pr efer r ed name begins with an or dinal number
ex pr es s ed as a numer al: 2. Bezirk (Vienna, Austria)
If:
the name recorded as the preferred name begins
with a number expressed as a word or contains
a number expressed as a word
and
numbers expressed as words are accessed
differently from numbers expressed as
numerals
then:
record the form with the number expressed as
an arabic numeral as a variant name.
EXAMPLE
9th Ward (New Orleans, La.)
Pr efer r ed name begins with an or dinal number
ex pr es s ed as a wor d: Ninth Ward (New Orleans,
La.)
21/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
Pio 12 (Brazil)
Name r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Pio XII (Brazil)
Region 7 (Guyana)
Region Seven (Guyana)
Name r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Cuyuni-Mazaruni
Region (Guyana)
EXAMPLE
N a m e o f Pl a ce w i th i n a C i ty, e tc., a s
Su b d i vi si o n o f Au th o ri ze d Acce ss Po i n t fo r th e
C i ty, Etc.
Toronto (Ont.). Cabbagetown
Name r ec or ded as pr efer r ed name: Cabbagetown
(Toronto, Ont.)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
22/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
23/24
28/4/2014
Identifying Places
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/16%20--%20Identifying%20Places.htm
24/24
28/4/2014
17
GENERAL GUIDELINES ON
RECORDING PRIMARY
RELATIONSHIPS
17.0 Purpose and Scope
Primary relationships are the relationships between a work, expression,
manifestation, and item that are inherent in the FRBR definitions of those entities:
a)
the relationship between a work and an expression through which that work
is realized and the reciprocal relationship from the expression to the work
b)
c)
a)
b)
c)
the core elements required to meet the functional objectives (see 17.3
d)
Some encoding standards may not have a design that is suitable for recording the primary
relationships. In these cases, primary relationships are not explicitly recorded though they may
be inferred from other data elements in composite descriptions.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/17%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
1/16
28/4/2014
17.1 Terminology
17.1.1 Explanation of Key Terms
There are a number of terms used in this chapter that have meanings
specific to their use in RDA. Some of these terms are explained at
17.1.2
17.1.3
.
Terms used as data element names in this chapter are defined at the
beginning of the instructions for the specific element. In addition, all
terms used in this chapter with a specific technical meaning are defined
in the glossary.
b)
c)
6.31
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/17%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
2/16
28/4/2014
b)
To ensure that the data created using RDA meet those functional objectives, the
data should reflect the primary relationships.
b)
c)
)
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/17%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
3/16
28/4/2014
b)
c)
).
b)
c)
d)
)
)
).
EXAMPLE
ISWC: T-072.106.546-8
Inter national Standar d Mus ic al Wor k Code for Cole
Por ter 's I love Paris
http://larvatusprodeo.net
URI for the blog Larvatus prodeo
ISBN 978-1-59688-083-2
ISBN for a lar ge pr int manifes tation of J os eph
Conr ad's The secret agent
b)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/17%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
4/16
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
United States. Constitution of the United States.
Lao
5/16
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Au th o ri ze d Acce ss Po i n t R e p re se n ti n g th e
Exp re ssi o n
Qur'an. Spoken word
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the
ex pr es s ion, c ons tr uc ted by adding the c ontent ty pe
of the ex pr es s ion to the author iz ed ac c es s point
r epr es enting the wor k
EXAMPLE
C o m p o si te D e scri p ti o n
Mercadante, Saverio, 17951870. Concertos, clarinet,
orchestra, op. 101, B major; arranged
Concerto in si bemolle minore per clarinetto e
orchestra da camera / Saverio Mercadente ; revisione
di Giovanni Carli Ballola. Milano : Editioni Suvini
Zerboni, 1975. Originally for clarinet and chamber
orchestra; this version a reduction for clarinet and piano
Medium of per for manc e of mus ic al c ontent of
ex pr es s ion c ombined with the des c r iption of the
manifes tation
6/16
28/4/2014
17.6.1.1 Scope
The work expressed is the work realized through an
expression.
EXAMPLE
Au th o ri ze d Acce ss Po i n t R e p re se n ti n g th e
Wo rk
Qur'an
United States. Constitution of the United States
Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus, 17561791. Kleine
Nachtmusik
Straits times (Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia)
EXAMPLE
C o m p o si te D e scri p ti o n
The three evangelists / Fred Vargas ; translated from
the French by Sin Reynolds. London : Vintage
Books, 2006. Translation of: Debout les morts
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/17%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
7/16
28/4/2014
ISBN 978-1-59688-083-2
ISBN for a lar ge pr int edition of J os eph Conr ad's
The secret agent
http://larvatusprodeo.net
URI for the blog Larvatus prodeo
EXAMPLE
C o m p o si te D e scri p ti o n
Babylon and golden city : representations of London in
Black and Asian British novels since the 1990s /
Susanne Cuevas. Heidelberg : Universittsverlag
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/17%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
8/16
28/4/2014
If more than one work is embodied in the manifestation, only the predominant or first-named work
manifested is required.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/17%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
9/16
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Au th o ri ze d Acce ss Po i n t R e p re se n ti n g th e
Wo rk
Larvatus prodeo
cho (Louiseville, Qubec)
Ocean's eleven (Motion picture : 2001)
Conrad, Joseph, 18571924. Secret agent
Schumann, Clara, 18191896. Scherzos, piano, no. 1,
op. 10, D minor
EXAMPLE
C o m p o si te D e scri p ti o n
Gabriella's Book of fire / Venero Armanno. New York
: Hyperion, 2000. Original title: Firehead
O r iginal title of the wor k c ombined with the
des c r iption of the manifes tation
10/16
28/4/2014
ISBN 99918-42-25-X
ISBN for a manifes tation of a F ar oes e tr ans lation of
Shak es pear e's Julius Caesar
ISMN M-006-52070-1
ISMN for a pr inted manifes tation of an ex pr es s ion of
Moz ar t's Eine kleine Nachtmusik for s tr ing quar tet
ISBN 1-85549-961-4
ISBN for a manifes tation of a s pok en wor d
r ec or ding of Dic k ens 's Bleak House
EXAMPLE
C o m p o si te D e scri p ti o n
My cousin, my husband : clans and kinship in
Mediterranean societies / Germaine Tillion ; translated
from the French by Quintin Hoare. London : Saqi
Books, 2007. Translation of: Le harem et les cousins.
Paris : ditions du Seuil, 1966. This translation first
published as The republic of cousins
Var iant title as s oc iated with the ex pr es s ion
c ombined with the des c r iption of the manifes tation
Expression manifested is a core element if there is more than one expression of the work
manifested. If more than one expression is embodied in the manifestation, only the predominant or
first-named expression manifested is required.
11/16
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Au th o ri ze d Acce ss Po i n t R e p re se n ti n g th e
Exp re ssi o n
Dickens, Charles, 18121870. Bleak house. Spoken
word
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the
ex pr es s ion, c ons tr uc ted by adding the c ontent ty pe
of the ex pr es s ion to the author iz ed ac c es s point
r epr es enting the wor k
EXAMPLE
C o m p o si te D e scri p ti o n
Keep swingin' / Julian Priester. Berkeley, CA :
Riverside, [1995]. Place of capture: Reeves Sound
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/17%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20
12/16
28/4/2014
13/16
28/4/2014
I86831380
Univ er s ity of Was hington Libr ar ies integr ated
libr ar y s y s tem item r ec or d number for a c opy of a
DVD manifes tation of the final c ut ex pr es s ion of the
motion pic tur e Blade runner
39352069538890
Univ er s ity of Was hington Libr ar ies bar c ode number
for the s ame c opy of a DVD manifes tation of the
final c ut ex pr es s ion of the motion pic tur e Blade runner
EXAMPLE
C o m p o si te D e scri p ti o n
Noah and the waters / C. Day Lewis. London :
Published by Leonard & Virginia Woolf at the Hogarth
Press, 1936. Limited edition of 100 numbered
copies, signed by the author. Library's copy is no. 80
Mar k s /ins c r iptions on the item c ombined with the
des c r iption of the manifes tation
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/17%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20
14/16
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Id e n ti fi e r fo r th e Ma n i fe sta ti o n
British national bibliography number: GBA1-Z5901
Identifier for the 2001 pr int manifes tation of Mic hael
Clar k e's The concise Oxford dictionary of art terms
ISBN 978-0-8416-5457-0
ISBN for the lar ge pr int manifes tation of Chicagoland
seven county 2007 street atlas
EXAMPLE
C o m p o si te D e scri p ti o n
History of the Indian tribes of North America : with
biographical sketches and anecdotes of the principal
chiefs / embellished with one hundred and twenty
portraits, from the Indian Gallery in the Department of
War, at Washington ; by Thomas L. M'Kenney and
James Hall. Philadelphia : Edward C. Biddle, 1836
1844. Library's copy once belonged to Charles
Dickens and has his personal bookplate and a label
that reads: From the Library of Charles Dickens,
Gadshill Place, June 1870.
Des c r iption of the manifes tation c ombined with
c us todial his tor y
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/17%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20
15/16
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/17%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20
16/16
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships to Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies Associated with a Resource
18
GENERAL GUIDELINES ON
RECORDING RELATIONSHIPS
TO PERSONS, FAMILIES, AND
CORPORATE BODIES
ASSOCIATED WITH A
RESOURCE
18.0 Scope
This chapter provides background information to support the application of
guidelines and instructions in chapters 19
22
on recording relationships
to persons, families, and corporate bodies associated with a resource. It includes:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
18.1 Terminology
18.1.1 Explanation of Key Terms
There are a number of terms used in this chapter and in chapters 19
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/18%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
1/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships to Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies Associated with a Resource
22
that have meanings specific to their use in RDA. Some
of these terms are explained at 18.1.2
18.1.6
.
Terms used as data element names in chapters 19
22
are
defined at the beginning of the instructions for the specific element. In
addition, all terms used in those chapters with a specific technical
meaning are defined in the glossary.
18.1.3 Resource
The term resource is used in chapters 19
22
work, expression, manifestation, or item (see 18.1.4
).
to refer to a
The term resource, depending on what is being described, can refer to:
a)
b)
c)
2/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships to Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies Associated with a Resource
manifestation.
Each of these terms, depending on what is being described, can refer to
individual entities, aggregates, or components of these entities (e.g., the
term work can refer to an individual work, an aggregate work, or a
component of a work).
3/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships to Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies Associated with a Resource
and/or
b)
).
)
)
).
EXAMPLE
Library and Archives Canada control number:
0062A7592E
Identifier for Canadian Les bian and G ay His tor y
Networ k , the is s uing body of Canadian Lesbian and Gay
History Network newsletter
4/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships to Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies Associated with a Resource
9.19.1
).
18.4.2.2 Serials
Provide additional access points for any persons, families,
or corporate bodies associated with a subsequent issue or
part of a serial (see 19.1
, 20.1
, and 21.1
) if:
there is a change in responsibility between the issues
or parts of a serial that does not require a new
description (see 1.6.2
)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/18%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
5/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships to Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies Associated with a Resource
and
the change is considered important for access.
6/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships to Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies Associated with a Resource
EXAMPLE
author
Relations hip des ignator r ec or ded in c onjunc tion
with the author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting Alic e
Munr o as the author of Lives of girls and women
film producer
film director
actor
composer (expression)
Relations hip des ignator s r ec or ded in c onjunc tion
with the author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting Clint
Eas twood as pr oduc er , dir ec tor , ac tor , and
c ompos er for Million dollar baby
enacting jurisdiction
Relations hip des ignator r ec or ded in c onjunc tion
with the author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting Hong
Kong, China as the jur is dic tion enac ting and
gov er ned by its Disability Discrimination Ordinance
cartographer
Relations hip des ignator r ec or ded in c onjunc tion
with an identifier r epr es enting Multi Mapping Ltd. as
the c ar togr apher of International travel map of Syria, scale
1:850,000
printer
Relations hip des ignator r ec or ded in c onjunc tion
with an identifier r epr es enting William Cax ton as the
manufac tur er of Here begynneth the table of the rubryshys
of the boke of the fayt of armes and of chyualrye, a
manifes tation of an Englis h ex pr es s ion of Chr is tine
de Pis an's Livre des faits d'armes et de chevalerie
issuing body
Relations hip des ignator r ec or ded in c onjunc tion
with an identifier r epr es enting the Canadian Les bian
and G ay His tor y Networ k as the is s uing body of
Canadian Lesbian and Gay History Network newsletter
composer
conductor
Relations hip des ignator s r ec or ded in c onjunc tion
with an identifier and the author iz ed ac c es s point
r epr es enting Vic tor ia Bond as the c ompos er and
c onduc tor of an audio r ec or ding of a per for manc e of
The frog prince
7/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships to Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies Associated with a Resource
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/18%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
8/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships to Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies Associated with a Resource
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/18%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
9/9
28/4/2014
19
PERSONS, FAMILIES, AND
CORPORATE BODIES
ASSOCIATED WITH A WORK
19.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on recording relationships
to persons, families, and corporate bodies associated with a work (i.e., creators and
others).
b)
c)
other sources.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/19%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20
1/11
28/4/2014
19.2 Creator
C OR E EL EMEN T
If there is more than one creator responsible for the work, only the creator having principal
responsibility named first in resources embodying the work or in reference sources is required.
If principal responsibility is not indicated, only the first-named creator is required.
b)
2/11
28/4/2014
20.2.1
19.2.1.1.1
ii)
iii)
b)
c)
d)
a conference (e.g.,
proceedings, collected
papers)
or
ii)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/19%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20
3/11
28/4/2014
iii)
f)
g)
ii)
iii)
19.2.1.1.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/19%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20
4/11
28/4/2014
19.2.1.1.3
a)
b)
b)
c)
d)
Lehrer, Jonah
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/19%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20
5/11
28/4/2014
Author iz ed ac c es s point
r epr es enting the c r eator for :
Frontal cortex. A blog
Riverbend
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : Baghdad burning : girl blog from Iraq lets talk war,
politics, and occupation / Riverbend. A blog
Ebert, Roger
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : Roger Eberts movie yearbook. An annual
c ompilation of Eber ts film r ev iews and inter v iews
6/11
28/4/2014
Axel-Lute, Paul
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : Same-sex marriage : a selective bibliography of the legal
literature / compiled by Paul Axel-Lute
Goodman, Alice
Nixon in China : an opera in three acts / music by John Adams
; libretto by Alice Goodman. A s epar ately publis hed
libr etto for the oper a c ompos ed by Adams
Ford, E. B.
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : British butterflies / by E.B. Ford ; with 16 colour plates by
Paxton Chadwick
Lindemans, Micha F.
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : Encyclopedia mythica. Micha F. Lindemans, founder,
main contributor, editor & webmasterInformation page. A
webs ite
Gemmell, Nikki
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : The bride stripped bare : a novel / Anonymous ; with an
afterword by the author. Wor k k nown to be by Nik k i
G emmell
Miller, Wade
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : Deadly weapon / Wade Miller. Wade Miller is an
alter nate identity es tablis hed jointly by Bill Miller
and Bob Wade
Friedlander, Martin
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/19%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20
7/11
28/4/2014
Ornes, Rafael V.
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : Choral public domain library. A wik i pr ov iding ac c es s
to fr ee s heet mus ic , c r eated and managed by
O r nes , with many additional c ontr ibutor s
Winehouse, Amy
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : Back to black / Amy Winehouse. Songs by
Winehous e and other c ompos er s , per for med by
Winehous e and ac c ompany ing mus ic ians
8/11
28/4/2014
Physician
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : Shall we teach cruelty as an art? / by a Physician. Real
name of per s on r es pons ible is unk nown
EXAMPLE
On e Fa m i l y R e sp o n si b l e fo r th e C re a ti o n o f th e
Wo rk
Eakin (Family : New Castle County, Del.)
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : Eakin family papers, 17811828. An ar c hiv al
c ollec tion
Romanov (Dynasty)
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : Romanov collection, 18941935 (bulk 19071918). An
ar c hiv al c ollec tion
Barner (Family)
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c r eator
for : The Barner family newsletter. Harrisburg, Pa. : Barner
Family
9/11
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Tw o o r Mo re Pe rso n s, Fa m i l i e s, o r C o rp o ra te
Bo d i e s R e sp o n si b l e fo r th e C re a ti o n o f th e
Wo rk Pe rfo rm i n g th e Sa m e R o l e
Gumbley, Warren, 1962
Johns, Dilys
Law, Garry
Author iz ed ac c es s points r epr es enting the c r eator s
for :
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/19%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20
10/11
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/19%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20
11/11
28/4/2014
20
PERSONS, FAMILIES, AND
CORPORATE BODIES
ASSOCIATED WITH AN
EXPRESSION
20.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on recording relationships
to persons, families, and corporate bodies associated with an expression (e.g.,
editors, translators, illustrators, performers).
b)
c)
other sources.
1/9
28/4/2014
20.2 Contributor
20.2.1 Basic Instructions on Recording Contributors
20.2.1.1 Scope
A contributor is a person, family, or corporate body
contributing to an expression.
Contributors include editors, translators, arrangers of
music, performers, etc.
In some cases, an expression consists of a primary work
accompanied by commentary, etc., illustrations, additional
musical parts, etc. When this occurs, the writers of
commentary, etc., illustrators, composers of additional
parts, etc., are considered to be contributors.
Blackwell, David D.
Richards, Maria C.
Author iz ed ac c es s points r epr es enting the editor s
for : Geothermal map of North America / North American map
editors, David D. Blackwell and Maria C. Richards ; map
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/20%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20C
2/9
28/4/2014
Arneil, Barbara
Deveaux, Monique
Dhamoon, Rita, 1970
Eisenberg, Avigail I., 1962
Author iz ed ac c es s points r epr es enting the editor s
for : Sexual justice/cultural justice : critical perspectives in
political theory and practice / edited by Barbara Arneil,
Monique Deveaux, Rita Dhamoon and Avigail Eisenberg
Jonas, Wayne B.
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the editor for :
Mosby's dictionary of complementary and alternative medicine
/ editorial consultant, Wayne B. Jonas
Atlas, Allan W.
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the editor for :
Music in the classic period : essays in honor of Barry S. Brook
/ [edited by] Allan W. Atlas
Payne, Claire
Bowker, James M.
Reed, Patrick C.
Author iz ed ac c es s points r epr es enting the editor s
of c ompilation for : The economic value of wilderness :
proceedings of the conference, Jackson, Wyoming, May 8
11, 1991 / compilers, Claire Payne, J.M. Bowker, Patrick C.
Reed
Rousset, Jean
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the editor of
c ompilation for : Anthologie de la posie baroque franaise /
textes choisis et prsents par Jean Rousset
3/9
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
H a rm o n i ze r
Stevens, William Arnold, 18391910
Burton, Ernest DeWitt, 18561925
Author iz ed ac c es s points r epr es enting the
har moniz er s for : A harmony of the Gospels for historical
study : an analytical synopsis of the four Gospels / by Wm.
Arnold Stevens and Ernest DeWitt Burton
Swanson, Reuben J.
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the
har moniz er for : The horizontal line synopsis of the Gospels
/ Reuben J. Swanson
EXAMPLE
Wri te r o f Ad d e d C o m m e n ta ry, Etc.
Whiston, Robert
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the wr iter of
added c ommentar y for : Demosthenes : with an English
commentary / by Robert Whiston
Cobb, Margaret G.
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/20%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20C
4/9
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
C o m p o se r o f Ad d e d Acco m p a n i m e n t, Etc.
Kelley, Daniel
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c ompos er
of additional mus ic for : Syrinx : for flute and piano : flute
solo / Claude Debussy ; with piano accompaniment by Daniel
Kelley
5/9
28/4/2014
Abramson, Robert M.
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c ompos er
of inc idental mus ic for : The Countess Cathleen / by W.B.
Yeats ; incidental music composed by Robert M. Abramson.
An audio r ec or ding of a per for manc e of the play
EXAMPLE
Il l u stra to r
Irving, James Gordon
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the illus tr ator
for : Birds : a guide to the most familiar American birds / by
Herbert S. Zim and Ira N. Gabrielson ; illustrated by James
Gordon Irving
Chadwick, Paxton
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the illus tr ator
for : British butterflies / by E.B. Ford ; with 16 colour plates by
Paxton Chadwick
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/20%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20C
6/9
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Tra n sl a to r
Edmonds, Rosemary
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the tr ans lator
for : Fathers and sons / Ivan Turgenev ; translated by
Rosemary Edmonds
Cruse, Mark
Hoogenboom, Hilde
Author iz ed ac c es s points r epr es enting the
tr ans lator s for : The memoirs of Catherine the Great / a new
translation by Mark Cruse and Hilde Hoogenboom
Lauzires, Achille de
Louis, D.
Author iz ed ac c es s points r epr es enting the
tr ans lator s for : Carmen : opra en 4 actes / de Henri
Meilhac et Ludovic Halvy ; musique de Georges Bizet ;
traduction italienne de A. de Lauzires ; traduction allemande
de D. Louis. A v oc al s c or e
Brunse, Niels
Author iz ed ac c es s points r epr es enting the
tr ans lator for : Les misrables / musical af Alan Boubil og
Claude-Michel Schnberg ; tekst, Herbert Kretzmer ;
oversttelse, Niels Brunse. An audio r ec or ding of the
mus ic al, per for med in Danis h tr ans lation fr om the
or iginal F r enc h
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/20%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20C
7/9
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Arra n g e r, Tra n scri b e r, Etc., o f Mu si c
Price, Florence, 18871953
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the ar r anger
of mus ic for : Peter go ring dem bells : Negro spiritual /
arranged by Florence B. Price
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/20%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20C
8/9
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/20%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20C
9/9
28/4/2014
21
PERSONS, FAMILIES, AND
CORPORATE BODIES
ASSOCIATED WITH A
MANIFESTATION
21.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on recording relationships
to persons, families, and corporate bodies associated with a manifestation (e.g.,
producers, publishers, distributors, manufacturers).
b)
c)
other sources.
1/10
28/4/2014
)
)
2/10
28/4/2014
21.3 Publisher
21.3.1 Basic Instructions on Recording Publishers
21.3.1.1 Scope
A publisher is a person, family, or corporate body
responsible for publishing, releasing, or issuing a
resource.
3/10
28/4/2014
Sizemore Enterprises
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the publis her
for : Stanwood area and Camano Island street map. SedroWoolley, Washington : Published by Sizemore Enterprises in
conjunction with the Stanwood & Camano Island Chambers of
Commerce, [2003]
Kelmscott Press
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the publis her
for : The poetical works of Percy Bysshe Shelley.
Hammersmith : Kelmscott Press, 1895
Farmhouse Press
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the publis her
for : A train / Jim Koss. Seattle : Farmhouse Press, [1996].
A one- of- a- k ind ar tis t's book
4/10
28/4/2014
21.4 Distributor
21.4.1 Basic Instructions on Recording Distributors
21.4.1.1 Scope
A distributor is a person, family, or corporate body
responsible for distributing a resource.
5/10
28/4/2014
21.5 Manufacturer
21.5.1 Basic Instructions on Recording
Manufacturers
21.5.1.1 Scope
A manufacturer is a person, family, or corporate body
responsible for printing, duplicating, casting, etc., a
resource in a published form.
6/10
28/4/2014
Grabhorn Press
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the pr inter
for : San Francisco, old & new / written by Marion Brown and
pictured by Jean Williamson. [Place of publication not
identified] : [publisher not identified], [date of publication not
identified] (San Francisco : Printed by the Grabhorn Press,
1939)
Muhly, Paul
Visual Studies Workshop. Press
Author iz ed ac c es s points r epr es enting the pr inter s
for : The Queen of Wands : a paper sculpture / Susan E. King.
Rosendale, NY : Women's Studio Workshop ; Santa
Monica, CA : Paradise Press, [1993] (Rochester, New York :
Printed offset by Paul Muhly at Visual Studies Workshop
Press, [date of manufacture not identified]). A paper
c ons tr uc tion is s ued in a plas tic env elope with two
c ar ds that hav e public ation infor mation and
ins tr uc tions for oper ating
7/10
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/21%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20
8/10
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/21%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20
9/10
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/21%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20
10/10
28/4/2014
22
PERSONS, FAMILIES, AND
CORPORATE BODIES
ASSOCIATED WITH AN ITEM
22.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on recording relationships
to persons, families, and corporate bodies associated with an item (e.g., owners,
custodians).
)
)
1/6
28/4/2014
22.2 Owner
22.2.1 Basic Instructions on Recording Owners
22.2.1.1 Scope
An owner is a person, family, or corporate body having
legal possession of an item.
2/6
28/4/2014
22.3 Custodian
22.3.1 Basic Instructions on Recording Custodians
22.3.1.1 Scope
A custodian is a person, family, or corporate body
having legal custody of an item.
3/6
28/4/2014
Kreger, David J.
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c ollec tor
for : Berlin Wall portion. [Berlin, Germany] : [producer not
identified], [1961?] Collected by S.Sgt. David J. Kreger at
Karl Marx Strasse and Duppel (block W8) during summer
1990
Reitz, Ralph B.
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the c ollec tor
for : 100 botanical specimens from Meadville and vicinity /
collected and presented to Allegheny College, by Ralph B.
Reitz. [Pennsylvania] : Ralph B. Reitz, [1889]. O ne
hundr ed s pec imens c ollec ted fr om 1887 to 1889,
mounted in a s c r apbook
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/22%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20C
4/6
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/22%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20C
5/6
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/22%20--%20Persons,%20Families,%20and%20C
6/6
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
24
GENERAL GUIDELINES ON
RECORDING RELATIONSHIPS
BETWEEN WORKS,
EXPRESSIONS,
MANIFESTATIONS, AND ITEMS
24.0 Scope
This chapter provides background information to support the application of
guidelines and instructions in chapters 25
28
on recording relationships
between works, expressions, manifestations, or items. It includes:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
ii)
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/24%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20R
1/12
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
24.1 Terminology
24.1.1 Explanation of Key Terms
There are a number of terms used in this chapter and in chapters 25
28
that have meanings specific to their use in RDA. Some
of these terms are explained at 24.1.2
24.1.5
.
Terms used as data element names in chapters 25
28
are
defined at the beginning of the instructions for the specific element. In
addition, all terms used in those chapters with a specific technical
meaning are defined in the glossary.
2/12
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
b)
c)
6.31
find works, expressions, manifestations, and items that are related to those
represented by the data retrieved in response to the users search
b)
To ensure that the data created using RDA meet those functional objectives, the
data should reflect all significant bibliographic relationships between related works,
expressions, manifestations, and items.
3/12
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
identifier for the related work, expression, manifestation, or item (see 24.4.1
)
b)
c)
) if applicable
For guidelines on using the authorized access point representing a related work or
expression to generate a see also reference, see appendix E (E.1.3.3
).
)
)
).
EXAMPLE
University of Western Australia law review = ISSN 0042-0328
ISSN pr ov ided in c onjunc tion with the k ey title for a r elated
r es our c e
ISBN 978-1-74146-163-3
ISBN for a r elated manifes tation
urn-3:RAD.ARCH:15009
Res our c e identifier for a r elated r es our c e
4/12
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
5/12
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
EXAMPLE
U n stru ctu re d D e scri p ti o n
Reprint of the revised and updated edition published in 1971 by Farrar,
Straus & Giroux
Original letters in the collection of the Watkinson Library, Trinity College,
Hartford, Connecticut
Related materials providing visual documentation of racially segregated
facilities may be found in the following collections in this repository:
Birmingfind Project Photographs and Common Bonds Project
Photographs
Filmed with three other titles
Activities are based on the book How the brain learns, by David A.
Sousa, 3rd edition, 2006
Motion picture films and sound and video recordings transferred to
Library of Congress Motion Picture, Broadcasting and Recorded Sound
Division
Continues in part: Journal de physique; and replaces the supplement to
Journal de physique called: Revue de physique applique
6/12
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
augmented by
Res our c e des c r ibed: Die slavischen und Slavica
betreffenden Drucke der Wiener Mechitharisten : ein Beitrag
zur Wiener Druck-und zur sterreichischen Kulturgeschichte /
Gnther Wytrzens. Wien : Verlag der sterreichischen
Akademie der Wissenschaften,1985. Relations hip
des ignator r ec or ded in c onjunc tion with a
s tr uc tur ed des c r iption of the r elated wor k : Addenda
und Corrigenda zum Buch Die Slavica der Wiener
Mechitharisten-Druckerei / Gnther Wytrzens, Ashot
Hovakimian. Wien : Verlag der sterreichischen Akademie
der Wissenschaften, 2001
7/12
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
b)
a chronological designation.
t. 15
Number ing of par t within the wor k : Mmoires de la
Socit archologique de Montpellier
AW14
Number ing of par t within the wor k : ArtWorld video
series
8/12
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
ada D, sv. 7
Number ing of par t within the wor k : Janek, Leo,
18541928. Works (1978)
dai 8-g
Number ing of par t within the wor k : Kankyh Seisaku
Gakkai shi
13 September 1993
Number ing of par t within the wor k : International Court
of Justice. Reports of judgments, advisory opinions, and
orders
v. 35, 1112
Number ing of par ts within the wor k : Sources and
studies for the history of the Americas
9/12
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
10/12
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/24%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20
11/12
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/24%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20
12/12
28/4/2014
Related Works
25
RELATED WORKS
25.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on recording relationships
between works.
1/13
28/4/2014
Related Works
EXAMPLE
Au th o ri ze d Acce ss Po i n t R e p re se n ti n g th e
R e l a te d Wo rk
Parody of: Tolkien, J. R. R. (John Ronald Reuel), 1892
1973. Lord of the rings
Res our c e des c r ibed: Bored of the rings : a parody of
J.R.R. Tolkien's The lord of the rings / by Henry N. Beard and
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/25%20--%20Related%20Works.htm
2/13
28/4/2014
Related Works
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/25%20--%20Related%20Works.htm
3/13
28/4/2014
Related Works
4/13
28/4/2014
Related Works
5/13
28/4/2014
Related Works
6/13
28/4/2014
Related Works
EXAMPLE
Stru ctu re d D e scri p ti o n o f th e R e l a te d Wo rk
Described in: Virginia Woolf : a list of manuscripts.
London : Spencer, 1986
Described in: Sibelius, Symphony no. 5 / James
Hepokoski. Cambridge ; New York : Cambridge
University Press, 1993. (Cambridge music
handbooks)
Res our c e des c r ibed: Symphony no. 5 in E-flat major, op.
82 / Jean Sibelius. A s c or e
7/13
28/4/2014
Related Works
8/13
28/4/2014
Related Works
EXAMPLE
U n stru ctu re d D e scri p ti o n o f th e R e l a te d Wo rk
Author's adaptation of his Russian text
Inspired by themes from the music of George
Butterworth
A shot-for-shot remake of the 1960 Alfred Hitchcock film
of the same name
Res our c e des c r ibed: Psycho / Universal Pictures and
Imagine Entertainment ; screenplay, Joseph Stefano ;
produced by Brian Grazer, Gus Van Sant ; directed by Gus
Van Sant
9/13
28/4/2014
Related Works
10/13
28/4/2014
Related Works
11/13
28/4/2014
Related Works
EXAMPLE
Proust, Marcel, 18711922. la recherche du temps
perdu
For the separately published parts of this work, see
Proust, Marcel, 18711922. Du ct de chez Swann
Proust, Marcel, 18711922. lombre des jeunes filles
en fleurs
Proust, Marcel, 18711922. Ct de Guermantes
Proust, Marcel, 18711922. Sodome et Gomorrhe
Proust, Marcel, 18711922. Prisonnire
Proust, Marcel, 18711922. Albertine disparue
Proust, Marcel, 18711922. Temps retrouv
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/25%20--%20Related%20Works.htm
12/13
28/4/2014
Related Works
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/25%20--%20Related%20Works.htm
13/13
28/4/2014
Related Expressions
26
RELATED EXPRESSIONS
26.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on recording relationships
between expressions.
1/5
28/4/2014
Related Expressions
EXAMPLE
Au th o ri ze d Acce ss Po i n t R e p re se n ti n g th e
R e l a te d Exp re ssi o n
Revision of: Roget, Peter Mark, 17791869. Thesaurus
of English words and phrases
Res our c e des c r ibed: Roget's Thesaurus of English words
and phrases. New edition / completely revised and
modernized by Robert A. Dutch
matematicheskaia. English
Res our c e des c r ibed: Mathematics of the USSR. Izvestija
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/26%20--%20Related%20Expressions.htm
2/5
28/4/2014
Related Expressions
EXAMPLE
Stru ctu re d D e scri p ti o n o f th e R e l a te d
Exp re ssi o n
Revision of: Biology of fishes / Carl E. Bond. Second
edition. Fort Worth : Saunders College Publishing,
[1996]
Res our c e des c r ibed: Bond's Biology of fishes / Michael
Barton. Third edition Belmont, CA : Thomson, [2007]
EXAMPLE
U n stru ctu re d D e scri p ti o n o f th e R e l a te d
Exp re ssi o n
Revised and shortened version of the author's thesis
(Ph.D.)Yale University, 1982
Revised edition of Lectures chantes, originally
published in 1968
The English edition of a Spanish publication, which is
also issued in French, German, and Arabic editions
Recast in bronze from artist's plaster original of 1903
Shorter version of the 1969 motion picture of the same
name
Res our c e des c r ibed: Walt Whitman's Civil War / Churchill
Films ; produced by Magus Films ; produced and directed by
Frederic Goodich ; written by Neal Ruben
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/26%20--%20Related%20Expressions.htm
3/5
28/4/2014
Related Expressions
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/26%20--%20Related%20Expressions.htm
4/5
28/4/2014
Related Expressions
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/26%20--%20Related%20Expressions.htm
5/5
28/4/2014
Related Manifestations
27
RELATED MANIFESTATIONS
27.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on recording relationships
between manifestations.
1/4
28/4/2014
Related Manifestations
2/4
28/4/2014
Related Manifestations
EXAMPLE
Stru ctu re d D e scri p ti o n o f th e R e l a te d
Ma n i fe sta ti o n
Reprint of: Venice / by Cecil Roth. Philadelphia : The
Jewish Publication Society of America, 1930.
(Jewish communities series)
Res our c e des c r ibed: History of the Jews in Venice / Cecil
Roth. New York : Schocken Books, 1975
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/27%20--%20Related%20Manifestations.htm
3/4
28/4/2014
Related Manifestations
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/27%20--%20Related%20Manifestations.htm
4/4
28/4/2014
Related Items
28
RELATED ITEMS
28.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on recording relationships
between items.
EXAMPLE
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/28%20--%20Related%20Items.htm
1/3
28/4/2014
Related Items
EXAMPLE
U n stru ctu re d D e scri p ti o n o f th e R e l a te d Ite m
Reproduction of original from Harvard Law School
Library
Library's copy bound with 11 other songs
Electronic reproduction of more than 9,000 notarial
protocols registered in the books of the notaries Joseph
Manuel Albarez de Aragn (17011743) and Joseph
Alvarez (17801821)
Library's copy has separately published index bound
with each volume
Electronic reproduction of the copy in the National
Wetlands Research Center Library
Original letters in the collection of the Watkinson
Library, Trinity College, Hartford, Connecticut
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/28%20--%20Related%20Items.htm
2/3
28/4/2014
Related Items
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/28%20--%20Related%20Items.htm
3/3
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships Between Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies
29
GENERAL GUIDELINES ON
RECORDING RELATIONSHIPS
BETWEEN PERSONS, FAMILIES,
AND CORPORATE BODIES
29.0 Scope
This chapter provides background information to support the application of
guidelines and instructions in chapters 30
32
on recording relationships
between a person, family, or corporate body and related persons, families, and
corporate bodies. It includes:
a)
b)
c)
the core elements for recording relationships between persons, families, and
corporate bodies (see 29.3
)
d)
e)
f)
ii)
29.1 Terminology
29.1.1 Explanation of Key Terms
There are a number of terms used in this chapter and in chapters 30
32
that have meanings specific to their use in RDA. Some
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/29%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
1/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships Between Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies
29.1.5
2/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships Between Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies
find persons, families, or corporate bodies that are related to the person,
family, or corporate body represented by the data retrieved in response to
the user's search
b)
To ensure that the data created using RDA meet those functional objectives, the
data should reflect all significant bibliographic relationships between related persons,
families, and corporate bodies.
and/or
b)
).
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/29%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
3/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships Between Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies
EXAMPLE
Library and Archives Canada control number: 1007F6454
Identifier for Nic holas Blak e, alter nate identity of C. Day Lewis
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/29%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
4/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships Between Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies
real identity
Relations hip des ignator r ec or ded in c onjunc tion
with an identifier for C. Day Lewis
successor
Relations hip des ignator r ec or ded in c onjunc tion
with the author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting
Newpor t J az z F es tiv al, the s uc c es s or to the
Amer ic an J az z F es tiv al
predecessor
Relations hip des ignator r ec or ded in c onjunc tion
with the author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting
Amer ic an J az z F es tiv al, the pr edec es s or of the
Newpor t J az z F es tiv al
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/29%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
5/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships Between Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies
6/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships Between Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/29%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
7/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships Between Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/29%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
8/9
28/4/2014
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships Between Persons, Families, and Corporate Bodies
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/29%20--%20General%20Guidelines%20on%20Re
9/9
28/4/2014
Related Persons
30
RELATED PERSONS
30.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on recording relationships
between a person, family, or corporate body and related persons.
1/5
28/4/2014
Related Persons
liter ar y wor k s
EXAMPLE
Au th o ri ze d Acce ss Po i n t R e p re se n ti n g th e
R e l a te d Pe rso n
Innes, Michael, 19061994
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the alter nate
identity es tablis hed by J .I.M. Stewar t for his
detec tiv e nov els
Davis, Miles
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the founder of
the Miles Dav is Q uintet
Bono, Sonny
Cher, 1946
Author iz ed ac c es s points r epr es enting the gr oup
member s of the mus ic al gr oup Sonny & Cher
2/5
28/4/2014
Related Persons
3/5
28/4/2014
Related Persons
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/30%20--%20Related%20Persons.htm
4/5
28/4/2014
Related Persons
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/30%20--%20Related%20Persons.htm
5/5
28/4/2014
Related Families
31
RELATED FAMILIES
31.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on recording relationships
between a person, family, or corporate body and related families.
1/4
28/4/2014
Related Families
Suz anne Duc hamp, Ray mond Duc hamp- Villon, and
J ac ques Villon
EXAMPLE
Au th o ri ze d Acce ss Po i n t R e p re se n ti n g th e
R e l a te d Fa m i l y
Adey (Family : Sydney, N.S.W.)
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the founding
family of the Dar ling Mills Res taur ant
Romanov (Dynasty)
Author iz ed ac c es s point r epr es enting the
des c endants of Peter I, Emper or of Rus s ia
2/4
28/4/2014
Related Families
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/31%20--%20Related%20Families.htm
3/4
28/4/2014
Related Families
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/31%20--%20Related%20Families.htm
4/4
28/4/2014
32
RELATED CORPORATE BODIES
32.0 Purpose and Scope
This chapter provides general guidelines and instructions on recording relationships
between a person, family, or corporate body and related corporate bodies.
1/5
28/4/2014
EXAMPLE
Au th o ri ze d Acce ss Po i n t R e p re se n ti n g th e
R e l a te d C o rp o ra te Bo d y
Canadian Standards Association
CSA International
Quality Management Institute
Author iz ed ac c es s points r epr es enting the
hier ar c hic al s ubor dinates of CSA G r oup
2/5
28/4/2014
3/5
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/32%20--%20Related%20Corporate%20Bodies.htm
4/5
28/4/2014
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/32%20--%20Related%20Corporate%20Bodies.htm
5/5
28/4/2014
Glossary
GLOSSARY
A-B
4to
8vo
12mo
16mo
24mo
32mo
48mo
64mo
Abbreviated Title
Academic Degree
Access Point
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
1/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Accessibility Content
Accessible Labels
Acrylic Paint
Activity Card
Adaptation
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
2/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Affiliation
Alternative Chronological
A second or subsequent system of
Designation of First Issue or Part numbering presented in the form of a date
of Sequence
(e.g., a year; year and month; month, day,
and year) on the first issue or part of a
sequence of numbering for a serial.
Alternative Chronological
A second or subsequent system of
Designation of Last Issue or Part numbering presented in the form of a date
of Sequence
(e.g., a year; year and month; month, day,
and year) on the last issue or part of a
sequence of numbering for a serial.
Alternative Numeric and/or
Alphabetic Designation of First
Issue or Part of Sequence
Alternative Title
Analog
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
3/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Annual
Aperture Card
Applied Material
Archival Resource
Arrangement
Aspect Ratio
Associated Institution
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
4/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Atlas
Audio
Audio Cartridge
Audio Cylinder
Audio Description
Audio Disc
Audio File
Audio Recording
Audio Roll
Audiocassette
Audiotape
Audiotape Reel
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
5/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Award
Base Material
Beauchamp-Feuillet Notation
Biennial
Bimonthly
Binding
Biographical Information
Biweekly
Blueline
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
6/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Blueprint
Book Format
Braille Code
Brass Music
Bristol Board
Broadcast Standard
Canvas
Caption Title
Captioning
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
7/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Card
Cardboard
Carrier
Carrier Type
Cartographic Content
Cartographic Dataset
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
8/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Cataloguer's Note
Centre Track
Ceramic
Chalk
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
9/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Charcoal
Chart
1) A two-dimensional representation of
data in graphic or tabular form (e.g., a wall
chart).
2) A map designed primarily for
navigation through water, air, or space.
Choir Book
Choral Music
Choreographic Content
Notated Movement
Chorus Score
Chronological Designation of
First Issue or Part of Sequence
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
10/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Chronological Designation of
Last Issue or Part of Sequence
Close Score
Condensed Score
Coarse Groove
Coat of Arms
Coin
Collage
Collection
Collective Title
Collotype
Colour Content
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
11/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Colour of Three-Dimensional
Form
Column
Component Part
Composite Description
Compound Surname
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
12/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Comprehensive Description
Computer
Computer Card
Computer Dataset
Computer Disc
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
13/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
discs.
Computer File
Digital Resource
Computer Program
Computer Tape
Concertos
Condensed Score
Conference
1) A meeting of individuals or
representatives of various bodies for the
purpose of discussing and/or acting on
topics of common interest.
2) A meeting of representatives of a
corporate body that constitutes its
legislative or governing body.
Configuration of Playback
Channels
Contact Information
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
14/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Container
Content Type
Contributor
Conventional Name
Coordinates of Cartographic
Content
Copyright Date
Corporate Body
Corporate History
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
15/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Correspondence
Cover
Creator
Custodian
Daguerreotype
Daily
DanceWriting
Data Type
Dataset
D-F
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
16/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
form.
Date Associated with the
Corporate Body
Date Associated with the Family A significant date associated with a family.
Date Associated with the Person A significant date associated with a person
(e.g., date of birth, date of death).
Date of Birth
Date of Capture
Date of Death
Date of Distribution
Date of Establishment
Date of Expression
Date of Manufacture
Date of Production
Date of Publication
17/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Date of Usage
Date of Work
Decimo-sexto
16mo
Declination
Derivative Master
Description
Devised Title
Diagram
Diazo
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
18/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Digital Representation of
Cartographic Content
Digital Resource
Dimensions
Diorama
Disc Master
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
19/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Distinctive Title
Distribution Statement
Distributor
Distributor's Name
Double Leaf
Drawing
Duodecimo
12mo
Duration
Dye
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
20/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Edge Track
Edition Statement
Flash Card
Element
Embossed
Encoded Bitrate
Encoding Format
Engraving
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
21/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Equinox
Equipment or System
Requirement
Eshkol-Wachman Movement
Notation
Essays
Etching
Exemplar of Manifestation
Explanation of Relationship
Explanatory Reference
Expression
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
22/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Expression of Work
Extent
Extent of Text
Extent of Three-Dimensional
Form
Giant Print
Facsimile
Family
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
23/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Female
File Size
File Type
Film Cartridge
Film Cassette
Film Reel
Film Roll
Filmslip
Filmstrip
Filmstrip Cartridge
Finding Aid
Fine
First Generation
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
24/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Flipchart
Folio
Font Size
Form
Form of Notation
Form of Work
Formally Presented
Fortnightly
Biweekly
Forty-eightmo
48mo
Frequency
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
25/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Score
Full Screen
Fully Established
Game
Gathering
Gender
Genealogical Table
Generation
G-L
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
26/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Generation of Microform
Generation of Videotape
Giant Print
Glass
Globe
Gouache
Government
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
27/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Graph
Graphic Notation
Graphite
Groove Characteristic
Hardboard
Harmony
Hereditary Title
Hierarchical Description
High Reduction
Holograph
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
28/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
therein.
Horizontal Scale of Cartographic The ratio of horizontal distances in the
Content
cartographic content of a resource to the
actual distances they represent.
Hot Spot
Swell Paper
Icon
Identifier for the Corporate Body A character string uniquely associated with
a corporate body, or with a surrogate for a
corporate body (e.g., an authority record).
The identifier serves to differentiate that
corporate body from other corporate bodies.
Identifier for the Expression
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
29/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Illustration Board
Illustrative Content
Image Description
Immediate Source of Acquisition The source from which the agency directly
of Item
acquired an item and the circumstances
under which it was received.
Ink
Instrumental Music
Integrating Resource
Intended Audience
International Intergovernmental
Body
Irregular
ISSN of Series
ISSN of Subseries
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
30/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Issue
Item
Item-Specific Carrier
Characteristic
Item-Specific Carrier
Characteristic of Early Printed
Resource
Iteration
Ivory
Jacket
Jigsaw Puzzle
Jumbo Braille
Key
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
31/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Keyboard Music
Kinetography Laban
Labanotation
Language of Expression
Large Print
Latitude
Layout
Leaf
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
32/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
blank.
Leather
Letter Notation
Libretto
Location of Headquarters
Logical Unit
Longitude
Low Reduction
Lyrics
Magnetic
M-O
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
33/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Main Series
Male
Manifestation
Manifestation Exemplified
Manifestation of Expression
Manifestation of Work
Manufacture Statement
Manufacturer
Manufacturer's Name
Manuscript
Map
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
34/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Section (2)
Map Series
Master
Master Tape
Medal
Media
Media Type
Medium of Performance
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
35/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
conceived.
Medium of Performance of
Musical Content
Mensural Notation
Metal
Microcapsule Paper
Swell Paper
Microfiche
Microfiche Cassette
Microfilm
Microfilm Cartridge
Microfilm Cassette
Microfilm Reel
Microfilm Roll
Microfilm Slip
Microform
Microgroove
Microopaque
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
36/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Microscopic
Miniature Score
Study Score
Minolta Paper
Swell Paper
Mixed
Mixed Generation
Mixed Materials
Mixed Polarity
Mock-up
Mode of Issuance
Model
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
37/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Monthly
Moon Code
Mother
Mount
Multilevel Description
Multipart Monograph
Music
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
38/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Musicals
Name
Neat Line
Negative
Neumatic Notation
Normal Reduction
Scale designation for a still image or threedimensional form that is not to scale.
Notated Movement
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
39/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Note on Dimensions of
Manifestation
Note on Expression
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
40/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Note on Frequency
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
41/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
statements.
Note on Statement of
Responsibility
Note on Title
Novels
Number Notation
Number of Objects
Numbering of Part
Numbering of Serials
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
42/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
chronological designation.
Numbering within Series
Object
Object Type
Octavo
8vo
Oil Paint
Online Resource
Operas
Optical
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
43/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Original
Other Distinguishing
A characteristic other than content type,
Characteristic of the Expression language of expression, or date of
expression. It serves to differentiate an
expression from another expression of the
same work.
Other Distinguishing
Characteristic of the Work
44/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Overhead Projectural
Overhead Transparency
Overhead Transparency
Owner
Page
Painting
Paper
45/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Parallel Statement of
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
46/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Responsibility Relating to a
Named Revision of an Edition
Parallel Statement of
A statement of responsibility relating to
Responsibility Relating to Series series in a language and/or script that differs
from that recorded in the statement of
responsibility relating to series element.
Parallel Statement of
Responsibility Relating to
Subseries
Parallel Statement of
Responsibility Relating to the
Edition
Parallel Statement of
Responsibility Relating to Title
Proper
Part
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
47/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Patronymic
Performed Music
Person
Photocopy
Photoengraving
Photogravure
Physical Carrier
Carrier
Physical Unit
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
48/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Piano Music
Piano Score
Picture
Place
Place Associated with the Family A place where a family resides or has
resided or has some connection.
Place of Birth
Place of Capture
Place of Death
Place of Distribution
Place of Manufacture
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
49/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Place of Production
Place of Publication
Plan (Cartography)
Map
Plaster
Plastic
Plate
Playing Speed
Plays
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
50/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Polarity
Polonaises
Porcelain
Portfolio
Portrait
Positive
Postcard
Poster
Preferred Citation
Preferred Name
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
51/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
representing an entity.
Preferred Name for the
Corporate Body
Preliminary
Presentation Format
Primary Relationships
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
52/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Printout
Producer of an Unpublished
Resource
Producer's Name
Production Method
Production Statement
Profession or Occupation
Profile
Program File
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
53/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Projection Characteristic of
Motion Picture Film
Projection of Cartographic
Content
Projection Speed
Protocols, etc.
Provisional
Pseudonym
Publication Statement
Publisher
Publisher's Name
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
54/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Quarterly
Quartets
Quarto
4to
Radiograph
Recording Medium
Reduced Score
Condensed Score
Reduction Ratio
Reference
Reference Source
Regional Encoding
Q-R
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
55/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Related Family
Related Item
Related Manifestation
Related Person
Related Resource
Related Work
Relationship Designator
Remote-Sensing Image
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
56/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Resolution
Resource
Restrictions on Access
Restrictions on Use
Right Ascension
Running Title
Sample
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
57/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Scale Differs
Scale Varies
Scope of Usage
Score
Script
Sculpture
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
58/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Semiannual
Semimonthly
Semiweekly
Serial
Series
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
59/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Service Copy
Sexto-decimo
16mo
Sheet
Shellac
Short Score
Condensed Score
Short Stories
Sign Language
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
60/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Silent
Silver Halide
Single Unit
Sixteenmo
16mo
Sixty-fourmo
64mo
Skin
Slide
Solid Dot
Solmization
Sonatas
Songs
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
61/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Sound
Sound Characteristic
Sound Content
Sound Disc
Audio Disc
Sound Recording
Audio Recording
Sounds
Sound-Track Reel
Source Consulted
Source of Information
Speeches
Spoken Word
Staff Notation
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
62/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Standard
Statement of Responsibility
Statement of Responsibility
A statement relating to the identification of
Relating to a Named Revision of any persons, families, or corporate bodies
an Edition
responsible for a named revision of an
edition.
Statement of Responsibility
Relating to Series
Statement of Responsibility
Relating to Subseries
Statement of Responsibility
Relating to the Edition
Statement of Responsibility
Relating to Title Proper
Status of Identification
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
63/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Stereograph Disc
Stereograph Reel
Stereograph Disc
Stereographic
Still Image
Stone
Storage Medium
Structured Description
Study Score
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
64/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Subseries
Subunit
Giant Print
Supplementary Content
Supplied Title
Devised Title
Surname
Swell Paper
Synthetic
System of Organization
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
65/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
T-U
Tablature
Table Book
Tactile Graphic
Tactile Image
Tactile Text
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
66/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Tempera
Terms of Availability
Test Pressing
Text
Text File
Textile
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
67/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Thermoform
Thirty-twomo
32mo
Three-Dimensional Form
Title
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
68/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Alternative Title
Caption Title
Devised Title
Parallel Title Proper
Running Title
Title Proper
Title Frame
Title Page
Title Proper
Title Screen
Tonic Sol-fa
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
69/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
initials.
Toy
Track Configuration
Transcript
Transparency
Overhead Transparency
Triennial
Trigesimo-secundo
32mo
Twelvemo
12mo
Twenty-fourmo
24mo
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
70/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
trio sonata).
Type of Family
Type of Recording
Typescript
Unit
Unmediated
Unstructured Description
Updating Loose-Leaf
Vacuum Form
Thermoform
V-Z
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
71/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Variant Name
Variant Title
Vellum
Version
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
72/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Vesicular
Video
Video Cartridge
Video Characteristic
Video Format
Video Tape
Videocassette
Videodisc
Videotape Reel
View
Vigesimo-quarto
24mo
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
73/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
Vinyl
Vocal Music
Vocal Score
Volume
Volume (Loose-Leaf)
Wall Chart
Watercolor
Watercolour
Watercolour
Wax
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
74/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
White Print
Wide Screen
Wood
Work
Work Expressed
Work Manifested
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
75/76
28/4/2014
Glossary
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Glossary.htm
76/76
28/4/2014
Index
INDEX
This index covers the instructions and appendices for Resource Description and Access.
The locators for the instructions are the rule numbers. Because the locators are arranged
hierarchically, index entry terms with shorter (higher) locators can be assumed to include all
the instructions under it. For example, "Extent of Text, 3.4.5
" covers the range of rules
from 3.4.5.1
3.4.5.22
. Some of the instructions with their examples may run for
several pages, e.g., 6.27.1.3
(Collaborative Works). Remember to read the entire
instruction before applying it.
Appendices D
(Record Syntaxes for Descriptive Data) and E
(Record Syntaxes
for Access Point Control) are not indexed in detail. In general, examples are not indexed, but
there are see or see also references for instructions 19.2.1.3
(creators) and 20.2.1.3
(contributors) from the classes of persons. For example:
Administrative regulations
compilers
See examples under 20.2.1.3
[Recording Contributors]
Users who are comfortable with RDA terminology can use the index to refresh their memory
on a specific instruction. Terms from AACR2 (Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules) are also
included in the index with appropriate see references. For example:
General material designation
See Carrier type
; Content type
; Media type
Words and phrases enclosed in square brackets are explanatory glosses which clarify or
distinguish index terms with different meanings. For example:
Subtitles [moving images]
accessibility content, 7.14
in language different from spoken content, 7.12
Subtitles [texts]
See Other title information
Words enclosed in parentheses(work), (expression), (manifestation), and (item)are part
of the element name for relationship designators.
The relationship designators for related works in appendix J
are indexed with their
reciprocal relationships, for example, based on (work)/derivative work.
The index is alphabetized word-by-word, with numerals preceding letters. Numbers,
symbols, and punctuation marks at the beginning of index entries are filed as if spelled out.
They are also filed at the beginning of the alphabet, before the A's. Hyphens and other
punctuation, as well as prepositions preceding subentries, are ignored in filing. Thus "reel-toreel" is filed as if spelled "reeltoreel."
ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE INDEX:
App.
Appendix
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
1/129
28/4/2014
Index
Footnote
[rd]
relationship designator
WEMI
PFC
A
AACR2
; Initials
, B.3
2/129
28/4/2014
Index
3/129
28/4/2014
Index
, H.1
4/129
28/4/2014
Index
, B.5.7
9.19.1.7
[Recording Contributors]
[Recording Creators]
6.29.1.9
, 19.3.2.4
creators, 19.2.1.1.1
Administrative subordinate bodies See Committees
Administrative works of a corporate body, creators for, 19.2.1.1.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
5/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 6.29.1.19
Analog recordings
groove characteristics, 3.16.5
playing speed, 3.16.4
type of recording, 3.16.2.3
Analysis See Analytical description
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
6/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 9.6.1.6
; Surnames of
, A.4
, C.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
7/129
28/4/2014
Index
Aranyakas, 6.23.2.15
Archbishops See Religious officials
Archdioceses of the Eastern Church, conventional name for, 11.2.2.5.4
Architect [rd], I.2.1
Archival resources and collections See also Repositories, archival
contact information, 4.3.1.1
, 4.3.1.4
date of production, 2.7.6.7
devised title proper, 2.3.2.11.4
system of organization, 7.8
Armed forces See also Military courts, ad hoc
below national level, 11.2.2.22.2
capitalization, A.16.2
names, 11.2.2.19
, A.16.2
, 11.2.2.22.1
Arrangements [music]
musical expressions, 6.28.3.2
preferred title, 6.18.1.4
relationship designators
musical arrangement of (expression)/musical arrangement
(expression), J.3.2
Arranger of music [rd], I.3.1
Contributors)
(Recording
, 11.13.1.4
, 11.13.1.8.1
8/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 3.4.2.5
3.20
, 7.27.1.3
9/129
28/4/2014
Index
epoch, 7.6
equinox, 7.5
form of notation, 7.13
format of notated music, 7.20
illustrative content See Illustrative content
language of the content See Language of the content
medium of performance See Medium of performance [music]
other details of cartographic content, 7.27
performer, narrator, and/or presenter, 7.23
place and date of capture, 7.11
projection of cartographic content, 7.26
scale, 7.25
sound content, 7.18
summarization of the content, 7.10
supplementary content, 7.16
Attributes of the work
coverage of the content, 7.3
dissertations or theses, 7.9
intended audience, 7.7
nature of the content, 7.2
system of organization, 7.8
Attribution, 0.4.3.6
Attribution, notes on, 2.20.3.3
Audience, intended, 7.7
Audio carriers [carrier type], 3.3.1.3
audio cartridges See Audio cartridges
audio cylinders See Audio cylinders
audio disc See Audio discs
audio rolls, 3.3.1.3
audiocassettes See Audiocassettes
audiotape reels See Audiotapes
generation of reproduction, 3.10.2
sound-track reels, 3.3.1.3
Audio cartridges
as carrier type, 3.3.1.3
dimensions, 3.5.1.4.2
Audio content See Sound content
Audio cylinders
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
10/129
28/4/2014
Index
, B.11
, 8.1.4
, 18.1.5
, 24.1.4
11/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 6.1.2
, 6.27.1
6.27.3
, A.20
B
Ballad operas, 6.28.1.3
Ballets See Choreographed musical works
Baluchi language, initial articles, C.2
Band music See Instrumental music
Bandwidth [video characteristic], 3.18.1.4
Baronets, titles of, capitalization, A.11.5.1
Barons and baronesses See Titles of nobility
Base material, 3.6
Base volumes of updating loose-leaf, changes in, 1.6.3.3
Based on (expression)/derivative expression (expression) [rd], J.3.2
Based on (work)/derivative work [rd], J.2.2
Basis for libretto (expression)/libretto based on (expression) [rd], J.3.2
Basis for libretto (work)/libretto based on (work) [rd], J.2.2
Basque language, initial articles, C.2
B.C., use of, B.5.9
, H.1
12/129
28/4/2014
Index
capitalization, A.17.8
A.17.10
books, 6.23.2.9.2
date of expression, 6.24.1.4
groups of books, 6.23.2.9.3
other selections, 6.23.2.9.7
single selections, 6.23.2.9.5
Testaments, 6.23.2.9.1
two or more selections, 6.23.2.9.6
[Recording
13/129
28/4/2014
Index
, A.16.2
, 11.13.1.3
United Kingdom
14/129
28/4/2014
Index
C
ca., use of See Supplied or approximate dates
Cadenza (expression)/cadenza composed for (expression) [rd], J.3.5
Cadenza (work)/cadenza composed for (work) [rd], J.2.5
Cadenzas, 6.28.1.7
variant access points, 6.28.4.2
Calendar divisions, capitalization, A.21
Calendars, liturgical See Liturgical works
Call numbers See Exemplar of manifestation
Canada, place names, 16.2.2.9
, B.11
Capitalization, App. A
and Chicago Manual of Style , A.10
names, general guidelines, 8.5.2
notes, 1.10.2
unusual capitalization, A.4
Caption as preferred source of information, 2.2.2.2
Caption title See Variant titles
Captions [moving images] See Accessibility content
Capture, place and date of, 7.11
Cardinals See Religious officials
Cards, dimensions, 3.5.1.4.1
Cards [unmediated carrier type], 3.3.1.3
Carrier type, 3.3
See also Extent
audio carrier See Audio carriers [carrier type]
computer carriers See Computer carriers
microform carriers See Microform carriers
microscopic carrier, 3.3.1.3
other terms used to describe the type of unit, 3.4.1.5
projected image carrier See Projected image carriers
resources consisting of more than one, 3.1.4
recording carrier type, extent, and other characteristics of each
carrier, 3.1.4.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
15/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 7.27.1.3
epoch, 7.6
equinox, 7.5
other details of cartographic content, 7.27
scale, 7.25.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
16/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 7.27.1.3
[Recording Creators]
17/129
28/4/2014
Index
; Popes
; Religious orders
dioceses, 11.2.2.27
liturgical works, 6.23.2.8
, 6.30.3.5
, 11.2.2.28
, 2.9.6.5
, 2.10.6.5
Celestial charts
coordinates, 7.4.1
epoch, 7.6
equinox, 7.5.1
magnitude, 7.27.1.3
right ascension, 7.4.4
scale, 7.25.1.5
Chamber music combinations, 6.15.1.5
Changes requiring a new description, 1.6
Channeled communications See Spirit as designation
Chapters of corporate bodies See Branches
Characterizing words or phrases See also Epithets
capitalization, A.2.3
in names for persons, 9.2.2.25
Charges to juries, 6.29.1.27
, 19.2.1.1.1
creators See examples under 19.2.1.3
[Recording Creators]
judge, 19.3.2.10
other PFC associated with a work, 19.3.2.1
, 19.3.2.6
, 19.3.2.8
, 1.10.2
, A.10
18/129
28/4/2014
Index
19/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 1.10.2
, A.10
, 3.4.1.11
; Compilations of works
office of governor
20/129
28/4/2014
Index
relationship designators
annotator [rd], I.5.2
commentary on (item), J.5.3
commentary on (manifestation), J.4.3
commentary on (expression)/commentary in (expression), J.3.3
commentary on (work)/commentary in (work), J.2.3
commentator, I.3.1
writer of added commentary [rd], I.3.1
writers of as contributors, 20.2.1.1
[Recording Contributors]
; Delegations
, 1.2
21/129
28/4/2014
Index
Midrashim, 6.23.2.12.2
of musical works See Compilations of musical works
official communications and other works, 6.31.1.5
official communications of more than one holder of office, 6.31.1.4
other compilations of two or more works, 6.2.2.10.3
preferred title
complete works, 6.2.2.10.1
complete works in a single form, 6.2.2.10.2
treaties, 6.19.2.8
, 6.29.1.20
, I.3.1
; Place of composition
compound
22/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 11.13.1.8.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
23/129
28/4/2014
Index
location, 11.3.2
, 11.13.1.8.1
, 11.13.1.8.1
11.13.1.8.2
, 16.2.2.4
11.13.1.8.2
; Legislative bodies
, 11.2.2.20
[Recording
, 19.3.2.5
, 3.5.1.5
, 3.1.4.2
, 3.1.4.3
24/129
28/4/2014
Index
, A.20
, 7.15
25/129
28/4/2014
Index
tactile notated
tactile images
tactile notated
tactile text
; Serials
Contributors, 20.2
Contributors to compilations See examples under 20.2.1.3
[Recording Contributors]
laws, 6.19.2.5.1
treaties, 6.19.2.8
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
26/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 6.12.1.4
, 16.2.2.1
, 16.4
, 7.27.1.3
, 2.20.10
, 1.3
, 8.3
, 18.3
attributes of, 11
as creators, 19.2.1.1.1
as collaborator with person or family, 6.27.1.3
works of an administrative nature, 19.2.1.1.1
works recording the collective activity or thought of the body,
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
27/129
28/4/2014
Index
19.2.1.1.1
See also examples under 19.2.1.3
[Recording Creators]
definition, 0.3.3
, 8.1.2
, 18.1.2
, 29.1.2
, 16.2.2.4
11.2.2.16
, A.16
, C.0
, 11.2.2.19
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
28/129
28/4/2014
Index
names not conveying the idea of a corporate body See Names not conveying
the idea of
other terms associated with names of, capitalization, A.2.6
preferred name, 11.2.2
different forms of the same name, 11.2.2.5
more than one language form of the name, 11.2.2.5.2
religious bodies See Religious bodies
religious officials See Religious officials
variant names, 11.2.3
abbreviated forms of, 11.2.3.5
alternative linguistic form of name, 11.2.3.6
general guidelines, 11.2.3.3
initialisms and acronyms, 11.2.3.4
, 11.2.3.5
, 11.2.3.5
; Political jurisdictions
abbreviations, B.11
capitalization, A.13.2
place names, added to, 16.2.2.12
Country associated with a person, 9.10
Counts See Titles of nobility
Court and judicial opinions and decisions
authorized access points, 6.29.1.28
creators, 19.2.1.1.1
Creators]
6.29.1.29
, 19.3.2.6
[Recording
, 19.3.2.8
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
[Recording
29/129
28/4/2014
Index
Creators]
criminal proceedings, 6.29.1.24
indictments See Indictments
judicial decisions and opinions See Court and judicial opinions and decisions
records of one party, 6.29.1.30
Court reporters, 6.29.1.21.1
, 6.29.1.22
[Recording Contributors]
relationship designator, I.3.1
Court rules
compilations of rules, 6.29.1.11
6.29.1.12
[Recording Contributors]
[Recording
, 19.3.2.4
, 19.3.2.12
Courts, 11.2.2.19
, 11.2.2.24
See also Court proceedings
ad hoc military courts, 11.2.2.21.2
capitalization, A.16.2
civil and criminal courts, 11.2.2.21.1
Courts, military See Courts-martial
Courts of inquiry See Courts-martial
Courts-martial
authorized access point, 11.2.2.21.2
other PFC associated with a work, 19.3.2.6
Cover as preferred source of information, 2.2.2.2
Coverage of the content, 7.3
Creators of works, 19.2
corporate bodies as, 19.2.1.1.1
more than one, 6.27.1.3
[Recording Creators]
, I.2.1
30/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 19.3.2.6
D
Dame See Terms of honour and respect
Dancer [rd], I.3.1
Dancing See Notated movement
Danish language See also Scandinavian languages
compound surname uncertain, F.11.10
initial articles, C.2
pronouns, capitalization, A.49.5.1
Dashes at beginning of titles See Titles [resources]:
incompleteness
31/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 6.29.1.32
, 10.10.1.3
, 2.9.6.6
32/129
28/4/2014
Index
first issue
last issue
, 6.27.1.9
abbreviations, B.5.9
general guidelines, 1.9
transcription, 0.11.4
, I.5.2
; Criminal court
Defendants
criminal proceedings, 6.29.1.24
military courts, 11.2.2.21.2
Degree granting institution [rd], I.2.2
Degrees See Academic degrees
33/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 11.2.2.24
16.2.2.11.1
; Specific
; Statement of
34/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 11.13.1
, 1.2
, 5.2
laws, 6.29.1.32
legal works
6.22
6.6
; Other distinguishing
religious works
; Form of work
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
; Other
35/129
28/4/2014
Index
9.19.1.7
, 9.19.1.7
, 9.19.1.5
, 8.2
manifestations
36/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 3.22.5
; Respondents
Disputed territories
authorized access points, 11.13.1.1
dates associated with, 11.13.1.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
37/129
28/4/2014
Index
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
38/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 3.22.2.7
, B.5.3
Dutch language
capitalization, A.38
initial articles, C.2
surnames with prefixes, A.38.2
, F.11.3
E
Earlier title as part of title of serial, 2.3.1.4
Earlier title proper [integrating resources], 2.3.7
Earls See Titles of nobility
Early cartographic resources, dimensions, 3.5.2.2
Early printed resources See also Works created before 1501
extent
advertising matter, 3.4.5.3.2
complicated or irregular paging, 3.4.5.8
leaves or pages of plates, 3.4.5.9
notes, 3.22.2.9
unnumbered pages, 3.4.5.3.2
extent of sheets, 3.4.5.14
extent of single volume, 3.4.5.2
formats, 3.12.1.3
item-specific carrier characteristics, 3.21.2
numbers expressed as numerals or words, 1.8
preferred source of information, 2.2.2.2
Eastern Church, autocephalous patriarchates of, 11.2.2.5.4
Eastern Church, liturgical works
39/129
28/4/2014
Index
edition information
integrating resources, changes in, 1.6.3.4
ISBD punctuation, D.1.2.3
named revisions of an edition, 2.5.6
2.5.9
notes, 2.20.4
parallel information See Parallel edition information
of responsibility
relating to issues or parts, 2.5.1.5
; Parallel statement
, 2.20.4.3
edition
, 11.2.2.23
production method
40/129
28/4/2014
Index
A.32
capitalization, A.11.8
names in Arabic alphabet, F.1.1.4
Epoch [cartographic resources], 7.6
Eponyms See Derivatives of proper names, capitalization
Equalization system [audio recordings] See Special playback characteristics
Equinox [cartographic resources], 7.5
Equipment or system requirements, 3.20
, B.7n2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
41/129
28/4/2014
Index
places, 16.2.3.5
Expeditions of a corporate body, creators for, 19.2.1.1.1
; examples under 19.2.1.3
Explanation of relationship
related corporate bodies, 32.2
related expressions, 26.2
related families, 31.2
related persons, 30.2
related works, 25.2
Explanatory references, E.1.3.4
Expression manifested, 17.10
Expressions
authorized access points, 6.27.3
contributors, 20.2
date of expression for religious works, 6.24
dates of, 6.10
definition, 0.3.2
, 1.1.5
, 5.1.2
, 17.1.2
, 18.1.4
, 24.1.2
42/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 3.22.3
; Text, extent
, B.5.2
F
Facsimile contained in/contains facsimile of (manifestation) [rd], J.4.4
Facsimile of (item) [rd], J.5.2
Facsimile/facsimile of [rd], J.4.2
Facsimiles and reproductions
Bible, 6.24.1.4
, 6.30.3.2
carrier, description of, 3.1.3
description, 1.11
distribution statement, 2.9.1.3
edition statement, 2.5.1.3
identifier for the item, 2.19.1.3
identifier for the manifestation, 2.15.1.3
manufacture statement, 2.10.1.3
numbering of serials, 2.6.1.3
photocopies, 3.9.2.3
production statement, 2.7.1.3
publication statement, 2.8.1.3
religious manuscripts, 6.30.4
series statement, 2.12.1.3
sources of information, 2.2.3.3
statement of responsibility, 2.4.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
43/129
28/4/2014
Index
; Corporate bodies
[Recording Creators]
, 8.1.2
, 18.1.2
, 29.1.2
10.2.3.6
, 2.9.4.3
, 2.9.6.3
, 2.10.4.3
, 2.7.6.3
, 2.8.6.3
, 2.10.6.3
44/129
28/4/2014
Index
; Motion pictures
Filmstrip cartridges
as carrier type, 3.3.1.3
dimensions, 3.5.1.4.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
45/129
28/4/2014
Index
Filmstrips
A.53
form of
; Notated music
; Script [writing
form of tactile notation
, 6.27.1.9
46/129
28/4/2014
Index
, [FRAD]
, [FRBR]
, F.11.5
; Statement of
, 0.5
47/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 0.5
G
Galician language, initial articles, C.2
Games See Three-dimensional forms
Gauge See Dimensions
Gender of person, 9.7
General material designation See Carrier type
; Content type
; Media type
9.2.2.26
48/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 11.2.2.19
See also
11.2.2.18
, 16.2.2.1
, 16.4
; Heads of state
, 11.13.1.6
Government officials
as creators, 19.2.1.1.2
titles of office
capitalization, A.11.5.3
governors of dependent territories, 11.2.2.18.4
heads of international intergovernmental bodies, 11.2.2.18.3
heads of state or government, 11.2.2.14.8
11.2.2.18.2
, 11.2.2.18.1
49/129
28/4/2014
Index
H
Hand-coloured items, 3.21.2
Handicapped users See Accessibility content
for
[Recording Contributors]
[Recording
50/129
28/4/2014
Index
abbreviations, B.10
capitalization, A.2.2
, A.4
, A.4
, C.2
names, A.2.2
Height See Dimensions
Height of separate physical units bound together, 3.5.1.4.14
Hereditary titles of families, 10.2.3.5
, 10.7
Hierarchical description
definition, 1.1.4
uses of, 1.5.4
Hierarchical subordinate [rd], K.4.3
Hierarchical superior [rd], K.4.3
Hindu scriptures See Aranyakas
Upanishads
; Vedas
, ;Brahmanas
, ;Jaina gama
,;
, 6.29.1.17
51/129
28/4/2014
Index
I
I [personal pronoun], capitalization, A.28
Iban names, F.7.1.1
manifestations, 2.15
See also Plate numbers [music]
numbers for music
facsimiles and reproductions, 2.15.1.3
; Publisher's
, 26.1.1.3
52/129
28/4/2014
Index
(Recording Contributors)
; Still images
in title, 2.20.2.4
in titles of serials or integrating resources, 2.3.1.4
transcription, 1.7.9
Incidental music to dramatic works, 6.28.1.8
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
53/129
28/4/2014
Index
[Recording
, A.4
musical works
54/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 11.2.3.5
, 2.1.2.4
distribution, 2.9.6.5
manufacture, 2.10.6.5
production, 2.7.6.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
55/129
28/4/2014
Index
publication, 2.8.6.5
definition, 1.1.3
earlier titles, 2.3.1.4
title proper
, 2.20.12
; Merged resources
frequency
, 3.22.6.3.2
, 3.22.4.4.2
, 2.20.8.4.3
, 2.20.4.5.3
frequency, 2.20.12.4
manufacture statement, 2.10.1.5.3
, 2.20.9.4.3
, 2.20.6.4.3
, 2.20.7.5.3
, J.3.6
, 2.20.11.5.2
, 2.20.3.6.3
, 6.1.3.3.1
, 6.1.3.3.2
56/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 11.2.2.24
, 11.2.2.5.4
, 11.2.2.54
, 6.29.1.16
, I.3.1
, I.3.1
, 7.13.2.3
ISSN [International Standard Serial Number] See also Identifiers for resources:
manifestations
; Standard numbers, punctuation of
key title, 2.3.9
of series, 2.12.8
of subseries, 2.12.16
Issued with [rd], J.4.5
Issues [serials], notes on, 2.20.13
Issuing agents, 19.3.2.3
Issuing body [rd], I.2.2
Italian language
capitalization, A.43
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
57/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 1.3
custodian, 22.3
definition, 0.3.2
, 1.1.5
, 17.1.2
, 18.1.4
, 24.1.2
J
Jaina gama [Jain canon], 6.23.2.16
Japanese language, ordinal numerals, 1.8.5
Jazz music See Popular music, arrangements
Jewish liturgical works, 6.23.2.8
, 6.30.1.7
6.23.2.12
6.29.1.29
58/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 2.9.6.3
, 2.10.2.6.3
, 2.7.2.6.2
, 2.8.2.6.2
Jurisdiction, type of
added to government names, 11.7.1.5
, 11.13.1.6
, 16.2.2.8.2
K
Kannada names, F.5.1.2
Karen names, F.2
Key [music], 6.17
as addition to access point, 6.28.1.9
as differentiation, 6.28.1.10.1
omission from preferred title, 6.14.2.4
parallel title proper, 2.3.3.4
in title proper, 2.3.2.8.1
Key title, 2.3.9
Keyboard instruments, 6.15.1.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
59/129
28/4/2014
Index
L
Lady See Terms of honour and respect
"Lady of Quality, A" See Characterizing words or phrases
Landscape architect [rd], I.2.1
Language and script
general guidelines, 1.4
more than one See Specific elements, e.g., title proper
PFC, 8.4
place names, 16.2.2.6
preferred source of information in, 2.2.3.1
transcription, 0.11.2
works and expressions, 5.4
Language of the content
basic instructions, 7.12
of expression, 6.11
more than one in an expression, 6.11.1.4
script used to express language content, 7.13.2
Language of the corporate body, 11.8
Language of the person, 9.14
Language preference, definition, 8.2
Language, programming, 3.20.1.3
Languages, names of, capitalization, A.12
Large print text, font size, 3.13
Later title proper [multipart monograph or serial], 2.3.8
Latin alphabet abbreviations, B.7
Latin language
capitalization See English language:
capitalization
60/129
28/4/2014
Index
[Recording Contributors]
6.19.2.6
, 6.29.1.6
Layout
; Pagination
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
61/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 6.29.1.30.2
Legal expressions
authorized access points, 6.29.2
variant access points, 6.29.3.4
Legal works, 6.29.1.2
, 6.29.1.31
additions to access points, 6.29.1.32
6.29.1.34
6.29.1.12
laws, 6.19.2.5.1
laws governing more than one jurisdiction, 6.29.1.3
constitutions See Constitutions, charters, etc.
court proceedings, 6.29.1.24
6.29.1.31
, B.5.10
, 19.2.1.1.1
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
62/129
28/4/2014
Index
form of
, as preferred title
6.30.1.7
; Masses
, 6.30.1.7
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
63/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 11.13.1.8.1
11.13.1.8.2
, 16.2.2.4
M
Machine-readable data files See Digital resources
Magnetic recordings See Recording medium [audio carriers]
Main entries See Access points
Malagasy language, initial articles, C.2
Malay names, F.6
, F.7
, 1.3
, 1.1.5
, 17.1.2
, 18.1.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
, 24.1.2
64/129
28/4/2014
Index
distributor, 21.4
identification of, 2
identifiers for, 2.15
item as exemplar of manifestation, 17.11
manifestation of work, 17.7
note on manifestation or item, 2.20
PFC/manifestation relationships, 21
producers of unpublished resources, 21.2
publisher, 21.3
related, 27
Manuals of religious observance, 19.3.3
, 2.10.4.3
, 2.10.6.3
, 13.1
65/129
28/4/2014
Index
dimensions, 3.5.2
on both sides of a sheet, 3.5.2.7
on folded sheet, 3.5.2.6
on more than one sheet of differing sizes, 3.5.2.3
in relation to dimensions of sheet, 3.5.1.1
, 3.5.2.5
, D.2
, E.2
, App. D.2
, 6.23.2.20.3
66/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 6.28.1.10
capitalization, A.3.2
description, 7.21
indeterminate, 6.15.1.13
music performers, 7.23.1.3
original intention, 6.15
in title
form of
, 7.26.1.3
Microfiche cassettes
as carrier type, 3.3.1.3
dimensions, 3.5.1.4.3
Microfiches
base material, 3.6.2
as carrier type, 3.3.1.3
dimensions, 3.5.1.4.7
emulsions on, 3.7.2
number of subunits, 3.4.1.7.4
Microfilm cartridges
as carrier type, 3.3.1.3
dimensions, 3.5.1.4.2
Microfilm cassettes
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
67/129
28/4/2014
Index
68/129
28/4/2014
Index
expressions, 6.30.3.3
parts, 6.23.2.11
; Creators of works
; Single unit
; Single units
69/129
28/4/2014
Index
; Terms of address
; Series
70/129
28/4/2014
Index
distribution, 2.9.6.5
manufacture, 2.10.6.3
, 2.10.6.5
production, 2.7.6.5
publication, 2.8.6.5
definition, 1.1.3
incomplete holdings, 3.21.1.3
mode of issuance, 2.13.1.3 [table 2.1]
note on basis for identification of the resource, 2.20.13.3.3
notes on changes in content characteristics, 7.29.2.3.1
separately numbered issues or parts of series, 2.12.9.8.1
Multipart monographs, changes in
affecting the identification of the work, 6.1.3.1
carrier characteristics, 3.1.6.1
dimensions, 3.5.1.8.1
, 3.22.6.3.1
, 3.22.4.4.1
, 2.20.8.4.1
, 2.20.4.5.1
, 2.20.9.4.1
, 2.20.6.4.1
, 2.20.7.5.1
, J.3.6
, 2.20.11.5.1
, 2.20.3.6.1
, 6.1.3.1
71/129
28/4/2014
Index
; Musical instruments
form of
format
, 6.28.1.6
, 2.3.3.4
6.30.1.7
; Operas,
72/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 6.28.3.4
, 6.28.1.9
, 6.14.3.4
6.14.3.5
, 6.14.2.5
N
Name of the person See Personal names
Names See also Corporate names
; Families [groups of related persons]
;
Personal names
; Place names
; Preferred names
; Statement
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
73/129
28/4/2014
Index
of responsibility
abbreviations, B.2
change of See Names, changes in
definition, 8.1.3
of peoples or races, capitalization, A.12
Names, changes in See also Variant names
corporate names, 11.2.2.6
earlier name as variant name, 9.2.3.7
later name as variant name, 9.2.3.8
personal names, 9.2.2.7
place names, 16.2.2.7
producer, 2.7.1.5
Names, derivatives of See Derivatives of proper names, capitalization
Names in religion See also Religious titles and terms of address
Buddhist names, F.5.1.2
, F.10.1.4
Indic names, F.5.1.2
term of address added to given name, 9.4.1.8
Thai Buddhist, F.10.1.4
as variant names, 9.2.3.6
Names not conveying the idea of
corporate bodies, 11.7.1.4
, 11.13.1.2
subordinate corporate bodies, 11.2.2.14.4
government bodies recorded subordinately, 11.2.2.14.4
persons
, 9.19.1.5
Names of persons, families, and corporate bodies See also Corporate names
Families [groups of related persons]
; Personal names
abbreviations in, 8.5.7
Narrators, 7.23
National guard See Armed forces
Native American nations, treaties of, 6.29.1.15n
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
74/129
28/4/2014
Index
dimensions
form of
, 2.6.2.3
; Words or phrases
, B.7n3
75/129
28/4/2014
Index
format, 7.20
; Notated music
; Script [writing system]
form of tactile notation
; Notes on manifestation or
, A.8
, 3.22.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
76/129
28/4/2014
Index
form of
, B.5.5
See also Numbering within series
; Numbering
notes, 2.20.5
separately numbered issues or parts of series, 2.12.9.8.2
Numbering within series, 2.12.9
alternative numbering systems, 2.12.9.7
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
77/129
28/4/2014
Index
capitalization, A.7
chronological designation, 2.12.9.4
inaccuracies in, 2.20.11.4
new sequence of numbering, 2.12.9.6
part of series, capitalization, A.3.2
separately numbered issues or parts, 2.12.9.8
Numbering within subseries, 2.12.17
, A.7
, 11.6
, 11.13.1.8.2
of legislatures, 11.2.2.19.3
in names of military units, 11.2.2.22.1
Numbers expressed as numerals or words
in names of PFC, 8.5.3
place names, 16.2.3.7
in title of the work, 6.2.1.5
transcription, 1.8
Numbers expressed as words, 1.8.3
Numbers, inclusive, 1.8.4
Numbers [music], 6.16
abbreviations, B.5.4
as addition to access point, 6.28.1.9
, 6.28.1.10.1
capitalization, A.3.2
opus numbers, 6.16.1.3.2
plate numbers, 2.15.3
publisher's numbers, 2.15.2
serial numbers, 6.16.1.3.1
thematic index number, 6.16.1.3.3
in titles
, A.3.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
78/129
28/4/2014
Index
O
O [interjection], capitalization, A.28
Object type [cartographic resources], 3.19.8.3
Objects [unmediated carrier type], 3.3.1.3
, 19.3.3.1
titles of office
; Titles of position
, 6.31.2
[Recording
, 6.31.3.2
, 2.9.1.4
, 2.10.1.4
79/129
28/4/2014
Index
; Narrator [rd]
, 27.1
, 11.13.1.7
, 9.19.1.7
, 6.27.1.9
, 6.28.1.10
80/129
28/4/2014
Index
, I.2.2
frequency
other
of series, 2.12.4
of subseries, 2.12.12
2.12.13
Overhead transparencies
as carrier type, 3.3.1.3
dimensions, 3.5.1.4.8
number of overlays, 3.4.1.7.6
Overlays See Overhead transparencies
Overseas territories, dependencies, etc., 16.2.2.11
16.2.2.11.1
Owner, 22.2
Owner [rd], I.5.1
Ownership See Custodial history of item
P
Pagination See also Text, extent
change in form of numbering within a sequence, 3.4.5.4
complicated or irregular paging, 3.4.5.8
duplicated paging, 3.4.5.12
, 3.22.2.7
extent
, 3.22.2.6
81/129
28/4/2014
Index
82/129
28/4/2014
Index
of series, 2.12.3
of subseries, 2.12.11
Paraphrase of (expression)/paraphrased as (expression) [rd], J.3.2
Paraphrase of (work)/paraphrased as (work) [rd], J.2.2
Paris Principles See International Conference on Cataloguing Principles
Parody of (expression)/parodied as (expression) [rd], J.3.2
Parody of (work)/parodied as (work) [rd], J.2.2
Part issued as a single unit, analytical description, 1.5.3
Particles, names with See Surnames of persons:
with prefixes
parts
; Scores [music]
, 6.28.2
notes, 1.10.5
numbering of part, 24.6
one part, 6.27.2.2
preferred title, 6.2.2.9
, 6.2.2.10.3
, 6.12.1.4, 6.27.2.3
, 6.30.5.2
titles, 2.3.1.7
two or more unnumbered or non-consecutive parts, 6.27.2.3
Selections
See also
; Relationship, words
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
83/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 9.19.1.5
manifestations
Personal names, 9
, App. F
See also Given names [forenames]
Surnames [persons]
capitalization, A.2
, A.11
9.2.2.26
9.2.2.26
9.2.2.13
, 9.2.2.14
; Profession or occupation
See also
;
84/129
28/4/2014
Index
9.2.2.5.3
with prefixes
9.19.1.7
attributes of, 9
authorized access points for, 9.19.1
as creators of serials, 19.2.1.1.3
definition, 0.3.3
, 8.1.2
, 18.1.2
, 29.1.2
9.11
; Families
general guidelines, 8
persons, 9
85/129
28/4/2014
Index
relationships between, 29
relationships with a manifestation, 21
relationships with a resource, 18
relationships with a work, 19
relationships with an expression, 20
relationships with an item, 22
PFC See Persons, families, and corporate bodies [PFC]
Phonogram symbol [], use of, 2.11.1.3
Photocopies, 3.9.2.3
; Containers
, A.13
, 16.2.2.12
, B.2
, B.11
, A.13.1
, 16.2.2.1
, 16.4
, 16.2.2.6
16.2.2.11.1
in personal names
Arabic names [Nisbah] , F.1.1.4
with given name, 9.2.2.18
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
86/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 2.9.2
, 6.27.1.9
, 16.2.2.4
, 10.10.1.4
9.11
, 16.2.2.4
, 16.2.2.4
87/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 19.3.2.11
, 19.3.2.12
, A.16.3
, 9.4.1.6
, 11.2.2.26.2
, 6.28.3.2.2
88/129
28/4/2014
Index
corporate
9.2.2.13
9.2.2.17
6.2.2.10
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
89/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 6.2.2.3
6.2.2.7
with prefixes
See
90/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 21.2
, 9.19.1.2
, 9.19.1.5
91/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 10.10.1.5
See also
92/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 4.3.1.3
Publishers
manifestations of works, 21.3
relationship designator, I.4.2
Publisher's name, 2.8.4
more than one, 2.8.4.5
no publisher identified, 2.8.4.7
statement of function, 2.8.4.4
Publisher's numbers for music, 2.15.2
Punctuation, E.1.2
corporate names with initials, 8.5.6.2
, 11.2.2.7
Q
Quadraphonic recordings See Configuration of playback channels
Qualifiers to names See Differentiation
Queens See Royalty
Quotations in notes, 1.10.3
Qur'an, 6.23.2.18
R
Rabbis See Religious officials
Races, capitalization, A.12
Radio adaptation of (expression)/adapted as a radio program (expression) [rd], J.3.2
Radio adaptation of (work)/adapted as a radio program (work) [rd], J.2.2
Radio director [rd], I.2.2
Radio producer [rd], I.2.2
Radio programs, parts of, 6.27.2.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
93/129
28/4/2014
Index
; Titles of nobility
in names
, [RDA]
; Three-dimensional forms
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
named
94/129
28/4/2014
Index
revisions of an edition
Related PFC
corporate bodies, 32
See also Subordinate corporate bodies
definition, 29.1.3
relationship designators, K.4
families, 31
definition, 29.1.3
relationship designators, K.3
persons, 30
definition, 29.1.3
relationship designators, K.2
; Translations
expressions, 26
, J.3
definition, 24.1.3
relationship designators, J.3.1
items, 28
definition, 24.1.3
relationship designators, J.5.1
manifestations, 27
definition, 24.1.3
relationship designators, J.4.1
works, 25.1
definition, 24.1.3
referencing related works, 25.1.1.3
relationship designators, J.2
, 24.1.5
, 29.1.5
95/129
28/4/2014
Index
, J.1
, K.1
manufacturers, I.4.1
other PFC/item relationships, I.5.2
persons, families and corporate bodies, App. K
PFC relationships, 29.5
PFC/expression relationships, I.3
PFC/item relationships, I.5
PFC/manifestation relationships, I.4
PFC/resource relationships, 18.5
, App. I
publishers, I.4.2
related items, J.5
related manifestations, J.4
related PFC, App. K
related WEMI, 24.5
relationships between works, J.2.3
sequential expression relationships, J.3.6
sequential work relationships, J.2.6
whole-part expression relationships, J.3.4
whole-part item relationships, J.5.4
whole-part manifestation relationships, J.4.4
whole-part work relationships, J.2.4
works, expressions, manifestations, and items, App. J
Relationship, words indicating See also Filial indicators
Terms of address
following surnames [i.e. Jr., Sr.], 9.2.2.9.5
; Patronymics
11.2.2.29
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
96/129
28/4/2014
Index
11.2.2.28
9.4.1.8
Religious orders
capitalization in name, A.11.6
conventional names, 11.2.2.5.4
initials of added to personal names, 9.4.1.8
liturgical works, 6.30.3.5
Religious rank See Religious titles and terms of address
Religious seasons, capitalization, A.22
Religious titles and terms of address, 9.4.1.6
9.4.1.8
religion
; Religious officials
added to given name, 9.4.1.8
, 9.19.1.2
capitalization, A.11.5.2
early Indic names, F.5.1.1
Iban names, App. G
popes See Popes
revered persons, capitalization, A.17.3
Religious works See also Creeds, theological
scriptures
authorized access points, 6.30
; Liturgical works
; Sacred
creeds, 6.30.1.4
harmonies of scriptural passages, 6.30.1.3
liturgical works See Liturgical works
manuscripts, 6.30.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
97/129
28/4/2014
Index
6.23.2.20
, 3.19.5
, 1.2
, 1.2
98/129
28/4/2014
Index
principles, 0.4.3
purpose and scope, 0.0
relationship to other standards, 0.2
relationships, 0.4.3.3
representation, 1.2
responsiveness to user needs, 0.4.2.1
structure of, 0.5
sufficiency in, 0.4.3.2
, 1.2
99/129
28/4/2014
Index
, B.5.8
100/129
28/4/2014
Index
; Royalty
S
Sacred scriptures See also Names of scriptures, e.g, Qur'an
parts of
authorized access points, 6.30.1.2
; Sacred scriptures,
capitalization, A.17.8
persons named in, 9.6.1.6
preferred title, 6.23.2.5
readings for services See Liturgical works
Sacred scriptures, parts of
authorized access point, 6.30.2.2
Bible, 6.23.2.9
Buddhist, 6.23.2.13
Hindu scriptures, 6.23.2.14
Jewish works, 6.23.2.10
6.23.2.16
6.23.2.12
, 9.6.1.4
, 9.19.1.2
101/129
28/4/2014
Index
7.25.2
See also
; Parts
extent, 3.4.3.2
with parts, notes on, 3.22.2.5
Scotland, place names, 16.2.2.10.1
Scottish Court of Session, judges of, 9.2.2.16
Scottish Gaelic language, initial articles, C.2
Screenplays, relationship designators for
motion picture screenplay based on (expression)/adapted as a motion picture
screenplay (expression) [rd], J.3.2
motion picture screenplay based on (work)/adapted as a motion picture
screenplay (work) [rd], J.2.2
motion picture screenplay (expression)/screenplay for the motion picture
(expression) [rd], J.3.5
motion picture screenplay (work)/screenplay for the motion picture (work) [rd],
J.2.5
screenplay based on (expression)/adapted as a screenplay (expression) [rd],
J.3.2
screenplay (expression)/screenplay for (expression) [rd], J.3.5
screenplay (work)/screenplay for (work) [rd], J.2.5
television screenplay based on (expression)/adapted as a television screenplay
(expression) [rd], J.3.2
television screenplay based on (work)/adapted as a television screenplay (work)
[rd], J.2.2
television screenplay (expression)/screenplay for the television program
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
102/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 7.13.2.3
parts
103/129
28/4/2014
Index
; Serials, changes in
, 3.22.2.8
first issue
manufacture, 2.10.6.5
production, 2.7.6.5
publication, 2.8.6.5
definition, 1.1.3
earlier title as part of title, 2.3.1.4
edition statements indicating regular revision or numbering, 2.5.2.5
editors of, in statement of responsibility, 2.4.1.4
frequency, 2.14
, 2.20.12
; Merged resources
104/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 3.22.6.3.1
, 3.22.4.4.1
, 2.20.8.4.2
, 2.20.4.5.2
frequency, 2.20.12.4
later title proper, 2.3.8
manufacture statement, 2.10.1.5.2
, 2.20.9.4.2
, 2.20.6.4.2
, 2.20.7.5.2
, J.3.6
, 2.20.11.5.1
, 2.20.3.6.2
, 6.1.3.2.1
, 6.1.3.2.2
105/129
28/4/2014
Index
2.12.7
in cases, 3.4.5.15
dimensions, 3.5.1.4.11
extent, 3.4.5.14
extent of more than one, 3.4.5.20
maps on
106/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 2.1.2.2
, 6.28.3.4
corporate names
production method
form of
107/129
28/4/2014
Index
reels
Spanish language
capitalization, A.53
initial articles, C.2
surnames with prefixes, F.11.11
Spatial data encoding formats, terms for, 3.19.3.3
Speaker [rd], I.3.1
Special issue of/special issue [rd], J.4.3
, J.4.4
108/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 9.19.1.2
, D.1.2.2
, D.1.2.5
form of
, 6.1.3.3.1
, 6.1.3.1
, 2.20.3
12.2.7
2.12.15
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
109/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 2.4.1.10.2
, 6.1.3.2.1
, 8.10
scale, 7.25.1
7.25.2
, 1.10.2
110/129
28/4/2014
Index
11.2.2.29
11.2.2.28
2.12.13
, 2.12.10.5
2.12.15
111/129
28/4/2014
Index
3.4.1.9
corporate
; Related resources
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
112/129
28/4/2014
Index
compound, 9.2.2.10
with established usage, 9.2.2.10.1
with established usage not determined, 9.2.2.10.2
followed by words indicating relationship, 9.2.2.9.5
initials as surnames, 9.2.2.9.1
married person identified only by a partner's name, 9.2.2.9.4
members of royal houses, 9.2.2.13
part of the name treated as a surname, 9.2.2.9.2
with prefixes, F.11
capitalization, A.11.2
prefixes hyphenated or combined with surnames, 9.2.2.12
separately written prefixes, 9.2.2.11
terms of address with, 9.2.2.9.3
vs. title of nobility as preferred name, 9.2.2.14
Surround sound See Configuration of playback channels
Surveyor [rd], I.3.1
Suspended publications, 2.20.7.4
production method
T
Tablature [music] See Notated music:
form of
113/129
28/4/2014
Index
layout, 3.11
production method, 3.9.3
tactile images [content type], 6.9 [table 6.1]
tactile images
expressions, 6.30.3.3
parts
114/129
28/4/2014
Index
; Titles of nobility
capitalization, A.11.3
Indonesian names, App. G
, F.6.1.7
, A.11.7
, F.6.1.7
, 9.19.1.6
; Place names
16.2.2.11.1
; Text, extent
115/129
28/4/2014
Index
, A.3.2
production method
7.25.2
116/129
28/4/2014
Index
title
title
titles
title proper
; Royalty
capitalization, A.11.5.1
change of personal name, 9.2.2.7
disclaimed and newly acquired titles, 9.2.2.17
in names of persons, capitalization, A.2.4
as personal names, 9.2.2.14
9.2.2.17
, App. G
117/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 9.19.1.6
, 9.19.1.2
, A.4
definition, 5.1.3
diacritical marks in, 6.2.1.6
facsimiles and reproductions, 2.3.1.3
inaccuracies in, 1.7.9
initial articles in, 6.2.1.7
introductory words to, 2.3.1.6
ISBD punctuation, D.1.2.2
notes See Notes:
titles
titles
form of
Tosefta
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
118/129
28/4/2014
Index
expressions, 6.30.3.3
parts, 6.23.2.11
Towns See Cities and towns
Toys See Three-dimensional forms
Track configuration [sound-track films], 3.16.6
Tractates [Talmud], 6.23.2.10.1
, 6.23.2.10.2
Trade names
capitalization, A.27
use in describing type of unit, 3.4.1.5
Trailers [film], supplied other title information, 2.3.4.6
Transcriber [rd], I.3.1
; Contributors
; Musical works:
adaptations
, 2.20.2.5
119/129
28/4/2014
Index
capitalization, A.32
hyphens in, 8.5.5
place names, 16.2.2.5
scripts, 0.11.2
of title proper as variant title, 2.3.6.4
titles of works and expressions, 5.4
Transmittal, letters of, 6.31.1.3
Transparencies See Overhead transparencies
Treaties and international agreements See also Documents, capitalization
additions to access points, 6.29.1.33
authorized access points, 6.29.1.15
6.29.1.20
[Recording Contributors]
[Recording
6.19.2.8
, 6.29.1.19
, 5.3
, 6.22
, 6.14.2.3
, 6.14.2.5
, 10.10.1.2
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
120/129
28/4/2014
Index
groups
Typographic devices See Symbols and typographic devices
U
U.K., place names See British Isles, place names
Ukrainian language, capitalization, A.55
Unbound texts, dimensions of, 3.5.1.6
Uncertain information
dates associated with the person, 9.3.1.3
works of uncertain or unknown origin, 6.27.1.8
Undifferentiated name indicator, 8.11
, A.16.4
Units, 3.4.1
See also Subunits
description, 3.1.4.3
in description of assembled collections, 3.4.1.11.3
with identical content, 3.4.1.6
notes on, as various pieces , 3.22.2.3
three-dimensional forms, 3.4.6.3
as various pieces , 3.4.1.5
Units of measurement
metric, not abbreviations, B.5.1
transcription, 0.11.5
Universities, subordinate bodies of, 11.2.2.14.5
institution [rd]
121/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 26.1.1.3
Upanishads, 6.23.2.15
Updating loose-leaf resources
extent, 3.4.5.2
in more than one volume, 3.4.5.19
re-basing of an integrating resource and changes in description, 1.6.3.3
Urdu language, initial articles, C.2
URLs [uniform resource locators], 4.6
manifestations
changes in, 4.6.1.4
V
Variant access points See also Variant titles
additions to, 6.27.1.9
compilations of works, 6.27.4.4
corporate bodies, 11.13.2
definition, 5.1.4
, 8.1.4
expressions, 6.27.4.5
families, 10.10.2
legal works and expressions, 6.29.3
librettos for musical works, 6.27.4.2
musical works and expressions, 6.28.4
names of PFC, 8.7
parts of works, 6.27.4.3
religious works, 6.30.5
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
122/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 6.27.4
variant names
definition, 8.1.3
families, 10.2.3.3
10.2.3.6
, 10.10.2
persons, 9.2.3
, 9.19.2
alternate linguistic forms of name, 9.2.3.9
other variants, 9.2.3.10
variant spellings, 9.2.2.5.4
place names, 16.2.3
alternate linguistic form of name, 16.2.3.7
initial articles in, 16.2.3.4
initialisms or abbreviated forms, 16.2.3.6
other variants, 16.2.3.8
selection principles, 0.4.3.4
Variant titles, 2.3.6
inaccuracies as, 2.3.1.4
integrating resources See Earlier title proper [integrating resources]
introductory words as part of, 2.3.1.6
legal works, 6.19.3
manifestations, 2.3
, 6.2.3.3
titles
, 6.14.3.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
123/129
28/4/2014
Index
Vedas
expressions, 6.30.3.4
parts, 6.23.2.14
7.17.4
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
124/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 6.28.3.5
See also Musical works:
; Scores [music]
with lyrics,
125/129
28/4/2014
Index
W
Wales, place names, 16.2.2.10.1
Wall charts [graphic materials] See Still images
Walloon language, initial articles, C.2
Web sites See Integrating resources
; Online resources
9.2.2.26
, 17.8
Works
7.3
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
126/129
28/4/2014
Index
, 1.1.5
, 5.1.2
, 17.1.2
, 18.1.4
, 24.1.2
, 6.27.1
6.27.3
, 5.3
description, 7
functional objectives and principles, 5.2
identifying, general guidelines, 6.1
language and script, 5.4
punctuation of access points, E.1.2.5
sources consulted, 5.8
status of identification, 5.7
terminology, 5.1
variant access points, 5.6
Works created after 1500, preferred title for, 6.2.2.4
Works created before 1501 See also Early printed resources
anonymous works, 6.2.2.5
legal works, sources of information, 6.19.2.2
preferred title, 6.2.2.2
Works, expressions, manifestations, and items [WEMI]
related expressions, 26
related items, 28
related manifestations, 27
related works, 25
relationships between, 24
cataloguer's note, 24.8
description of related WEMI, 24.4.3
identifiers for related WEMI, 24.4.1
numbering of part, 24.6
overview, 0.6.5
related WEMI, 24.4.2
relationship designators, 24.5
sources consulted, 24.7
Works of uncertain or unknown origin, 6.27.1.8
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
127/129
28/4/2014
Index
Y
Year degree granted
in content description, 7.9.4
numbers expressed as numerals or words, 1.8.1
Year of promulgation of a law See Date associated with legal works
Yiddish language
abbreviations, B.10
initial articles, C.2
Yugoslavia, place names, 16.2.2.9
Z
Zoroastrian scriptures See Avesta
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
128/129
28/4/2014
Index
file:///C:/Users/BIBLIOTECA/Desktop/%C2%A0/RCAA%20&%20RDA%20&%20MARC21/RDA%20v.1/Index.htm
129/129
RDA elements
RDA ELEMENT
RDA REF
DATA RECORDED
2.3.2
Title proper
2.4.2
Alice Munro
2.5.2
Designation of edition
Abridged
2.5.4
by Ruth Fraser
2.8.2
Place of publication
2.8.4
Publishers name
2.8.6
Date of publication
2.11
Copyright date
2005
2.13
Mode of issuance
multipart monograph
2.15
ISBN 0-86492-398-8
3.2
Media type
audio
3.2
Media type
computer
3.3
Carrier type
audio disc
3.3
Carrier type
computer disc
3.4
Extent
3 audio discs
3.5
Dimensions
12 cm
2
3.16.2
Type of recording
digital
3.16.3
Recording medium
optical
3.19.2
audio file
3.19.3
Encoding format
CD audio
4.2
Terms of availability
4.3
Contact information
http://www.gooselane.com
6.9
Content type
spoken word
7.10
Born on the backward Flats Road, Del Jordan is a nice girl with big dreams
in a small town that expects little from women beyond marriage and babies.
In linked short stories, Del suffers embarrassment at the hands of her
encyclopedia-selling mother, endures her bodys insistent desires, and falls
passionately in love with a young lumberyard worker, only to lose her chance
for a university scholarship
7.22
Duration
approximately 3 hr.
7.23
7.24
17.8
Work manifested
19.2
Creator
18.5
Relationship designator
author
20.2
Contributor
Fraser, Ruth
18.5
Relationship designator
abridger
20.2
Contributor
Mahbey, Judy
18.5
Relationship designator
narrator
20.2
Contributor
Seligman, Lawrie
18.5
Relationship designator
producer
20.2
Contributor
Wagers, Eric
18.5
Relationship designator
2
26.1
Related expression
27.1
Related manifestation 3
1
2
3
recording engineer
Abridgement of the first print edition published by McGraw-Hill Ryerson, 1971
Originally broadcast on CBC Radio 1981
Encoded in the MARC 21 format for bibliographic data, using ISBD punctuation
MARC
MARC FIELD
INDICATORS
DATA RECORDED
FIELD TAG
Leader/06
Type of record
Leader/07
Bibliographic level
Leader/18
Leader/19
007/00
007/01
007/06
007/12
007/13
008/35-37
eng
020
##
037
Source of acquisition
##
$b http://www.gooselane.com
040
Cataloguing source
description conventions
##
$e rda
100
1#
245
Title statement
10
250
Edition statement
##
264
Production, publication,
#1
4
distribution, manufacture,
and copyright notice
264
Production, publication,
distribution, manufacture,
and copyright notice
#4
$c 2005
300
Physical description
##
336
Content type
##
337
Media type
##
$a audio $b s $2 rdamedia
337
Media type
##
$a computer $b c $2 rdamedia
338
Carrier type
##
338
Carrier type
##
344
Sound characteristics
##
$a digital $b optical
347
##
500
General note
##
500
General note
##
508
Creation/production credits
note
##
511
0#
520
Summary, etc.
##
$a Born on the backward Flats Road, Del Jordan is a nice girl with big dreams
in a small town that expects little from women beyond marriage and babies. In
linked short stories, Del suffers embarrassment at the hands of her encyclopediaselling mother, endures her bodys insistent desires, and falls passionately in love
with a young lumberyard worker, only to lose her chance for a university
scholarship.
700
1#
700
1#
700
1#
700
1#
RDA elements
RDA ELEMENT
RDA REF
DATA RECORDED
2.3.2
Title proper
219 days
2.3.6
Variant title
2.4.2
Kalan Porter
2.8.2
Place of publication
Toronto
2.8.4
Publishers name
ViK. Recordings
2.8.6
Date of publication
2.9.4
Distributors name
2.11
Copyright date
2004
2.13
Mode of issuance
single unit
3.2
Media type
audio
3.2
Media type
computer
3.3
Carrier type
audio disc
3.3
Carrier type
computer disc
3.4
Extent
1 CD
3.5
Dimensions
12 cm
3.16.2
Type of recording
digital
3.16.3
Recording medium
optical
3.16.8
stereo
3.19.2
audio file
3.19.3
Encoding format
RealAudio
3.19.2
video file
3.19.3
Encoding format
Windows media
3.20
6
computer; monitor capable of displaying 800x600 screen resolution and
16 bit colour; Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher or Netscape 4.0 or higher;
Windows Media Player 8 or RealOne Player; at least 32 MB of available
RAM (64 MB recommended); double speed or faster multisessionenabled CD ROM drive; Macromedia Flash Player 5; 56KB or higher
Internet connection (high speed recommended). Certain computers
may not be able to access the enhanced CD portion of this disc
6.9
Content type
performed music
7.2
7.12
In English
7.23
7.23
17.8
Work manifested 1
19.2
Creator
Porter, Kalan
18.5
Relationship designator
composer
20.2
Contributor
Porter, Kalan
18.5
Relationship designator
singer
20.2
Contributor
Sokyrka, Theresa
18.5
Relationship designator
singer
Encoded in the MARC 21 format for bibliographic data, using ISBD punctuation
MARC FIELD
MARC FIELD
INDICATORS
DATA RECORDED
TAG
Leader/06
Type of record
Leader/07
Bibliographic level
Leader/18
Leader/19
007/00
007/01
007/04
007/06
007/12
007/13
008/35-37
eng
040
Cataloguing source
description conventions
$e rda
100
1#
245
Title statement
10
246
3#
264
Production, publication,
distribution, manufacture, and
#1
8
copyright notice
264
Production, publication,
distribution, manufacture, and
copyright notice
#2
264
Production, publication,
distribution, manufacture, and
copyright notice
#4
300
Physical description
##
$a 1 CD ; $c 12cm.
336
Content type
##
337
Media type
##
$a audio $b s $2 rdamedia
337
Media type
##
$a computer $b c $2 rdamedia
338
Carrier type
##
338
Carrier type
##
344
Sound characteristics
##
347
##
347
##
500
General note
##
511
0#
511
0#
538
##
546
Language note
##
$a In English.
700
1#
$c
2004
BOOK 1
RDA elements
RDA ELEMENT
RDA REF
DATA RECORDED
2.3.2
Title proper
2.4.2
Arlene G. Taylor
2.5.2
Designation of edition
Second edition
2.8.2
Place of publication
Westport, Connecticut
2.8.2
Place of publication
London
2.8.4
Publishers name
2.8.6
Date of publication
2004
2.12.2
2.13
Mode of issuance
single unit
2.15
ISBN 1-56308-976-9
2.15
3.2
Media type
unmediated
3.3
Carrier type
volume
3.4
Extent of text
3.5
Dimensions
26 cm
4.3
Contact information
http://www.lu.com
6.9
Content type
text
7.16
Supplementary content
17.8
Work manifested 1
19.2
Creator
18.5
Relationship designator
author
25.1
Related work 2
1
2
10
24.5
Relationship designator
in series (work)
11
Encoded in the MARC 21 format for bibliographic data, using ISBD punctuation
MARC
MARC FIELD
INDICATORS
DATA RECORDED
FIELD TAG
Leader/06
Type of record
Leader/07
Bibliographic level
Leader/18
Leader/19
007/00
008/3537
eng
020
##
$a 1563089769
020
##
$a 1563089696 (paperback)
037
Source of acquisition
##
$b http://www.lu.com
040
Cataloguing source
description conventions
100
1#
245
Title statement
14
250
Edition statement
##
$a Second edition.
264
Production, publication,
distribution, manufacture and
copyright notice.
#1
300
Physical description
##
336
Content type
##
337
Media type
##
$a unmediated $b n $2 rdamedia
338
Carrier type
##
$a volume $b nc $2 rdacarrier
490
Series statement
1#
504
##
830
#0
$e rda
12
title
13
BOOK 2
RDA elements
RDA ELEMENT
RDA REF
DATA RECORDED
2.3.2
Title proper
2.3.4
2.4.2
2.8.2
Place of publication
New York
2.8.2
Place of publication
London
2.8.2
Place of publication
Victoria (AU)
2.8.4
Publishers name
2.8.6
Date of publication
2.11
Copyright date
2005
2.13
Mode of issuance
single unit
2.15
ISBN 978-0-7890-3026-9
2.15
ISBN 0-7890-3026-8
2.15
2.15
3.2
Media type
unmediated
3.3
Carrier type
volume
3.4
Extent of text
286 pages
3.5
Dimensions
22 cm
4.3
Contact information
http://www.HaworthPress.com
6.9
Content type
text
7.12
In English
7.15
Illustrative content
Illustrations
7.16
Supplementary content
14
17.8
Work manifested 1
19.2
Creator
20.2
Contributor
Stockting, Bill
18.5
Relationship designator
editor of compilation
20.2
Contributor
Queyroux, Fabienne
18.5
Relationship designator
27.1
1
2
Related manifestation
editor of compilation
Co-published simultaneously as Journal of archival organization,
volume 3, numbers 2/3 2005.
15
Encoded in the MARC 21 format for bibliographic data, using ISBD punctuation
MARC FIELD
MARC FIELD
INDICATORS
DATA RECORDED
TAG
Leader/06
Type of record
Leader/07
Bibliographic level
Leader/18
Leader/19
007/00
008/35-37
eng
020
##
$a 9780789030269
020
##
$a 0789030268
020
##
$a 9780789030276 (paperback)
020
##
$a 0789030276 (paperback)
037
Source of acquisition
##
$b http://www.HaworthPress.com
040
Cataloguing source
description conventions
111
2#
245
Title statement
10
246
30
264
Production, publication,
distribution, manufacture
and copyright notice.
#1
$e rda
16
264
Production, publication,
distribution, manufacture
and copyright notice.
#4
$c 2005
300
Physical description
##
336
Content type
##
337
Media type
##
$a unmediated $b n $2 rdamedia
338
Carrier type
##
$a volume $b nc $2rdacarrier
546
Language note
##
$a In English.
500
General Note
##
504
##
700
1#
700
1#
17
SERIAL
RDA elements
RDA ELEMENT
RDA REF
DATA RECORDED
2.3.2
Title proper
CA magazine
2.3.9
Key title
CA magazine (Toronto)
2.3.10
Abbreviated title
CA mag. (Tor.)
2.6.2
2.6.3
January 1974
2.8.2
Place of publication
Toronto, Ontario
2.8.2
Place of publication
Montreal, Quebec
2.8.4
Publishers name
2.8.6
Date of publication
1974-
2.13
Mode of issuance
serial
2.15
ISSN 0317-6878
2.20.12
Note on frequency
2.20.13
3.2
Media type
unmediated
3.3
Carrier type
volume
3.4
Extent
volumes
3.5
Dimensions
29 cm
4.2
Terms of availability
4.3
Contact information
4.3
Contact information
6.9
Content type
text
18
7.12
7.15
Illustrative content
Illustrations
7.15
Illustrative content
Portraits
7.17
Colour content
Chiefly colour
1
17.8
Work manifested
CA magazine
21.3
Publisher
25.1
Related work 2
24.5
Relationship designator
3
26.1
Related expression
27.1
Related manifestation 4
1
2
3
4
continues (work)
Also issued in an online edition containing breaking news, tax
updates, job postings, archives, additional articles:
http://www.camagazine.com
Also available in microfilm and microfiche format
19
Encoded in the MARC 21 format for bibliographic data, using ISBD punctuation
MARC FIELD
MARC
INDICATORS
DATA RECORDED
FIELD TAG
Leader/06
Type of record
Leader/07
Bibliographic level
Leader/18
Leader/19
007/00
008/3537
eng
022
##
$a 0317-6878
037
Source of acquisition
##
037
Source of acquisition
##
040
Cataloguing source
description conventions
041
Language code
0#
$a eng $a fre
210
0#
$a CA mag. $b (Tor.)
222
Key title
#0
$a CA magazine $b (Toronto)
245
Title statement
00
$a CA magazine.
264
Production, publication,
distribution, manufacture and
copyright notice.
#1
300
Physical description
##
310
##
321
##
$e rda
20
336
Content type
##
337
Media type
##
$a unmediated $b n $2 rdamedia
338
Carrier type
##
$a volume $b nc $2 rdacarrier
362
0#
500
General note
##
500
General note
##
$a Also issued in an online edition containing breaking news, tax updates, job
postings, archives, additional articles: http://www.camagazine.com.
530
##
546
Language note
##
588
##
710
2#
780
Preceding entry
00
21
VIDEO RECORDING
RDA elements
RDA ELEMENT
RDA REF
DATA RECORDED
2.3.2
Title proper
Black X-mas
2.3.3
Parallel title
Nol noir
2.3.6
Variant title
Black Christmas
2.4.2
2.4.2
2.8.2
Place of publication
2.8.4
Publishers name
2.8.6
Date of publication
2.9.2
Place of distribution
Montreal, QC
2.9.4
Distributors name
2.10.2
Place of manufacture
2.10.4
Manufacturers name
2929 Productions
2.11
Copyright date
2007
2.13
Mode of issuance
multipart monograph
3.2
Media type
video
3.3
Carrier type
videodisc
3.4
Extent
2 DVD-videos
3.5
Dimensions
12 cm
3.16.2
Type of recording
digital
3.16.3
Recording medium
optical
3.16.8
surround
3.16.9
3.18.2
Video format
laser optical
3.18.3
Broadcast standard
NTSC
22
3.19.2
video file
3.19.3
Encoding format
DVD video
3.19.6
Regional encoding
Region 1
6.2.2
Black X-mas
6.3
Form of work
Motion picture
6.4
Date of work
2006
6.9
Content type
7.7
Intended audience
7.10
A group of sorority sisters, snowed in over the holiday break, tries desperately
to survive the night as a relentless killer terrorizes and murders them, one by
one
7.12
7.14
Accessibility content
7.17.3
Colour
7.18
Sound content
Sound
7.19
Aspect ratio
Widescreen
7.22
Duration
approximately 91 min.
7.23
7.24
17.8
Work manifested
19.2
Creator
Morgan, Glen
18.5
Relationship designator
screenwriter
19.3
Wong, James
18.5
Relationship designator
film producer
19.3
Morgan, Glen
18.5
Relationship designator
film producer
18.5
Relationship designator
film director
23
20.2
Contributor
Cassidy, Katie
18.5
Relationship designator
actor
20.2
Contributor
Trachtenberg, Michelle
18.5
Relationship designator
actor
20.2
Contributor
18.5
Relationship designator
actor
20.2
Contributor
Hudson, Oliver
18.5
Relationship designator
actor
20.2
Contributor
18.5
Relationship designator
actor
20.2
Contributor
Cloke, Kristin
18.5
Relationship designator
actor
20.2
Contributor
18.5
Relationship designator
actor
21.4
Distributor
21.5
Manufacturer
25.1
Related work
24
Encoded in the MARC 21 format for bibliographic data, using ISBD punctuation
MARC FIELD
MARC
INDICATORS
DATA RECORDED
FIELD TAG
Leader/06
Type of record
Leader/07
Bibliographic level
Leader/18
Leader/19
007/00
007/01
007/03
007/04
007/05
007/06
007/08
008/3537
Eng.
040
$e rda
041
Language
1
0#
##
$k 2006
046
130
Uniform title
0#
245
Title statement
00
246
3#
$a Black Christmas
Agency decision to record the element as part of the authorized access point and as a separate element according to RDA
0.6.4.
25
246
31
$a Nol noir
264
#1
264
#2
264
#3
264
#4
$c 2007
300
Physical description
##
336
Content type
##
337
Media type
##
$a video $b v $2 rdamedia
338
Carrier type
##
$a videodisc $b vd $2 rdacarrier
344
Sound characteristics
##
346
Video characteristics
##
347
##
##
$a Motion picture
380
Form of work
500
General note
##
508
##
511
1#
520
Summary, etc.
##
521
8#
538
##
$a DVD video, Dolby digital 5.1, surround, NTSC, Region 1, wide screen.
546
Language note
##
546
Language note
##
700
1#
700
1#
Agency decision to record the element as part of the authorized access point and as a separate element according to RDA
0.6.4.
26
700
1#
700
1#
700
1#
700
1#
700
1#
700
1#
700
710
710
1,2
1#
2#
2#
Agency decision to apply the option to use terms (MARC relator terms) that are not in Appendix I to express the information.
27
RDA ELEMENT
DATA RECORDED
2.3.2
Title proper
2.3.6
Variant title
2.8.2
Place of publication
England
2.8.4
Publishers name
Tolkien Society
2.8.6
Date of publication
[2002?]-
2.13
Mode of issuance
Integrating resource
2.20.2
Note on title
2.20.13
3.2
Media type
computer
3.3
Carrier type
online resource
3.4
Extent
1 online resource
4.6
http://www.tolkiensociety.org/
6.9
Content type
text
7.10
This site has information about J.R.R. Tolkien, the books he wrote, his life, books
others have written about him, the Society and its events.
7.12
In English
7.15
Illustrative content
Illustrations
7.17
Colour content
Colour
1
17.8
Work manifested
19.3
18.5
Relationship designator
issuing body
28
Encoded in the MARC 21 format for bibliographic data, using ISBD punctuation
MARC FIELD
MARC FIELD
INDICATORS
DATA RECORDED
TAG
Leader/06
Type of record
Leader/07
Bibliographic level
Leader/18
Leader/19
007/00
007/01
007/03
008/35-37
eng
040
$e rda
245
Title statement
00
246
3#
264
#1
300
Physical description
##
336
Content type
##
337
Media type
##
$a computer $b c $2 rdamedia
338
Carrier type
##
500
General note
##
520
Summary, etc.
##
$a This site has information about J.R.R. Tolkien, the books he wrote,
his life, books others have written about him, the Society and its events.
546
Language note
##
$a In English.
588
##
710
2#
856
40
$u http://www.tolkiensociety.org/